]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
** gotoh@taiyo.co.jp, Nov 8: url-gw.el: Cannot use proxy with url-gw\.el 2006-10...
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (17382 22974))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
30
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
32
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
35
36 \(fn)" t nil)
37
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
40
41 \(fn)" t nil)
42
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
45
46 \(fn)" t nil)
47
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
51
52 \(fn)" t nil)
53
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
56
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
61
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
63
64 ;;;***
65 \f
66 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (17493 6877))
67 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68 (put 'abbrev-mode 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
69
70 ;;;***
71 \f
72 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
73 ;;;;;; (17403 38311))
74 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
75
76 (autoload (quote list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "\
77 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
78
79 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
80
81 ;;;***
82 \f
83 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
84 ;;;;;; (17732 48706))
85 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
86
87 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
88 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
90 extensions.
91 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
92 the file name.
93
94 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
95
96 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
97 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
98
99 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
100 \\{ada-mode-map}
101
102 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
104
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
107
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
110
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
112
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
115
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
118
119 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
124
125 If you use imenu.el:
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
127
128 If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
134
135 If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
139
140 \(fn)" t nil)
141
142 ;;;***
143 \f
144 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
145 ;;;;;; (17734 40202))
146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
147
148 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
149 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
150
151 \(fn)" t nil)
152
153 ;;;***
154 \f
155 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
156 ;;;;;; (17739 37750))
157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
158
159 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
160 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
161 Completion is available.
162
163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
164
165 ;;;***
166 \f
167 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
168 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
169 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
170 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
171 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (17742 17639))
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
173
174 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
175 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
178
179 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" t)
180
181 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
182 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
184
185 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log" t)
186
187 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
188 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
190 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
191 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
193
194 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log" t)
195
196 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
197 Prompt for a change log name.
198
199 \(fn)" nil nil)
200
201 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
202 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
203
204 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
208
209 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
211 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
212
213 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214 current buffer to the complete file name.
215 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
216
217 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
218
219 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
220 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
223
224 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
226
227 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
228
229 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
232
233 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
235 the same person.
236
237 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
239 notices.
240
241 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
243
244 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
245
246 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
247 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249 the change log file in another window.
250
251 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
252 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
253
254 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
255 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
256 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
257 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
258 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
259 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
260 \\{change-log-mode-map}
261
262 \(fn)" t nil)
263
264 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
265 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
266
267 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
268 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
269
270 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
271 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
272
273 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
274 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
275
276 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
277 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
278
279 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
280 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
281 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
282 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
283 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
284
285 Has a preference of looking backwards.
286
287 \(fn)" nil nil)
288
289 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
290 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
291 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
292 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
293 or a buffer.
294
295 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
296 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
297
298 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
299
300 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
301 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
302
303 \(fn)" t nil)
304
305 ;;;***
306 \f
307 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
308 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
309 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17701 17832))
310 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
311
312 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
313 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
314 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
315 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
316 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
317 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
318 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
319 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
320 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
321 interpreted as `error'.")
322
323 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice" t)
324
325 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
326 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
327 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
328 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
329 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
330 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
331 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
332 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
333
334 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice" t)
335
336 (autoload (quote ad-enable-advice) "advice" "\
337 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
338
339 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
340
341 (autoload (quote ad-disable-advice) "advice" "\
342 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
343
344 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
345
346 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
347 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
348 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
349 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
350 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
351 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
352 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
353 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
354 will be overwritten with the new one.
355 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
356 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
357 will clear the cache.
358
359 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
360
361 (autoload (quote ad-activate) "advice" "\
362 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
363 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
364 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
365 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
366 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
367 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
368 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
369 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
370 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
371 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
372 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
373 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
374 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
375 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
376 definition will always be cached for later usage.
377
378 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
379
380 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
381 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
382 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
383
384 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
385 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
386 BODY... )
387
388 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
389 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
390 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
391 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
392 see also `ad-add-advice'.
393 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
394 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
395 before/around/after-advices will be used.
396 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
397 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
398 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
399 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
400 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
401 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
402
403 Semantics of the various flags:
404 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
405 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
406 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
407
408 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
409 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
410
411 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
412 advised function should be compiled.
413
414 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
415 during activation until somebody enables it.
416
417 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
418 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
419 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
420 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
421
422 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
423 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
424 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
425 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
426 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
427 during preloading.
428
429 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
430
431 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
432
433 ;;;***
434 \f
435 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
436 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
437 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (17383 40482))
438 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
439
440 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
441 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
442 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
443 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
444 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
445 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
446 rule's `separate' attribute).
447
448 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
449 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
450 `separate' attribute set.
451
452 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
453 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
454 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
455 on the format of these lists.
456
457 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458
459 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
460 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
461 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
462 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
463 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
464 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
465 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
466 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
467 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
468 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
469 options.
470
471 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
472 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
473
474 Fred (123) 456-7890
475 Alice (123) 456-7890
476 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
477 Joe (123) 456-7890
478
479 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
480 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
481 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
482
483 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
484
485 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
486 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
487 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
488 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
489 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
490 align that section.
491
492 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
493
494 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
495 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
496 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
497 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
498 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
499 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
500 been used to align that section.
501
502 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
503
504 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
505 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
506 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
507 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
508 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
509 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
510 to be colored.
511
512 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
513
514 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
515 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
516
517 \(fn)" t nil)
518
519 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
520 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
521
522 \(fn)" t nil)
523
524 ;;;***
525 \f
526 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
527 ;;;;;; (17742 41722))
528 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
529
530 (put (quote allout-show-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
531
532 (put (quote allout-header-prefix) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
533
534 (put (quote allout-primary-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
535
536 (put (quote allout-plain-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
537
538 (put (quote allout-distinctive-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
539
540 (put (quote allout-use-mode-specific-leader) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (memq x (quote (t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start))) (stringp x)))))
541
542 (put (quote allout-old-style-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
543
544 (put (quote allout-stylish-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
545
546 (put (quote allout-numbered-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
547
548 (put (quote allout-file-xref-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
549
550 (put (quote allout-presentation-padding) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote integerp))
551
552 (put (quote allout-use-hanging-indents) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
553
554 (put (quote allout-reindent-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (memq x (quote (nil t text force))))))
555
556 (put (quote allout-layout) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x (quote (: * + -)))))))
557
558 (put (quote allout-passphrase-verifier-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
559
560 (put (quote allout-passphrase-hint-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
561
562 (autoload (quote allout-mode) "allout" "\
563 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
564 \\<allout-mode-map>
565
566 Optional arg forces mode to re-initialize iff arg is positive num or
567 symbol. Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
568
569 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
570 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
571 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
572 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
573 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
574 outline.)
575
576 In addition to outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
577
578 - topic-oriented repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - integral outline exposure-layout
580 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
581 - automatic topic-number maintenance
582 - easy topic encryption and decryption
583 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and
584 exposure control. (See the allout-mode docstring.)
585
586 and many other features.
587
588 Below is a description of the bindings, and then explanation of
589 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
590 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
591 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
592 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
593
594
595 The bindings are dictated by the `allout-keybindings-list' and
596 `allout-command-prefix' variables.
597
598 Navigation: Exposure Control:
599 ---------- ----------------
600 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] allout-next-visible-heading | \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] allout-hide-current-subtree
601 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] allout-previous-visible-heading | \\[allout-show-children] allout-show-children
602 \\[allout-up-current-level] allout-up-current-level | \\[allout-show-current-subtree] allout-show-current-subtree
603 \\[allout-forward-current-level] allout-forward-current-level | \\[allout-show-current-entry] allout-show-current-entry
604 \\[allout-backward-current-level] allout-backward-current-level | \\[allout-show-all] allout-show-all
605 \\[allout-end-of-entry] allout-end-of-entry
606 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] allout-beginning-of-current-entry, alternately, goes to hot-spot
607
608 Topic Header Production:
609 -----------------------
610 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] allout-open-sibtopic Create a new sibling after current topic.
611 \\[allout-open-subtopic] allout-open-subtopic ... an offspring of current topic.
612 \\[allout-open-supertopic] allout-open-supertopic ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
613
614 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
615 ---------------------------------
616 \\[allout-shift-in] allout-shift-in Shift current topic and all offspring deeper.
617 \\[allout-shift-out] allout-shift-out ... less deep.
618 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] allout-rebullet-current-heading Prompt for alternate bullet for
619 current topic.
620 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] allout-rebullet-topic Reconcile bullets of topic and its offspring
621 - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
622 alternated according to nesting depth.
623 \\[allout-number-siblings] allout-number-siblings Number bullets of topic and siblings - the
624 offspring are not affected. With repeat
625 count, revoke numbering.
626
627 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
628 ----------------------------------
629 \\[allout-kill-topic] allout-kill-topic Kill current topic, including offspring.
630 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] allout-copy-topic-as-kill Copy current topic, including offspring.
631 \\[allout-kill-line] allout-kill-line kill-line, attending to outline structure.
632 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] allout-copy-line-as-kill Copy line but don't delete it.
633 \\[allout-yank] allout-yank Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
634 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
635 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
636 \\[allout-yank-pop] allout-yank-pop Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
637
638 Topic-oriented Encryption:
639 -------------------------
640 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
641
642 Misc commands:
643 -------------
644 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
645 and establish a default file-var setting
646 for `allout-layout'.
647 \\[allout-mark-topic] allout-mark-topic
648 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer
649 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
650 buffer with name derived from derived from that
651 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
652 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer
653 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
654 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
655 format.
656 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
657 auto-activation.
658
659 Topic Encryption
660
661 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
662 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
663 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
664 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
665 \(Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
666 encrypted during file saves; if you're editing the contents of
667 such a topic, it is automatically decrypted for continued
668 editing.) The aim is reliable topic privacy while preventing
669 accidents like neglected encryption before saves, forgetting
670 which passphrase was used, and other practical pitfalls.
671
672 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring and
673 `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable for details.
674
675 HOT-SPOT Operation
676
677 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
678 navigation and exposure control.
679
680 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
681 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
682 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
683 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
684 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
685
686 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
687 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
688 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) never get
689 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
690 hot-spot and back to normal operation.
691
692 Note that the command `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry])
693 will move to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located at the
694 beginning of the current entry, so you usually can hit \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]
695 twice in a row to get to the hot-spot.
696
697 Terminology
698
699 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
700
701 TOPIC: A basic, coherent component of an Emacs outline. It can
702 contain and be contained by other topics.
703 CURRENT topic:
704 The visible topic most immediately containing the cursor.
705 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of a topic; it increases with
706 containment. Also called the:
707 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
708
709 ANCESTORS:
710 The topics that contain a topic.
711 PARENT: A topic's immediate ancestor. It has a depth one less than
712 the topic.
713 OFFSPRING:
714 The topics contained by a topic;
715 SUBTOPIC:
716 An immediate offspring of a topic;
717 CHILDREN:
718 The immediate offspring of a topic.
719 SIBLINGS:
720 Topics having the same parent and depth.
721
722 Topic text constituents:
723
724 HEADER: The first line of a topic, include the topic PREFIX and header
725 text.
726 PREFIX: The leading text of a topic which distinguishes it from normal
727 text. It has a strict form, which consists of a prefix-lead
728 string, padding, and a bullet. The bullet may be followed by a
729 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
730 siblings, a space, and then the header text.
731
732 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting depth
733 of the topic.
734 PREFIX-LEAD:
735 The string at the beginning of a topic prefix, normally a `.'.
736 It can be customized by changing the setting of
737 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
738
739 By setting the prefix-lead to the comment-string of a
740 programming language, you can embed outline structuring in
741 program code without interfering with the language processing
742 of that code. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
743 docstring for more detail.
744 PREFIX-PADDING:
745 Spaces or asterisks which separate the prefix-lead and the
746 bullet, determining the depth of the topic.
747 BULLET: A character at the end of the topic prefix, it must be one of
748 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
749 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. (See the documentation
750 for these variables for more details.) The default choice of
751 bullet when generating topics varies in a cycle with the depth of
752 the topic.
753 ENTRY: The text contained in a topic before any offspring.
754 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
755
756
757 EXPOSURE:
758 The state of a topic which determines the on-screen visibility
759 of its offspring and contained text.
760 CONCEALED:
761 Topics and entry text whose display is inhibited. Contiguous
762 units of concealed text is represented by `...' ellipses.
763
764 Concealed topics are effectively collapsed within an ancestor.
765 CLOSED: A topic whose immediate offspring and body-text is concealed.
766 OPEN: A topic that is not closed, though its offspring or body may be.
767
768 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
769
770 (defalias (quote outlinify-sticky) (quote outlineify-sticky))
771
772 (autoload (quote outlineify-sticky) "allout" "\
773 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
774
775 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
776 setup for auto-startup.
777
778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
779
780 ;;;***
781 \f
782 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
783 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (17383 40562))
784 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
785
786 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
787
788 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
789 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
790 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
791 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
792 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
793 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
794
795 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
796
797 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
798 Not documented
799
800 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
801
802 ;;;***
803 \f
804 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
805 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (17382 22974))
806 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
807
808 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
809 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
810 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
811 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
812 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
813 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
814 in the current window.
815
816 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
817
818 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
819 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
820 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
821
822 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
823
824 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
825 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
826 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
827
828 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
829
830 ;;;***
831 \f
832 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
833 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17383 40482))
834 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
835
836 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
837 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
838
839 \(fn)" t nil)
840
841 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
842 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
843
844 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
845 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
846 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
847 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
848
849 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
850 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
851
852 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
853
854 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
855
856 ;;;***
857 \f
858 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
859 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17482 12311))
860 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
861
862 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
863 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
864 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
865 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
866 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
867 \\[yank].
868
869 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
870 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
871 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
872 the rules.
873
874 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
875 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
876 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
877 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
878
879 \(fn)" t nil)
880
881 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
882 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
883 \\{antlr-mode-map}
884
885 \(fn)" t nil)
886
887 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
888 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
889 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
890
891 \(fn)" nil nil)
892
893 ;;;***
894 \f
895 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
896 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
897 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
898 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17686 53337))
899 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
900
901 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
902 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
903 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
904 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
905
906 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt" t)
907
908 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
909 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
910
911 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt" t)
912
913 (defvar appt-audible t "\
914 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
915
916 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt" t)
917
918 (defvar appt-visible t "\
919 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
920 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
921
922 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt" t)
923
924 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
925 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
926 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
927
928 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt" t)
929
930 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
931 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
932 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
933
934 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt" t)
935
936 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
937 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
938 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
939
940 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt" t)
941
942 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
943 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
944 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
945
946 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt" t)
947
948 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
949 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
950 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
951
952 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
953
954 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
955 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
956
957 \(fn)" t nil)
958
959 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
960 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
961 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
962 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
963 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
964 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
965 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
966
967 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
968 function.
969
970 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
971 appointment package (if it is not already active).
972
973 \(fn)" nil nil)
974
975 (autoload (quote appt-activate) "appt" "\
976 Toggle checking of appointments.
977 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
978 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
979
980 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
981
982 ;;;***
983 \f
984 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
985 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
986 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (17742 30576))
987 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
988
989 (autoload (quote apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "\
990 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
991 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
992 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
993
994 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
995 kind of objects to search.
996
997 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
998
999 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
1000 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1001 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1002 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1003 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1004 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1005
1006 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1007 normal variables.
1008
1009 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1010
1011 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
1012
1013 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
1014 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1015 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1016 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1017 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1018 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1019
1020 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1021 noninteractive functions.
1022
1023 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1024 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1025
1026 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1027 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1028
1029 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1030
1031 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
1032 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1033
1034 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1035
1036 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
1037 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1038 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1039 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1040
1041 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1042 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1043 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1044 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1045
1046 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1047 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1048
1049 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1050
1051 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1052
1053 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
1054 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1055 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1056 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1057 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1058 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1059
1060 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1061 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1062 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1063
1064 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1065
1066 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
1067 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1068 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1069 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1070 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1071 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1072
1073 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1074 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1075 bindings.
1076 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1077
1078 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1079
1080 ;;;***
1081 \f
1082 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17602
1083 ;;;;;; 7855))
1084 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1085
1086 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
1087 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1088 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1089 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1090 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1091 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1092
1093 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1094 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1095 archive.
1096
1097 \\{archive-mode-map}
1098
1099 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1100
1101 ;;;***
1102 \f
1103 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17358 52581))
1104 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1105
1106 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
1107 Major mode for editing arrays.
1108
1109 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1110 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1111 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1112
1113 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1114
1115 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1116 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1117 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1118
1119 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1120 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1121 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1122 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1123 The variables are:
1124
1125 Variables you assign:
1126 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1127 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1128 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1129 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1130 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1131 row numbers in the buffer.
1132
1133 Variables which are calculated:
1134 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1135 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1136
1137 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1138 take a numeric prefix argument):
1139
1140 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1141 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1142 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1143 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1144
1145 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1146 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1147 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1148 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1149
1150 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1151 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1152 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1153 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1154
1155 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1156 between that of point and mark.
1157
1158 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1159 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1160
1161 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1162 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1163 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1164 newlines inside rows)
1165
1166 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1167
1168 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1169
1170 \(fn)" t nil)
1171
1172 ;;;***
1173 \f
1174 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17521
1175 ;;;;;; 50935))
1176 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1177
1178 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
1179 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1180 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1181 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1182
1183 How to quit artist mode
1184
1185 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1186
1187
1188 How to submit a bug report
1189
1190 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1191
1192
1193 Drawing with the mouse:
1194
1195 mouse-2
1196 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1197 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1198 below).
1199
1200 mouse-1
1201 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1202 or pastes:
1203
1204 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1205 --------------------------------------------------------------
1206 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1207 to new point
1208 --------------------------------------------------------------
1209 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1210 --------------------------------------------------------------
1211 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1212 --------------------------------------------------------------
1213 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1214 --------------------------------------------------------------
1215 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1216 --------------------------------------------------------------
1217 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1218 --------------------------------------------------------------
1219 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1220 --------------------------------------------------------------
1221 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1222 --------------------------------------------------------------
1223 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1224 lines
1225 --------------------------------------------------------------
1226 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1227 --------------------------------------------------------------
1228 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1229 --------------------------------------------------------------
1230 Paste Paste Paste
1231 --------------------------------------------------------------
1232 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1233 --------------------------------------------------------------
1234
1235 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1236 or diagonally.
1237
1238 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1239 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1240 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1241 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1242 poly-lines.
1243
1244 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1245 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1246 overwrite means the opposite.
1247
1248 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1249 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1250 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1251
1252 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1253
1254 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1255 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1256
1257 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1258 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1259 are currently drawing something.
1260
1261 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1262 some time to fill.
1263
1264
1265 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1266 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1267
1268
1269 Settings
1270
1271 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1272
1273 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1274
1275 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1276
1277 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1278
1279 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1280 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1281
1282 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1283
1284
1285 Drawing with keys
1286
1287 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1288 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1289 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1290 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1291 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1292 When pasting: Pastes
1293
1294 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1295
1296 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1297
1298 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1299 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1300 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1301 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1302 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1303 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1304
1305
1306 Arrows
1307
1308 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1309 of the line/poly-line
1310
1311 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1312 of the line/poly-line
1313
1314
1315 Selecting operation
1316
1317 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1318
1319 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1320 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1321 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1322 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1323 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1324 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1325 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1326 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1327 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1328 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1329 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1330 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1331 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1332 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1333 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1334 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1335 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1336 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1337 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1338 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1339
1340
1341 Variables
1342
1343 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1344 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1345
1346 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1347 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1348 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1349 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1350 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1351 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1352 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1353 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1354 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1355 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1356 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1357 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1358 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1359 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1360 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1361 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1362 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1363 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1364 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1365
1366 Hooks
1367
1368 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1369 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1370
1371
1372 Keymap summary
1373
1374 \\{artist-mode-map}
1375
1376 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1377
1378 ;;;***
1379 \f
1380 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17487
1381 ;;;;;; 50903))
1382 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1383
1384 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1385 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1386 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1387
1388 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1389 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1390 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1391 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1392
1393 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1394 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1395
1396 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1397 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1398
1399 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1400
1401 Special commands:
1402 \\{asm-mode-map}
1403
1404 \(fn)" t nil)
1405
1406 ;;;***
1407 \f
1408 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1409 ;;;;;; (17383 40482))
1410 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1411
1412 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1413 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1414 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
1415
1416 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1417
1418 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1419 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1420 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1421 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1422 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1423 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1424 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1425 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1426 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1427 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1428
1429 For example:
1430 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1431 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1432 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1433 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1434 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1435
1436 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1437
1438 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1439
1440 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1441 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1442 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1443 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1444 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1445 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1446
1447 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1448
1449 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1450 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1451 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1452 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1453 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1454 &c to supply digit arguments.
1455
1456 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1457
1458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1459
1460 ;;;***
1461 \f
1462 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1463 ;;;;;; (17388 57136))
1464 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1465
1466 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1467 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1468
1469 \(fn)" t nil)
1470
1471 ;;;***
1472 \f
1473 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1474 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17704 3960))
1475 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1476
1477 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1478 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1479 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1480
1481 \(fn)" t nil)
1482
1483 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1484 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1485 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1486 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1487
1488 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1489
1490 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1491 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1492 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1493 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1494 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1495 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1496
1497 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" nil)
1498
1499 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1500 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1501 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1502 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1503
1504 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1505 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1506
1507 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1508
1509 ;;;***
1510 \f
1511 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1512 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1513 ;;;;;; (17596 1404))
1514 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1515
1516 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1517 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1518 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1519 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1520 save the buffer too.
1521
1522 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1523
1524 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1525
1526 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1527 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1528 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1529 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1530 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1531 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1532
1533 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1534 directory or directories specified.
1535
1536 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1537
1538 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1539 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1540 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1541
1542 \(fn)" nil nil)
1543
1544 ;;;***
1545 \f
1546 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1547 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1548 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17500 47746))
1549 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1550
1551 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1552 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1553
1554 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1555 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1556 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1557 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1558 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1559
1560 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1561
1562 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1563 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1564
1565 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1566 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1567
1568 \(fn)" nil nil)
1569
1570 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1571 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1572 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1573
1574 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1575 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1576 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1577 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1578 reflected in the current buffer.
1579
1580 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1581 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1582 writing before you save the file!
1583
1584 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1585
1586 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1587
1588 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1589 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1590
1591 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1592 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1593
1594 \(fn)" nil nil)
1595
1596 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1597 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1598 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1599 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1600 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1601 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1602
1603 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" nil)
1604
1605 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1606 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1607
1608 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1609 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1610 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1611
1612 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1613
1614 ;;;***
1615 \f
1616 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1617 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (17628 62475))
1618 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1619
1620 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1621 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1622 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1623 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1624 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1625
1626 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" nil)
1627
1628 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1629 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1630 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1631 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1632
1633 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1634 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1635 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1636
1637 Effects of the different modes:
1638 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1639 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1640 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1641 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1642 a random distance & direction.
1643 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1644 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1645 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1646
1647 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1648
1649 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1650 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1651 definition of \"random distance\".)
1652
1653 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1654
1655 ;;;***
1656 \f
1657 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1658 ;;;;;; (17383 40534))
1659 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1660
1661 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1662 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1663
1664 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1665 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1666
1667 For example:
1668
1669 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1670 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1671 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1672 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1673
1674 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1675
1676 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1677
1678 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1679
1680 ;;;***
1681 \f
1682 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1683 ;;;;;; (17742 17639))
1684 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1685 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1686
1687 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1688 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1689 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1690 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1691
1692 \(fn)" t nil)
1693
1694 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1695 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1696 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1697 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1698 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1699 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1700
1701 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" nil)
1702
1703 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" "\
1704 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1705 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1706 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1707 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1708 seconds.
1709
1710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1711
1712 ;;;***
1713 \f
1714 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1715 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17383 40534))
1716 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1717
1718 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1719 Time execution of FORMS.
1720 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1721 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1722 FORMS once.
1723 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1724 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1725 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1726
1727 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1728
1729 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1730 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1731 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1732 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1733 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1734
1735 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1736
1737 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1738 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1739 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1740 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1741 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1742
1743 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1744
1745 ;;;***
1746 \f
1747 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17743
1748 ;;;;;; 46513))
1749 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1750
1751 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1752 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1753
1754 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1755
1756 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1757 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1758 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1759 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1760
1761 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1762 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1763 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1764 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1765 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1766
1767 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1768 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1769
1770
1771 Special information:
1772
1773 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1774
1775 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1776 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1777 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1778 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1779 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1780 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1781 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1782 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1783 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1784 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1785 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1786
1787 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1788 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1789 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1790 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1791 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1792 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1793 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1794 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1795
1796 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1797
1798 ----------------------------------------------------------
1799 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1800 if that value is non-nil.
1801
1802 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1803
1804 \(fn)" t nil)
1805
1806 ;;;***
1807 \f
1808 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1809 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1810 ;;;;;; (17382 22951))
1811 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1812
1813 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1814
1815 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "\
1816 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1817 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1818
1819 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1820
1821 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external) "binhex" "\
1822 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1823
1824 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1825
1826 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region) "binhex" "\
1827 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1828
1829 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1830
1831 ;;;***
1832 \f
1833 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17382
1834 ;;;;;; 22974))
1835 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1836
1837 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1838 Play blackbox.
1839 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1840
1841 What is blackbox?
1842
1843 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1844 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1845 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1846 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1847 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1848 your score.
1849
1850 Overview of play:
1851
1852 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1853 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1854 four.
1855
1856 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1857 movement keys.
1858
1859 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1860 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1861
1862 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1863 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1864
1865 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1866 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1867 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1868 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1869 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1870 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1871
1872 Details:
1873
1874 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1875
1876 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1877 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1878 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1879 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1880
1881 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1882 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1883 denoted by the letter `R'.
1884
1885 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1886 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1887 denoted by the letter `H'.
1888
1889 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1890 example.
1891
1892 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1893 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1894 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1895 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1896 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1897 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1898 ray.
1899
1900 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1901 degree deflection it causes.
1902
1903 1
1904 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1905 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1906 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1907 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1908 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1909 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1910 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1911 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1912 2 3
1913
1914 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1915 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1916
1917
1918 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1919 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1920 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1921 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1922 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1923 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1924 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1925 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1926
1927 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1928 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1929 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1930 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1931 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1932 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1933 emerging from the box.
1934
1935 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1936
1937 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1938 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1939 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1940 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1941 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1942 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1943 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1944 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1945
1946 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1947 a reflection.
1948
1949 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1950
1951 ;;;***
1952 \f
1953 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1954 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1955 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
1956 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17383 40484))
1957 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1958 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1959 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1960 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1961
1962 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1963 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1964 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1965 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1966 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1967 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1968 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
1969 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
1970 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
1971 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
1972 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
1973 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
1974 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
1975 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
1976 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
1977 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
1978 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
1979 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
1980 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
1981
1982 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1983 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1984 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1985 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1986 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1987 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1988 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1989 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1990 recent one.
1991
1992 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1993 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1994 yank successive words.
1995
1996 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1997 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1998 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1999 name of the file being visited.
2000
2001 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2002 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2003 the list of bookmarks.)
2004
2005 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
2006
2007 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
2008 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2009 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2010 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2011 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2012 this.
2013
2014 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2015 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2016 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2017 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2018
2019 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2020
2021 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
2022 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2023 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2024 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2025 after a bookmark was set in it.
2026
2027 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2028
2029 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
2030 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2031 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2032 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2033
2034 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2035
2036 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
2037
2038 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
2039 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2040 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2041 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2042
2043 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2044 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2045 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2046
2047 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2048 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2049 name.
2050
2051 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2052
2053 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
2054 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2055 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2056 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2057 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2058 this.
2059
2060 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2061
2062 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
2063 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2064 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2065 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2066 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2067 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2068 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2069 probably because we were called from there.
2070
2071 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2072
2073 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
2074 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2075 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2076
2077 \(fn)" t nil)
2078
2079 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
2080 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2081 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2082 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2083 \(second argument).
2084
2085 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2086 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2087 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2088 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2089 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2090
2091 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2092 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2093 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2094 `bookmark-default-file'.
2095
2096 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2097
2098 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
2099 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2100 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2101 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2102 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2103 while loading.
2104
2105 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2106 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2107 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2108 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2109 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2110 explicitly.
2111
2112 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2113 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2114 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2115 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2116
2117 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2118
2119 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
2120 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2121 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2122 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2123 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2124
2125 \(fn)" t nil)
2126
2127 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2128
2129 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2130
2131 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2132
2133 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2134
2135 ;;;***
2136 \f
2137 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2138 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
2139 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
2140 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2141 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2142 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2143 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2144 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2145 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2146 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17519 1782))
2147 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2148
2149 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2150 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2151 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2152 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2153
2154 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2155 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2156 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2157 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2158 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2159
2160 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" t)
2161
2162 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2163 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2164
2165 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url" t)
2166
2167 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2168 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2169
2170 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url" t)
2171
2172 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2173 Not documented
2174
2175 \(fn)" nil nil)
2176
2177 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2178 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2179 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2180 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2181 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2182 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2183
2184 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2185
2186 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2187 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2188 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2189 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2190 narrowed.
2191
2192 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2193
2194 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2195 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2196
2197 \(fn)" t nil)
2198
2199 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2200 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2201
2202 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2203
2204 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2205 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2206 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2207 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2208
2209 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2210
2211 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2212 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2213 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2214 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2215
2216 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2217
2218 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2219 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2220 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2221 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2222 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2223 to use.
2224
2225 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2226
2227 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2228 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2229 Default to the URL around or before point.
2230
2231 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2232 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2233 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2234 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2235
2236 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2237 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2238
2239 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2240 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
2241 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
2242
2243 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2244
2245 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2246 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2247 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2248 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2249
2250 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2251 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2252 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2253 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2254
2255 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2256 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2257 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2258
2259 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2260 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2261
2262 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2263
2264 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2265 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2266 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2267 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2268
2269 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2270 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2271 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2272 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2273
2274 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2275 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2276 new tab in an existing window instead.
2277
2278 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2279 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2280
2281 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2282
2283 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2284 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2285 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2286 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2287 Firefox.
2288
2289 When called interactively, if variable
2290 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2291 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2292 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2293 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2294
2295 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2296 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2297 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2298
2299 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2300 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2301
2302 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2303 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2304 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2305 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2306 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2307 URL in a new window.
2308
2309 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2310
2311 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2312 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2313 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2314 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2315
2316 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2317 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2318 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2319 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2320
2321 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2322 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2323 new tab in an existing window instead.
2324
2325 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2326 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2327
2328 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2329
2330 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2331 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2332 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2333 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2334
2335 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2336 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2337 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2338 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2339
2340 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2341 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2342
2343 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2344
2345 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2346 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2347
2348 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2349 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2350 program is invoked according to the variable
2351 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2352
2353 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2354 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2355 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2356 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2357
2358 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2359 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2360
2361 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2362
2363 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2364 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2365 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2366 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2367
2368 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2369
2370 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2371 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2372 Default to the URL around or before point.
2373
2374 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2375 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2376 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2377
2378 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2379 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2380 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2381 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2382
2383 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2384 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2385
2386 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2387
2388 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2389 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2390 Default to the URL around or before point.
2391
2392 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2393
2394 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2395 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2396 Default to the URL around or before point.
2397
2398 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2399 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2400 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2401
2402 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2403 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2404
2405 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2406
2407 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2408 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2409 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2410 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2411
2412 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2413
2414 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2415 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2416 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2417 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2418 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2419
2420 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2421
2422 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2423 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2424 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2425 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2426
2427 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2428 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2429 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2430 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2431
2432 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2433 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2434
2435 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2436
2437 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2438 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2439 Default to the URL around or before point.
2440
2441 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2442
2443 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2444 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2445 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2446 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2447 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2448 current one.
2449
2450 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2451 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2452 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2453 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2454
2455 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2456 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2457
2458 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2459
2460 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2461 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2462 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2463 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2464 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2465 don't offer a form of remote control.
2466
2467 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2468
2469 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2470 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2471 Default to the URL around or before point.
2472
2473 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2474
2475 ;;;***
2476 \f
2477 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17382
2478 ;;;;;; 22974))
2479 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2480
2481 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2482 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2483
2484 \(fn)" t nil)
2485
2486 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2487 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2488
2489 \(fn)" nil nil)
2490
2491 ;;;***
2492 \f
2493 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2494 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (17739 37746))
2495 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2496
2497 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2498 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2499 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2500 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2501
2502 \(fn)" t nil)
2503
2504 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2505 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2506 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2507 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2508
2509 \(fn)" t nil)
2510
2511 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2512 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2513
2514 \(fn)" t nil)
2515
2516 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2517 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2518 \\<bs-mode-map>
2519 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2520 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2521 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2522 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2523
2524 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2525 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2526 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2527 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2528 name of buffer configuration.
2529
2530 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2531
2532 ;;;***
2533 \f
2534 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2535 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17383
2536 ;;;;;; 40484))
2537 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2538
2539 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2540 Keymap used by buttons.")
2541
2542 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map "\e " (quote backward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2543 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2544 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2545
2546 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2547 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2548 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2549 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2550 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2551 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2552
2553 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2554 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2555 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2556 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2557
2558 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2559
2560 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2561 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2562 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2563 specifying properties to add to the button.
2564 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2565 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2566 `define-button-type'.
2567
2568 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2569
2570 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2571
2572 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2573 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2574 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2575 specifying properties to add to the button.
2576 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2577 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2578 `define-button-type'.
2579
2580 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2581
2582 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2583
2584 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2585 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2586 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2587 specifying properties to add to the button.
2588 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2589 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2590 `define-button-type'.
2591
2592 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2593 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2594 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2595 `make-text-button'.
2596
2597 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2598
2599 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2600
2601 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2602 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2603 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2604 specifying properties to add to the button.
2605 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2606 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2607 `define-button-type'.
2608
2609 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2610 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2611 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2612 `insert-text-button'.
2613
2614 Also see `make-text-button'.
2615
2616 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2617
2618 ;;;***
2619 \f
2620 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2621 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2622 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2623 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp"
2624 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (17586 63375))
2625 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2626 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2627 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2628
2629 (autoload (quote byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "\
2630 Not documented
2631
2632 \(fn X)" nil nil)
2633
2634 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2635 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2636 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2637
2638 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2639
2640 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2641 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2642 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2643 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2644
2645 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2646 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2647 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2648 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2649 whether to compile it.
2650
2651 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2652
2653 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2654 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2655
2656 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2657 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2658
2659 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2660 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2661 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2662 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2663 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2664
2665 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2666
2667 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2668 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2669 Print the result in the echo area.
2670 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2671
2672 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2673
2674 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2675 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2676 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2677
2678 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2679
2680 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2681 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2682 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2683 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2684 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2685 all functions called by those functions.
2686
2687 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2688 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2689 cons, etc.).
2690
2691 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2692 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2693 invoked interactively.
2694
2695 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2696
2697 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2698 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2699 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2700 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2701
2702 \(fn)" nil nil)
2703
2704 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2705 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2706 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2707 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2708 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2709 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2710 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2711 already up-to-date.
2712
2713 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2714
2715 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2716 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2717 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2718 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2719
2720 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2721 `batch-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2722 and corresponding effects.
2723
2724 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2725
2726 ;;;***
2727 \f
2728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17386 21899))
2729 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2730
2731 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2732
2733 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2734
2735 ;;;***
2736 \f
2737 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2738 ;;;;;; (17386 21900))
2739 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2740
2741 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2742 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2743 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2744 from the cursor position.
2745
2746 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2747
2748 ;;;***
2749 \f
2750 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2751 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2752 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2753 ;;;;;; (17672 28071))
2754 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2755
2756 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2757 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2758
2759 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc" t)
2760 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2761
2762 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2763 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2764
2765 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2766
2767 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2768 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2769
2770 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2771
2772 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2773 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2774
2775 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2776
2777 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2778 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2779
2780 \(fn)" t nil)
2781
2782 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2783 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2784 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2785 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2786
2787 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2788
2789 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2790 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2791 This is most useful in the X window system.
2792 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2793 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2794
2795 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2796
2797 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2798 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2799 See calc-keypad for details.
2800
2801 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2802
2803 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2804 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2805
2806 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2807
2808 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2809 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2810
2811 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2812
2813 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2814 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2815
2816 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2817
2818 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2819 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2820 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2821
2822 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2823
2824 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2825 Not documented
2826
2827 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2828
2829 ;;;***
2830 \f
2831 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17383
2832 ;;;;;; 40484))
2833 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2834
2835 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2836 Run the Emacs calculator.
2837 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2838
2839 \(fn)" t nil)
2840
2841 ;;;***
2842 \f
2843 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2844 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2845 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2846 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2847 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2848 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2849 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2850 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2851 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2852 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2853 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2854 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2855 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2856 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2857 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2858 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2859 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2860 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (17732 30377))
2861 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2862
2863 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2864 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2865 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2866 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2867 the screen.")
2868
2869 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar" t)
2870
2871 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2872 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2873 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2874 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2875 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2876 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2877
2878 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar" t)
2879
2880 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2881 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2882 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2883
2884 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2885
2886 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2887 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2888 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2889
2890 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar" t)
2891
2892 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2893 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2894 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2895 displayed.")
2896
2897 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar" t)
2898
2899 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2900 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2901 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2902
2903 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2904
2905 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2906 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2907 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2908
2909 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2910
2911 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2912
2913 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2914 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2915 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2916
2917 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2918 calendar.")
2919
2920 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2921
2922 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2923 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2924 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2925
2926 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2927 calendar.")
2928
2929 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2930
2931 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2932 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2933 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2934
2935 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
2936 calendar.")
2937
2938 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2939
2940 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2941 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2942 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2943
2944 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar" t)
2945
2946 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2947 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2948 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2949 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2950 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2951
2952 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar" t)
2953
2954 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2955 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2956 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2957 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2958 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2959 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2960 a function is also provided for this:
2961 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2962
2963 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2964 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2965 date is not visible in the window.
2966
2967 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2968 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2969 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2970
2971 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
2972
2973 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2974 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2975
2976 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2977 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2978 date is visible in the window.
2979
2980 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2981 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2982 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2983
2984 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
2985
2986 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2987 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2988
2989 For example,
2990
2991 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
2992
2993 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2994
2995 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar" t)
2996
2997 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2998 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2999
3000 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
3001 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
3002
3003 MONTH/DAY
3004 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
3005 MONTHNAME DAY
3006 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
3007 DAYNAME
3008
3009 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
3010 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
3011 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
3012 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
3013 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
3014 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
3015 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
3016 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
3017 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
3018 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
3019 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
3020 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
3021 in every week.
3022
3023 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
3024 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
3025 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
3026 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
3027
3028 DAY/MONTH
3029 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3030 DAY MONTHNAME
3031 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3032 DAYNAME
3033
3034 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
3035 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
3036
3037 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
3038 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
3039 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
3040 window but will appear in a diary window.
3041
3042 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
3043 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
3044
3045 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
3046 entries (in the default American style):
3047
3048 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
3049 &1/1. Happy New Year!
3050 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
3051 21: Payday
3052 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
3053 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
3054 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3055 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3056 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3057 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3058 &* 15 time cards due.
3059
3060 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3061 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3062 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3063 single diary entry
3064
3065 02/11/1989
3066 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3067 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3068 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3069 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3070 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3071 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3072
3073 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3074 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3075 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3076
3077 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3078
3079 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3080
3081 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3082 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3083 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3084 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3085 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3086 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3087 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3088 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3089 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3090 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3091 details.
3092
3093 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3094 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3095 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3096 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3097 documentation for these functions for details.
3098
3099 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3100 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3101
3102 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar" t)
3103
3104 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3105 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3106
3107 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar" t)
3108
3109 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3110 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3111
3112 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3113
3114 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3115 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3116
3117 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3118
3119 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3120 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3121
3122 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3123
3124 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3125 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3126 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3127
3128 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar" t)
3129
3130 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3131 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3132 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3133
3134 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3135
3136 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3137 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3138 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3139 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3140 full.")
3141
3142 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar" t)
3143
3144 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3145 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3146 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3147 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3148 are
3149
3150 DAY/MONTH
3151 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3152 DAY MONTHNAME
3153 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3154 DAYNAME
3155
3156 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3157 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3158 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.
3159
3160 Setting this variable directly does not take effect (if the
3161 calendar package is already loaded). Rather, use either
3162 \\[customize] or the functions `european-calendar' and
3163 `american-calendar'.")
3164
3165 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar" nil)
3166
3167 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3168 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3169 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3170
3171 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3172
3173 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3174 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3175 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3176
3177 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3178
3179 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3180 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3181 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3182
3183 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3184
3185 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3186 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3187 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3188
3189 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3190
3191 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3192 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3193 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3194 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3195 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3196 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3197
3198 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3199
3200 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3201 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3202 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3203
3204 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3205 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3206 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3207 of the form
3208
3209 #include \"filename\"
3210
3211 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3212 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3213 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3214 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3215 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3216
3217 For example, you could use
3218
3219 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3220 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3221 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3222
3223 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3224 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3225 lexicographic order.")
3226
3227 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3228
3229 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3230 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3231 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3232
3233 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar" t)
3234
3235 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3236 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3237 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3238 diary display.
3239
3240 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3241 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3242 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3243 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3244 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3245 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3246 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3247
3248 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3249 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3250 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3251 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3252 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3253 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3254 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3255 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3256
3257 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar" t)
3258
3259 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3260 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3261 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3262 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3263 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3264 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3265 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3266
3267 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar" t)
3268
3269 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3270 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3271
3272 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3273 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3274 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3275 of the form
3276 #include \"filename\"
3277 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3278 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3279 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3280 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3281 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3282
3283 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3284
3285 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3286 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3287 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3288 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3289 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3290 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3291 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3292
3293 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar" t)
3294
3295 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3296 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3297 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3298 are holidays.")
3299
3300 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar" t)
3301
3302 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3303 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3304 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3305 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3306 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3307
3308 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar" t)
3309
3310 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3311
3312 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3313 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3314 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3315
3316 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar" t)
3317
3318 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3319
3320 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3321 Oriental holidays.
3322 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3323
3324 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar" t)
3325
3326 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3327
3328 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3329 Local holidays.
3330 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3331
3332 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar" t)
3333
3334 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3335
3336 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3337 User defined holidays.
3338 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3339
3340 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar" t)
3341
3342 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3343
3344 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3345
3346 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3347
3348 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3349
3350 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3351
3352 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3353
3354 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3355
3356 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3357
3358 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3359
3360 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3361 Jewish holidays.
3362 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3363
3364 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar" t)
3365
3366 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3367
3368 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3369 Christian holidays.
3370 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3371
3372 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar" t)
3373
3374 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3375
3376 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3377 Islamic holidays.
3378 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3379
3380 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar" t)
3381
3382 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3383
3384 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3385 Baha'i holidays.
3386 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3387
3388 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar" t)
3389
3390 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3391
3392 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3393 Sun-related holidays.
3394 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3395
3396 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar" t)
3397
3398 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3399
3400 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3401 The frame setup of the calendar.
3402 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3403 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3404 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3405 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3406 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3407
3408 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar" t)
3409
3410 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3411 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3412 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3413
3414 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3415 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3416
3417 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3418
3419 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3420 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3421 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3422
3423 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3424 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3425 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3426 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3427
3428 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" nil)
3429
3430 ;;;***
3431 \f
3432 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3433 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (17382 22951))
3434 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3435
3436 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3437 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3438
3439 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3440
3441 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3442 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3443 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3444 it fails.
3445
3446 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3447
3448 ;;;***
3449 \f
3450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (17507
3451 ;;;;;; 34705))
3452 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3453 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3454
3455 ;;;***
3456 \f
3457 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3458 ;;;;;; (17409 38386))
3459 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3460
3461 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3462 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3463
3464 \(fn)" nil nil)
3465
3466 ;;;***
3467 \f
3468 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3469 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3470 ;;;;;; (17599 63482))
3471 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3472
3473 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3474 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3475 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3476 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3477 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3478 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3479 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3480
3481 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3482
3483 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3484 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3485 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3486 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3487 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3488 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3489 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3490 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3491
3492 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3493 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3494 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3495 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3496 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3497 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3498
3499 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3500
3501 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3502 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3503
3504 Key bindings:
3505 \\{c-mode-map}
3506
3507 \(fn)" t nil)
3508
3509 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3510 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3511
3512 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3513 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3514 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3515 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3516 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3517 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3518 message.
3519
3520 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3521
3522 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3523 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3524
3525 Key bindings:
3526 \\{c++-mode-map}
3527
3528 \(fn)" t nil)
3529
3530 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3531 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3532 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3533
3534 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3535 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3536 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3537 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3538 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3539 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3540 message.
3541
3542 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3543
3544 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3545 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3546
3547 Key bindings:
3548 \\{objc-mode-map}
3549
3550 \(fn)" t nil)
3551
3552 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3553 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3554 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3555
3556 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3557 Major mode for editing Java code.
3558 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3559 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3560 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3561 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3562 message.
3563
3564 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3565
3566 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3567 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3568
3569 Key bindings:
3570 \\{java-mode-map}
3571
3572 \(fn)" t nil)
3573
3574 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3575 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3576 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3577
3578 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3579 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3580 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3581 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3582 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3583 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3584 message.
3585
3586 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3587
3588 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3589 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3590
3591 Key bindings:
3592 \\{idl-mode-map}
3593
3594 \(fn)" t nil)
3595
3596 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3597 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3598 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3599 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3600
3601 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3602 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3603 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3604 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3605 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3606 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3607 message.
3608
3609 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3610
3611 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3612 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3613
3614 Key bindings:
3615 \\{pike-mode-map}
3616
3617 \(fn)" t nil)
3618 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3619 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3620 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3621 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3622 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3623 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3624
3625 ;;;***
3626 \f
3627 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3628 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17519 1783))
3629 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3630
3631 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3632 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3633 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3634 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3635
3636 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3637
3638 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3639 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3640 might get set too.
3641
3642 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3643 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3644 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3645 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3646 way.
3647
3648 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3649 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3650 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3651 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3652 a null operation.
3653
3654 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3655
3656 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3657 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3658 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3659 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3660
3661 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3662
3663 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3664 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3665 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3666
3667 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3668
3669 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3670 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3671 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3672 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3673 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3674
3675 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3676
3677 ;;;***
3678 \f
3679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (17511
3680 ;;;;;; 36439))
3681 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3682 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3683
3684 ;;;***
3685 \f
3686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (17520 20914))
3687 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3688 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3689 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3690 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3691
3692 ;;;***
3693 \f
3694 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3695 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3696 ;;;;;; (17113 1814))
3697 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3698
3699 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3700 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3701
3702 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3703
3704 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3705 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3706
3707 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3708
3709 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3710 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3711
3712 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3713 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3714 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3715 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3716 execution.
3717
3718 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3719
3720 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3721
3722 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3723 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3724
3725 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3726 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3727 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3728 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3729
3730 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3731 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3732 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3733 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3734 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3735 `write' commands.
3736
3737 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3738 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3739 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3740 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3741
3742 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3743 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3744 semantics.
3745
3746 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3747
3748 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3749
3750 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3751
3752 STATEMENT :=
3753 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3754 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3755
3756 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3757 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3758 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3759 | integer
3760
3761 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3762
3763 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3764 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3765 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3766
3767 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3768 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3769 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3770
3771 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3772 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3773
3774 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3775 BREAK := (break)
3776
3777 REPEAT :=
3778 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3779 (repeat)
3780 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3781 ;; (repeat))
3782 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3783 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3784 ;; (read REG)
3785 ;; (repeat))
3786 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3787 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3788 ;; (read REG)
3789 ;; (repeat))
3790 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3791
3792 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3793 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3794 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3795 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3796 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3797 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3798 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3799 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3800 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3801 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3802 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3803 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3804 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3805 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3806 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3807 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3808
3809 WRITE :=
3810 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3811 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3812 ;; representation.
3813 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3814 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3815 ;; (write r7))
3816 | (write EXPRESSION)
3817 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3818 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3819 ;; representation.
3820 | (write integer)
3821 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3822 ;; buffer.
3823 | (write string)
3824 ;; Same as: (write string)
3825 | string
3826 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3827 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3828 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3829 ;; representation.
3830 | (write REG ARRAY)
3831 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3832 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3833 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3834 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3835 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3836 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3837
3838 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3839 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3840
3841 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3842 END := (end)
3843
3844 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3845 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3846 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3847
3848 ARG := REG | integer
3849
3850 OPERATOR :=
3851 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3852 + | - | * | / | %
3853
3854 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3855 | & | `|' | ^
3856
3857 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3858 | << | >>
3859
3860 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3861 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3862 | <8
3863
3864 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3865 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3866 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3867 | >8
3868
3869 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3870 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3871 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3872 | //
3873
3874 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3875 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3876
3877 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3878 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3879 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3880 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3881 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3882 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3883 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3884 | de-sjis
3885
3886 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3887 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3888 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3889 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3890 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3891 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3892 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3893 ;; byte of SJIS.
3894 | en-sjis
3895
3896 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3897 ;; Same meaning as C code
3898 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3899
3900 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3901 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3902 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3903 | <8=
3904
3905 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3906 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3907 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3908
3909 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3910 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3911 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3912 | //=
3913
3914 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3915
3916
3917 TRANSLATE :=
3918 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3919 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3920 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3921 LOOKUP :=
3922 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3923 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3924 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3925 MAP :=
3926 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3927 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3928 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3929 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3930 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3931 MAP-ID := integer
3932
3933 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3934
3935 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3936 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3937 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3938 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3939 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3940 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3941
3942 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3943
3944 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3945 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3946 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3947
3948 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3949
3950 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3951
3952 ;;;***
3953 \f
3954 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3955 ;;;;;; (17669 35275))
3956 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3957
3958 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
3959 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3960 There are no special keybindings by default.
3961
3962 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3963 to the action header.
3964
3965 \(fn)" t nil)
3966
3967 ;;;***
3968 \f
3969 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3970 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3971 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3972 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3973 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3974 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3975 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3976 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3977 ;;;;;; (17739 37748))
3978 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3979
3980 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3981 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3982 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3983 the users will view as each check is completed.
3984
3985 \(fn)" t nil)
3986
3987 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3988 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3989 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3990 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3991 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3992 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3993 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3994 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3995
3996 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3997
3998 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3999 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4000 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4001 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4002 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4003 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4004 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4005 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4006
4007 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4008
4009 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4010 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4011 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4012 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4013 spacing are all verified.
4014
4015 \(fn)" t nil)
4016
4017 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4018 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4019 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4020 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4021 otherwise stop after the first error.
4022
4023 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4024
4025 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
4026 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4027 Only documentation strings are checked.
4028 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4029 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4030 a separate buffer.
4031
4032 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4033
4034 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4035 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4036 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4037 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4038 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4039
4040 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4041
4042 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4043 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4044 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4045 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4046 if there is one.
4047
4048 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4049
4050 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
4051 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4052 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4053 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4054 if there is one.
4055 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4056
4057 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4058
4059 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4060 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4061 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4062
4063 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4064
4065 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4066 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4067 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4068 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4069 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4070
4071 \(fn)" t nil)
4072
4073 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4074 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4075 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4076 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4077 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4078 space at the end of each line.
4079
4080 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4081
4082 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
4083 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4084 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4085 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4086
4087 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4088
4089 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4090 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4091 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4092 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4093
4094 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4095
4096 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4097 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4098 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4099 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4100
4101 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4102
4103 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4104 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4105 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4106 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4107
4108 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4109
4110 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4111 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4112 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4113 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4114
4115 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4116
4117 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
4118 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4119 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4120 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4121
4122 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4123
4124 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4125 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4126 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4127 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4128
4129 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4130
4131 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4132 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4133 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4134 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4135
4136 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4137
4138 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4139 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4140 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4141 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4142
4143 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4144
4145 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4146 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4147 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
4148
4149 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4150 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4151 checking of documentation strings.
4152
4153 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4154
4155 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4156
4157 ;;;***
4158 \f
4159 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4160 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17113
4161 ;;;;;; 1823))
4162 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4163
4164 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4165 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4166 Return the length of resulting text.
4167
4168 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4169
4170 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4171 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4172
4173 \(fn)" t nil)
4174
4175 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4176 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4177 Return the length of resulting text.
4178
4179 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4180
4181 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4182 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4183
4184 \(fn)" t nil)
4185
4186 ;;;***
4187 \f
4188 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4189 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (17383 40485))
4190 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4191
4192 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4193 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4194 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4195 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4196 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4197 editing and the result is evaluated.
4198
4199 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4200
4201 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4202 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4203 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4204 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4205 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4206
4207 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4208
4209 \(fn)" t nil)
4210
4211 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4212 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4213 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4214 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4215 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4216
4217 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4218 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4219 \\{command-history-map}
4220
4221 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4222 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4223
4224 \(fn)" t nil)
4225
4226 ;;;***
4227 \f
4228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17700 2786))
4229 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4230
4231 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4232 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4233 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4234 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4235 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4236 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4237
4238 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4239 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4240
4241 ;;;***
4242 \f
4243 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4244 ;;;;;; (17730 22879))
4245 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4246
4247 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4248 Not documented
4249
4250 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4251
4252 ;;;***
4253 \f
4254 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4255 ;;;;;; (17388 57140))
4256 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4257
4258 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4259 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4260 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4261 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4262
4263 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4264 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4265 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4266 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4267
4268 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4269 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4270
4271 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4272
4273 ;;;***
4274 \f
4275 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17383
4276 ;;;;;; 40485))
4277 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4278
4279 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4280 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4281 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4282 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4283 of `scheme-program-name').
4284 If a file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' exists, it is given as initial input.
4285 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4286 discards input when it starts up.
4287 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4288 is run).
4289 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4290
4291 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4292 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4293
4294 ;;;***
4295 \f
4296 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
4297 ;;;;;; (17700 2787))
4298 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
4299
4300 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
4301 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
4302 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
4303 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
4304 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
4305 ?* is used.
4306 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
4307
4308 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
4309 (autoload-coding-system 'cp437 '(require 'code-pages))
4310 (autoload-coding-system 'cp737 '(require 'code-pages))
4311 (autoload-coding-system 'cp775 '(require 'code-pages))
4312 (autoload-coding-system 'cp850 '(require 'code-pages))
4313 (autoload-coding-system 'cp851 '(require 'code-pages))
4314 (autoload-coding-system 'cp852 '(require 'code-pages))
4315 (autoload-coding-system 'cp855 '(require 'code-pages))
4316 (autoload-coding-system 'cp857 '(require 'code-pages))
4317 (autoload-coding-system 'cp858 '(require 'code-pages))
4318 (autoload-coding-system 'cp860 '(require 'code-pages))
4319 (autoload-coding-system 'cp861 '(require 'code-pages))
4320 (autoload-coding-system 'cp862 '(require 'code-pages))
4321 (autoload-coding-system 'cp863 '(require 'code-pages))
4322 (autoload-coding-system 'cp864 '(require 'code-pages))
4323 (autoload-coding-system 'cp865 '(require 'code-pages))
4324 (autoload-coding-system 'cp866 '(require 'code-pages))
4325 (autoload-coding-system 'cp869 '(require 'code-pages))
4326 (autoload-coding-system 'cp874 '(require 'code-pages))
4327 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4328 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4329 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4330 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4331 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4332 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4333 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4334 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4335 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4336 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4337 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4338 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4339 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4340 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4341 (autoload-coding-system 'next '(require 'code-pages))
4342 (autoload-coding-system 'koi8-t '(require 'code-pages))
4343 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-16 '(require 'code-pages))
4344 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-6 '(require 'code-pages))
4345 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-10 '(require 'code-pages))
4346 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-13 '(require 'code-pages))
4347 (autoload-coding-system 'georgian-ps '(require 'code-pages))
4348 (autoload-coding-system 'cp720 '(require 'code-pages))
4349 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1125 '(require 'code-pages))
4350 (autoload-coding-system 'mik '(require 'code-pages))
4351 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
4352 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
4353
4354 ;;;***
4355 \f
4356 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4357 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4358 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17667 64276))
4359 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4360
4361 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4362 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4363 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4364 ASCII table.
4365
4366 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4367 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4368 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4369 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4370
4371 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4372
4373 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4374 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4375 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4376
4377 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4378
4379 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4380 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4381 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4382
4383 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4384
4385 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4386 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4387 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4388
4389 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4390
4391 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4392 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4393
4394 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4395 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4396 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4397
4398 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4399 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4400
4401 \(fn)" nil nil)
4402
4403 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4404 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4405
4406 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4407 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4408 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4409
4410 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4411
4412 ;;;***
4413 \f
4414 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4415 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4416 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4417 ;;;;;; (17693 43096))
4418 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4419
4420 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4421 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4422 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4423 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4424 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4425 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4426 functions have already modified the buffer.
4427
4428 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4429
4430 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4431 either globally or locally.")
4432
4433 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4434
4435 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4436 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4437 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4438 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4439 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4440 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4441 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4442 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4443
4444 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4445
4446 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4447
4448 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4449 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4450 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4451 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4452 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4453 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4454 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4455 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4456
4457 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4458
4459 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4460
4461 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4462 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4463 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4464 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4465 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4466 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4467
4468 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4469
4470 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4471 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4472 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4473 directory tracking functions.")
4474
4475 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4476 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4477 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4478
4479 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4480
4481 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4482
4483 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4484 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4485 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4486
4487 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4488
4489 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4490
4491 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4492 Send COMMAND to current process.
4493 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4494 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4495
4496 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4497
4498 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4499 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4500 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4501 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4502
4503 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4504
4505 ;;;***
4506 \f
4507 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17636
4508 ;;;;;; 48139))
4509 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4510
4511 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4512 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4513 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4514 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4515
4516 This command pushes the mark in each window
4517 at the prior location of point in that window.
4518 If both windows display the same buffer,
4519 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4520 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4521
4522 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4523 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4524 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4525 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4526 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4527 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4528 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4529 ignored.
4530
4531 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4532 this command work in interlaced mode:
4533 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4534 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4535 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4536
4537 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4538
4539 ;;;***
4540 \f
4541 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4542 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4543 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4544 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4545 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (17687 3226))
4546 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4547
4548 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4549 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4550
4551 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile" t)
4552
4553 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4554 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4555
4556 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile" t)
4557
4558 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4559 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4560 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4561 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4562 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4563 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4564 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4565
4566 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4567 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4568 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4569 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4570 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4571
4572 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4573 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4574 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4575 describing how the process finished.")
4576
4577 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4578 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4579 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4580 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4581
4582 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4583 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4584 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4585
4586 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile" t)
4587
4588 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4589 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4590 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4591 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4592
4593 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile" t)
4594
4595 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4596 *Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4597
4598 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4599 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4600
4601 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4602 (lambda ()
4603 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4604 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4605 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4606 (concat \"make -k \"
4607 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4608
4609 (custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile" t)
4610 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4611
4612 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4613 *If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4614 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4615 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4616
4617 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile" t)
4618
4619 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4620 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4621 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4622 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4623
4624 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4625 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4626
4627 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4628 and move to the source code that caused it.
4629
4630 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4631 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4632 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4633 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4634
4635 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4636 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4637 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4638 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4639 subprocesses.
4640
4641 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4642 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4643 to a function that generates a unique name.
4644
4645 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4646
4647 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4648 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4649 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4650 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4651
4652 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4653 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4654 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4655 to determine the buffer name.
4656
4657 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4658 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4659 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4660
4661 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4662
4663 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4664
4665 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4666 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4667 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4668 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4669 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4670
4671 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4672
4673 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4674
4675 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4676
4677 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4678 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4679 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4680 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4681 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4682 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4683 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4684
4685 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4686
4687 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4688 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4689 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4690 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4691 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4692 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4693
4694 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4695
4696 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4697 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4698 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4699
4700 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4701
4702 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4703
4704 ;;;***
4705 \f
4706 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4707 ;;;;;; (17623 45180))
4708 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4709
4710 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4711 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4712 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4713 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4714 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4715 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4716
4717 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" nil)
4718
4719 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4720 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4721 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4722
4723 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4724 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4725 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4726 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4727
4728 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4729 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4730 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4731 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4732
4733 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4734 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4735 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4736 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4737
4738 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4739 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4740 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4741 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4742 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4743
4744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4745
4746 ;;;***
4747 \f
4748 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4749 ;;;;;; (17704 3960))
4750 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4751
4752 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4753 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4754 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4755 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4756 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4757 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4758
4759 (custom-autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" nil)
4760
4761 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4762 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4763
4764 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4765
4766 ;;;***
4767 \f
4768 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4769 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4770 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4771 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (17330 42405))
4772 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4773
4774 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4775 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4776 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4777 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4778 `make-composition'.
4779
4780 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4781
4782 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4783 | | 1:tc or top-center
4784 | | 2:tr or top-right
4785 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4786 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4787 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4788 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4789 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4790 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4791
4792 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4793 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4794 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4795 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4796 be added.
4797
4798 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4799 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4800 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4801
4802 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4803 | | |
4804 | global| |
4805 | glyph | |
4806 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4807 +----+--*--+
4808 | | new |
4809 | |glyph|
4810 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4811 ")
4812
4813 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4814 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4815 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4816 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4817
4818 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4819
4820 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4821 Compose characters in the current region.
4822
4823 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4824 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4825
4826 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4827
4828 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4829 specifying the region.
4830
4831 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4832 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4833 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4834
4835 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4836 of the text in the region.
4837
4838 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4839
4840 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4841 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4842 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4843 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4844
4845 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4846 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4847 detail.
4848
4849 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4850 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4851 text in the composition.
4852
4853 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4854
4855 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4856 Decompose text in the current region.
4857
4858 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4859 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4860
4861 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4862
4863 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4864 Compose characters in string STRING.
4865
4866 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4867 the characters in it.
4868
4869 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4870 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4871 STRING respectively.
4872
4873 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4874 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4875 `compose-region' for more detail.
4876
4877 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4878 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4879 text in the composition.
4880
4881 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4882
4883 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4884 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4885
4886 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4887
4888 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4889 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4890 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4891 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4892 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4893 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4894 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4895 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4896
4897 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4898
4899 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4900 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4901
4902 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4903 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4904
4905 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4906 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4907
4908 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4909 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4910
4911 If no composition is found, return nil.
4912
4913 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4914 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4915
4916 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4917 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4918 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4919
4920 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4921
4922 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4923
4924 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4925 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4926 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4927
4928 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4929
4930 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4931
4932 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4933
4934 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4935 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4936
4937 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4938 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4939 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4940 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4941 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4942 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4943 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4944 nil.
4945
4946 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4947 is:
4948 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4949 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4950
4951 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4952
4953 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4954 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4955
4956 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4957
4958 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4959
4960 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4961 Compose last characters.
4962 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4963 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4964 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4965 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4966 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4967 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4968 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4969 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4970 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4971 after a sequence of character events.
4972
4973 \(fn ARGS)" t nil)
4974 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4975
4976 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4977 Convert CHAR to string.
4978
4979 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
4980 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
4981 vector of CHAR respectively.
4982 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
4983
4984 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
4985
4986 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
4987
4988 ;;;***
4989 \f
4990 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4991 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4992 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4993 ;;;;;; (17680 21833))
4994 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4995
4996 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4997 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4998 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4999 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5000 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5001 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5002 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5003
5004 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5005 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5006 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5007
5008 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5009 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5010 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5011
5012 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5013 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5014 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5015 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5016
5017 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5018 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5019 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5020 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5021 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5022 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5023 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5024
5025 \\{conf-mode-map}
5026
5027 \(fn)" t nil)
5028
5029 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5030 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5031 Comments start with `#'.
5032 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5033
5034 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
5035
5036 \[Desktop Entry]
5037 Encoding=UTF-8
5038 Name=The GIMP
5039 Name[ca]=El GIMP
5040 Name[cs]=GIMP
5041
5042 \(fn)" t nil)
5043
5044 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5045 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5046 Comments start with `;'.
5047 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5048
5049 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
5050
5051 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5052 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5053 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5054
5055 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5056 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5057
5058 \(fn)" t nil)
5059
5060 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5061 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5062 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5063 between `/*' and `*/'.
5064 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5065
5066 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
5067 // another kind of comment
5068 /* yet another */
5069
5070 name:value
5071 name=value
5072 name value
5073 x.1 =
5074 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
5075 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
5076
5077 \(fn)" t nil)
5078
5079 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5080 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5081 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
5082 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5083 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5084 `conf-space-keywords'.
5085 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5086 in an interactive fashion instead.
5087
5088 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5089
5090 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5091
5092 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5093 image/png png
5094 image/tiff tiff tif
5095
5096 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5097 class desktop
5098 # Standard multimedia devices
5099 add /dev/audio desktop
5100 add /dev/mixer desktop
5101
5102 \(fn)" t nil)
5103
5104 (autoload (quote conf-space-keywords) "conf-mode" "\
5105 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5106 See `conf-space-mode'.
5107
5108 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5109
5110 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5111 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5112 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5113 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5114
5115 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5116
5117 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5118 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5119
5120 \(fn)" t nil)
5121
5122 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5123 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5124 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5125 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5126
5127 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5128
5129 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5130 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5131
5132 \(fn)" t nil)
5133
5134 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5135 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5136 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5137 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5138
5139 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5140
5141 *background: gray99
5142 *foreground: black
5143
5144 \(fn)" t nil)
5145
5146 ;;;***
5147 \f
5148 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5149 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17565 13042))
5150 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5151
5152 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
5153 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5154 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5155 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5156
5157 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5158
5159 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
5160 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5161 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5162 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5163
5164 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5165
5166 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5167 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5168 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5169 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5170
5171 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5172
5173 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5174 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5175
5176 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5177
5178 ;;;***
5179 \f
5180 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5181 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17383 40536))
5182 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5183
5184 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5185 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5186 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5187 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5188 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5189 following the copyright are updated as well.
5190 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5191 interactively.
5192
5193 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5194
5195 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5196 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5197 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5198
5199 \(fn)" t nil)
5200
5201 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5202 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5203
5204 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5205
5206 ;;;***
5207 \f
5208 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
5209 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (17725 15204))
5210 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5211
5212 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5213 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5214 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5215 Tab indents for Perl code.
5216 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5217 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5218
5219 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5220 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5221 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5222 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5223 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5224 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5225 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5226 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5227 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5228 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5229 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5230 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5231
5232 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5233
5234 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5235 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5236
5237 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5238
5239 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5240 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5241 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5242 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5243 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5244 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5245 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5246 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5247 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5248
5249 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5250
5251 bite if angry;
5252
5253 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5254 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5255 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5256 to nil.)
5257
5258 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5259 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5260 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5261
5262 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5263
5264 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5265 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5266 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5267 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5268 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5269
5270 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5271
5272 if (A) { B }
5273
5274 into
5275
5276 B if A;
5277
5278 \\{cperl-mode-map}
5279
5280 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5281 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5282 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5283 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5284 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5285 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5286 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5287 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5288 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5289 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5290 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5291 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5292 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5293
5294 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5295 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5296 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5297 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5298 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5299 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5300
5301 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5302 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5303 man via menu.
5304
5305 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5306 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5307 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5308 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5309 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5310
5311 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5312 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5313 span the needed amount of lines.
5314
5315 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5316 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5317 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5318 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5319
5320 Variables controlling indentation style:
5321 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5322 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5323 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5324 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5325 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5326 `cperl-auto-newline'
5327 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5328 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5329 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5330 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5331 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5332 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5333 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5334 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5335 `cperl-indent-level'
5336 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5337 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5338 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5339 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5340 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5341 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5342 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5343 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5344 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5345 `cperl-brace-offset'
5346 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5347 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5348 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5349 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5350 `cperl-label-offset'
5351 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5352 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5353 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5354
5355 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5356 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5357 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5358 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5359 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5360 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5361
5362 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5363 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5364 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5365 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5366
5367 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5368 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5369 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5370 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
5371 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5372 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5373
5374 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5375 column 0 is indented on
5376 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5377
5378 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5379 with no args.
5380
5381 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5382 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5383 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5384
5385 \(fn)" t nil)
5386
5387 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc) "cperl-mode" "\
5388 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5389
5390 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5391
5392 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc-at-point) "cperl-mode" "\
5393 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5394
5395 \(fn)" t nil)
5396
5397 ;;;***
5398 \f
5399 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5400 ;;;;;; (17388 57141))
5401 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5402
5403 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5404 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5405 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5406 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5407 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5408
5409 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5410
5411 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5412 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5413
5414 \(fn)" t nil)
5415
5416 ;;;***
5417 \f
5418 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5419 ;;;;;; (17383 40545))
5420 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5421
5422 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5423 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5424 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5425 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5426
5427 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5428 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5429
5430 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" nil)
5431
5432 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5433 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5434 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5435
5436 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5437
5438 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5439
5440 ;;;***
5441 \f
5442 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5443 ;;;;;; (17506 11763))
5444 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5445
5446 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5447 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5448 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5449 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5450
5451 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5452 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5453 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5454 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5455
5456 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5457 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5458 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5459
5460 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5461 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5462 'bob', and 'eve'.
5463
5464 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5465 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5466 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5467
5468 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5469
5470 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5471 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5472 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5473
5474 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5475
5476 ;;;***
5477 \f
5478 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5479 ;;;;;; (17663 11728))
5480 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5481
5482 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5483 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5484 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5485 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5486 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5487 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5488
5489 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" nil)
5490
5491 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5492 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5493 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5494 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5495 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5496
5497 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5498 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5499 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5500 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5501 function of these prefix keys.
5502
5503 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5504 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5505 options:
5506 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5507 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5508 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5509
5510 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5511 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5512 the prefix fallback behavior.
5513
5514 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5515 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5516 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5517 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5518
5519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5520
5521 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5522 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5523
5524 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5525 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5526 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5527 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution, so you may\n"
5528 "now enable CUA via the Options menu or by customizing option `cua-mode'.\n\n"
5529 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5530 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5531 (if user-init-file (concat
5532 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5533 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5534
5535 ;;;***
5536 \f
5537 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5538 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5539 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5540 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5541 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window
5542 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5543 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5544 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5545 ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (17743 47241))
5546 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5547 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5548
5549 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5550 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5551
5552 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5553 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5554
5555 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5556 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5557
5558 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5559
5560 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5561
5562 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5563 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5564 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5565
5566 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5567 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5568
5569 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5570 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5571
5572 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5573 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5574
5575 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5576 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5577
5578 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5579
5580 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5581
5582 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5583 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5584 Return VALUE.
5585
5586 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5587 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5588
5589 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5590 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5591
5592 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5593 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5594
5595 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5596 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5597
5598 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5599
5600 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5601
5602 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5603 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5604 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5605 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5606 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5607
5608 \(fn)" t nil)
5609
5610 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5611 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5612 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5613 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5614
5615 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5616
5617 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5618 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5619
5620 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5621
5622 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5623 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5624
5625 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5626
5627 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5628
5629 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5630 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5631
5632 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5633
5634 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5635
5636 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5637 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5638 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5639
5640 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5641
5642 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5643 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5644 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5645 as part of Emacs itself.
5646
5647 Each elements looks like this:
5648
5649 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5650
5651 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5652 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5653 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5654 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5655 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5656 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5657 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5658 and `defface'.
5659
5660 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5661
5662 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5663 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5664 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5665 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5666 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5667
5668 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5669 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5670 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5671 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5672
5673 (defalias (quote customize-changed) (quote customize-changed-options))
5674
5675 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5676 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5677 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5678 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5679 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5680
5681 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5682 that were added or redefined since that version.
5683
5684 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5685
5686 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5687 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5688 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5689 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5690
5691 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5692 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5693
5694 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5695
5696 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5697 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5698 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5699
5700 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5701 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5702
5703 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5704
5705 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5706 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
5707
5708 \(fn)" t nil)
5709
5710 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5711 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5712
5713 \(fn)" t nil)
5714
5715 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5716 Customize all already saved user options.
5717
5718 \(fn)" t nil)
5719
5720 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5721 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5722 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5723 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5724 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5725 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5726 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5727 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5728
5729 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5730
5731 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5732 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5733 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5734 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5735
5736 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5737
5738 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5739 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5740
5741 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5742
5743 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5744 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5745
5746 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5747
5748 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5749 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5750 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5751 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5752 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5753 that option.
5754
5755 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5756
5757 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5758 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5759 The result includes selecting that window.
5760 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5761 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5762 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5763 that option.
5764
5765 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5766
5767 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5768 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5769
5770 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5771
5772 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5773 File used for storing customization information.
5774 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5775 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5776 it should be an absolute file name.
5777
5778 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5779 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5780 something like the following in your init file:
5781
5782 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5783 \(load custom-file)
5784
5785 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5786 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5787
5788 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5789 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5790 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5791 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5792 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5793
5794 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5795 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5796 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5797 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5798 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5799 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5800 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5801 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5802 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5803 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5804
5805 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit" t)
5806
5807 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5808 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5809
5810 \(fn)" nil nil)
5811
5812 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5813 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5814
5815 \(fn)" t nil)
5816
5817 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5818 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5819 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5820
5821 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5822
5823 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5824 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5825 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5826 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5827 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5828
5829 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5830
5831 ;;;***
5832 \f
5833 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5834 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (17383 40486))
5835 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5836
5837 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5838 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5839
5840 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5841
5842 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5843 Alist of face attributes.
5844
5845 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5846 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5847 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5848 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5849 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5850 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5851
5852 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5853 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5854 customization type TYPE).
5855
5856 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5857 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5858 given face attribute.")
5859
5860 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5861 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5862 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5863 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5864
5865 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5866
5867 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5868 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5869 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5870 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5871 between themes and faces.
5872 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5873
5874 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5875 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5876
5877 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5878
5879 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5880 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5881 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5882
5883 (FACE IGNORED)
5884
5885 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5886
5887 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5888
5889 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5890 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5891 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5892
5893 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5894
5895 (FACE FROM-THEME)
5896
5897 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5898
5899 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5900
5901 ;;;***
5902 \f
5903 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5904 ;;;;;; (17632 36218))
5905 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5906
5907 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5908 Create a custom theme.
5909
5910 \(fn)" t nil)
5911
5912 ;;;***
5913 \f
5914 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5915 ;;;;;; (17493 6877))
5916 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5917
5918 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5919 Mode used for cvs status output.
5920
5921 \(fn)" t nil)
5922
5923 ;;;***
5924 \f
5925 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5926 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17388 57141))
5927 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5928
5929 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5930 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5931
5932 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5933 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5934 C++ modes are included.
5935
5936 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5937
5938 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5939
5940 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5941 Turn on CWarn mode.
5942
5943 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5944 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5945
5946 \(fn)" nil nil)
5947
5948 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5949 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5950 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5951 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5952 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5953 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5954
5955 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" nil)
5956
5957 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5958 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
5959 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5960 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
5961 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
5962
5963 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5964
5965 ;;;***
5966 \f
5967 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5968 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5969 ;;;;;; (17113 1824))
5970 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5971
5972 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5973 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5974
5975 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5976
5977 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
5978 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5979
5980 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5981
5982 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
5983 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5984 For readability, the table is slightly
5985 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5986
5987 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5988 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5989 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5990 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5991 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5992
5993 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5994
5995 ;;;***
5996 \f
5997 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5998 ;;;;;; (17383 40487))
5999 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6000 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6001 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6002
6003 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
6004 Completion on current word.
6005 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
6006 and presents suggestions for completion.
6007
6008 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6009 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6010 completions.
6011
6012 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
6013 then it searches *all* buffers.
6014
6015 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6016
6017 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
6018 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
6019
6020 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6021 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6022 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6023 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6024 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
6025
6026 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6027 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6028
6029 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6030 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6031 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6032
6033 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6034 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6035
6036 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
6037
6038 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6039
6040 ;;;***
6041 \f
6042 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17388
6043 ;;;;;; 57141))
6044 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6045
6046 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
6047 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6048
6049 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6050 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6051 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6052
6053 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6054 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6055 Data lines are not indented.
6056
6057 Key bindings:
6058
6059 \\{dcl-mode-map}
6060 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6061
6062 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
6063 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
6064 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
6065 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
6066
6067 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6068
6069 dcl-basic-offset
6070 Extra indentation within blocks.
6071
6072 dcl-continuation-offset
6073 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6074
6075 dcl-margin-offset
6076 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6077
6078 dcl-margin-label-offset
6079 Indentation for a label.
6080
6081 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6082 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6083
6084 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6085 dcl-block-end-regexp
6086 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6087 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
6088 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6089 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6090 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6091
6092 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6093 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6094 Two such functions are included in the package:
6095 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6096 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6097
6098 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6099 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6100 One such function is included in the package:
6101 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6102
6103 dcl-tab-always-indent
6104 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6105 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6106 margin.
6107
6108 dcl-electric-characters
6109 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6110 typed.
6111
6112 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6113 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6114 which words trigger electric indentation.
6115
6116 dcl-tempo-comma
6117 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6118 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6119 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6120
6121 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6122 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6123 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6124 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6125
6126 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6127 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6128 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6129 dcl-imenu-label-call
6130 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6131
6132 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6133 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6134 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6135 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6136
6137
6138 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6139
6140 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6141 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6142 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6143 $ i = 1
6144 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6145 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6146 $ label:
6147 $ if i.eq.1
6148 $ then
6149 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6150 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6151 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6152 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6153 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6154 \"lined up with the command line\"
6155 $ type sys$input
6156 Data lines are not indented at all.
6157 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6158 $ endif
6159 $
6160
6161
6162 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6163 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6164
6165 \(fn)" t nil)
6166
6167 ;;;***
6168 \f
6169 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6170 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17440 26396))
6171 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6172
6173 (setq debugger (quote debug))
6174
6175 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
6176 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6177 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6178 of the evaluator.
6179
6180 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6181 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6182 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6183
6184 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6185
6186 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6187 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6188
6189 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6190
6191 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6192 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6193 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6194 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6195 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6196 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6197
6198 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6199 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6200
6201 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6202
6203 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6204 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6205 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6206 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6207 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6208
6209 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6210
6211 ;;;***
6212 \f
6213 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6214 ;;;;;; (17382 22974))
6215 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6216
6217 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
6218 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6219
6220 \(fn)" t nil)
6221
6222 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6223 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6224 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6225 Upper-case letters are commands.
6226
6227 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6228 modify it.
6229
6230 The most useful commands are:
6231 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6232 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6233 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6234 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6235 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6236 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6237
6238 \(fn)" t nil)
6239
6240 ;;;***
6241 \f
6242 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6243 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17681
6244 ;;;;;; 41540))
6245 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6246
6247 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6248 Customization of `columns' group.
6249
6250 \(fn)" t nil)
6251
6252 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6253 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6254
6255 START and END delimits the text region.
6256
6257 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6258
6259 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6260 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6261
6262 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6263
6264 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6265
6266 ;;;***
6267 \f
6268 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17602
6269 ;;;;;; 7856))
6270 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6271
6272 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6273 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6274 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6275 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6276 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6277 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6278
6279 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6280
6281 Customization:
6282
6283 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6284 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6285 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6286 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6287 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6288 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6289 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6290 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6291 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6292 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6293 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6294 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6295 blank line.
6296 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6297 Directories to search when finding external units.
6298 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6299 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6300
6301 Coloring:
6302
6303 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6304 Face used to color delphi comments.
6305 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6306 Face used to color delphi strings.
6307 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6308 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6309 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6310 Face used to color everything else.
6311
6312 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6313 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6314
6315 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6316
6317 ;;;***
6318 \f
6319 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17383
6320 ;;;;;; 40488))
6321 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6322
6323 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6324
6325 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6326 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6327 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6328 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6329 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6330 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6331
6332 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" nil)
6333
6334 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6335 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6336 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6337 positive.
6338
6339 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6340 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6341 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6342 any selection.
6343
6344 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6345
6346 ;;;***
6347 \f
6348 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6349 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17383 40537))
6350 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6351
6352 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6353 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6354
6355 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6356
6357 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6358 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6359 or nil if there is no parent.
6360 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6361 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6362 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6363 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6364 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6365
6366 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6367 arguments are currently understood:
6368 :group GROUP
6369 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6370 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6371 :syntax-table TABLE
6372 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6373 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6374 :abbrev-table TABLE
6375 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6376 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6377
6378 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6379
6380 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6381
6382 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6383 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6384 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6385
6386 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6387 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6388
6389 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6390 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6391 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6392
6393 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6394 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6395
6396 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6397 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6398
6399 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6400
6401 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6402
6403 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6404 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6405 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6406 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6407 the first time the mode is used.
6408
6409 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6410
6411 ;;;***
6412 \f
6413 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6414 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (17383 40488))
6415 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6416
6417 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6418 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6419 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6420 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6421 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6422 otherwise.
6423
6424 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6425
6426 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6427 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6428 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6429 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6430 character composition information (if relevant),
6431 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6432
6433 \(fn POS)" t nil)
6434
6435 ;;;***
6436 \f
6437 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6438 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6439 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6440 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (17672 28070))
6441 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6442
6443 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6444 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6445 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
6446
6447 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" nil)
6448
6449 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6450 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6451 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6452 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6453 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
6454 and function `desktop-read' for details.
6455
6456 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6457
6458 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6459 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6460 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6461 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6462
6463 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop" t)
6464
6465 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6466 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6467 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6468
6469 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6470 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6471 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6472
6473 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6474 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6475
6476 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6477 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6478 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6479
6480 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6481 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6482 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6483 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6484
6485 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6486
6487 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6488 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6489
6490 Handlers are called with argument list
6491
6492 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6493
6494 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6495
6496 desktop-file-version
6497 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6498 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6499 desktop-buffer-point
6500 desktop-buffer-mark
6501 desktop-buffer-read-only
6502 desktop-buffer-locals
6503
6504 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6505 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6506
6507 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6508 code like
6509
6510 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6511 ...
6512 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6513 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6514
6515 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6516
6517 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6518
6519 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6520 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6521 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6522 List elements must have the form
6523
6524 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6525
6526 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6527 function.
6528
6529 Handlers are called with argument list
6530
6531 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6532
6533 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6534
6535 desktop-file-version
6536 desktop-buffer-file-name
6537 desktop-buffer-name
6538 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6539 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6540 desktop-buffer-point
6541 desktop-buffer-mark
6542 desktop-buffer-read-only
6543 desktop-buffer-misc
6544
6545 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6546 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6547 created and set.
6548
6549 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6550 code like
6551
6552 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6553 ...
6554 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6555 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6556
6557 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6558
6559 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6560
6561 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6562
6563 (autoload (quote desktop-clear) "desktop" "\
6564 Empty the Desktop.
6565 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6566 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6567 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6568
6569 \(fn)" t nil)
6570
6571 (autoload (quote desktop-save) "desktop" "\
6572 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6573 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6574 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6575
6576 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6577
6578 (autoload (quote desktop-remove) "desktop" "\
6579 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6580 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6581
6582 \(fn)" t nil)
6583
6584 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6585 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6586 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6587 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6588 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6589 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6590 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6591 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6592
6593 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6594
6595 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6596 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6597 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6598
6599 \(fn)" nil nil)
6600
6601 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6602 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6603 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6604 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6605 directory DIRNAME.
6606
6607 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6608
6609 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6610 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6611
6612 \(fn)" t nil)
6613
6614 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6615 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6616
6617 \(fn)" t nil)
6618
6619 ;;;***
6620 \f
6621 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6622 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6623 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (17490 31060))
6624 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6625
6626 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6627 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6628 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6629 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6630 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6631 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6632
6633 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6634
6635 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6636 Repair a broken attribution line.
6637 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6638
6639 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6640
6641 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6642 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6643 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6644 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6645
6646 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6647
6648 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6649 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6650
6651 \(fn)" t nil)
6652
6653 ;;;***
6654 \f
6655 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6656 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17113 1825))
6657 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6658
6659 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6660
6661 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6662 Not documented
6663
6664 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6665
6666 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6667 Not documented
6668
6669 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
6670
6671 ;;;***
6672 \f
6673 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6674 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17518 5769))
6675 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6676
6677 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6678 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6679 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6680 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6681 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6682
6683 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6684
6685 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6686 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6687 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6688 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6689
6690 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6691 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6692 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6693 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6694
6695 #!/bin/sh
6696 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6697 emacs -batch \\
6698 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6699 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6700 european-calendar-style t \\
6701 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6702 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6703 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6704
6705 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6706 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6707 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6708 to run it every morning at 1am.
6709
6710 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6711
6712 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6713 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6714
6715 \(fn)" t nil)
6716
6717 ;;;***
6718 \f
6719 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6720 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (17544 39648))
6721 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6722
6723 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6724 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6725
6726 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff" t)
6727
6728 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6729 *The command to use to run diff.")
6730
6731 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff" t)
6732
6733 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6734 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6735 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6736 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6737 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6738 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6739
6740 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6741
6742 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6743 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6744 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6745 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6746 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6747 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6748
6749 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6750
6751 ;;;***
6752 \f
6753 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6754 ;;;;;; (17672 28070))
6755 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6756
6757 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6758 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6759 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6760 normal diffs.
6761 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6762 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6763 headers for you on-the-fly.
6764
6765 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6766 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6767 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6768 \\{diff-mode-map}
6769
6770 \(fn)" t nil)
6771
6772 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6773 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6774 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6775
6776 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6777
6778 ;;;***
6779 \f
6780 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6781 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6782 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6783 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6784 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (17743 34996))
6785 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6786
6787 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6788 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6789 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6790 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6791 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6792 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6793 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6794 `insert-directory' on `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6795
6796 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired" t)
6797
6798 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6799 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6800
6801 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6802 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6803 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6804 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6805 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6806
6807 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6808 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6809
6810 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6811 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6812 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6813 always set this variable to t.")
6814
6815 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired" t)
6816
6817 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6818 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6819 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6820 A value of t means move to first file.")
6821
6822 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired" t)
6823
6824 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6825 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6826 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6827 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6828 are afterward marked with that character.")
6829
6830 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired" t)
6831
6832 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6833 *Controls marking of copied files.
6834 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6835 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6836
6837 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired" t)
6838
6839 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6840 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6841 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6842 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6843
6844 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired" t)
6845
6846 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6847 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6848 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6849 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6850
6851 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired" t)
6852
6853 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6854 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6855 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6856 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6857
6858 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6859
6860 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired" t)
6861
6862 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6863 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6864 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6865
6866 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired" t)
6867
6868 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6869 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6870 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6871 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6872 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6873 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6874
6875 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6876 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6877 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6878 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6879 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6880 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6881 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6882 list of files to make directory entries for.
6883 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6884 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6885 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6886 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6887
6888 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6889
6890 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6891 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6892
6893 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6894 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6895
6896 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6897 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6898
6899 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6900 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6901
6902 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6903
6904 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6905 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6906
6907 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6908
6909 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6910 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6911 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6912 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6913 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6914 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6915 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6916 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6917 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6918 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6919 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6920 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6921 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6922 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6923 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6924 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6925 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6926 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6927 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6928 to see why something went wrong.
6929 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6930 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6931 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6932 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6933 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6934 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6935 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6936 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6937 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6938 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6939 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6940 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6941 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6942
6943 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6944 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6945 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6946 again for the directory tree.
6947
6948 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6949 for more info):
6950
6951 `dired-listing-switches'
6952 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6953 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6954 `dired-marker-char'
6955 `dired-del-marker'
6956 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6957 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6958 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6959 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6960
6961 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6962
6963 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6964 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6965 `dired-mode-hook'
6966 `dired-load-hook'
6967
6968 Keybindings:
6969 \\{dired-mode-map}
6970
6971 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6972 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6973
6974 ;;;***
6975 \f
6976 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6977 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
6978 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6979 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6980 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6981 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6982 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6983 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6984 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6985 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6986 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
6987 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6988 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6989 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17742 17639))
6990 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6991
6992 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6993 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6994 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6995 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6996 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6997 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6998 which is options for `diff'.
6999
7000 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7001
7002 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7003 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7004 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7005 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7006 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7007 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
7008
7009 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7010
7011 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
7012 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
7013 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
7014 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
7015 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
7016 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
7017 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
7018
7019 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
7020
7021 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
7022 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
7023 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
7024 returned by function `file-attributes'
7025
7026 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
7027 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
7028
7029 Examples of PREDICATE:
7030
7031 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
7032 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
7033 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
7034 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
7035 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
7036
7037 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
7038
7039 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
7040 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7041 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
7042
7043 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7044
7045 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
7046 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7047
7048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7049
7050 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
7051 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7052
7053 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7054
7055 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
7056 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7057 This calls touch.
7058
7059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7060
7061 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
7062 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
7063 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
7064 `lpr-switches' as default.
7065
7066 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7067
7068 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7069 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
7070 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
7071 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
7072 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
7073
7074 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
7075 with a prefix argument.
7076
7077 \(fn KEEP)" t nil)
7078
7079 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7080 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
7081 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
7082 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
7083 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
7084
7085 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
7086 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
7087
7088 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
7089 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7090 file name substituted for `?'.
7091
7092 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7093 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
7094
7095 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
7096 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
7097 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
7098 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
7099
7100 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
7101
7102 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
7103 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
7104 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
7105
7106 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
7107 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
7108 in a subdir.
7109
7110 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
7111 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
7112 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
7113
7114 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
7115
7116 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7117 Not documented
7118
7119 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
7120
7121 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
7122 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
7123 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
7124 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
7125 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
7126 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
7127 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
7128 from the buffer as well.
7129 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
7130 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7131 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7132
7133 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7134
7135 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
7136 Not documented
7137
7138 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7139
7140 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
7141 Not documented
7142
7143 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7144
7145 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
7146 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7147
7148 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7149
7150 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
7151 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7152
7153 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7154
7155 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
7156 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7157
7158 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7159
7160 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
7161 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7162 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7163 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7164
7165 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7166 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7167 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7168 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7169 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7170 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7171 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7172
7173 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7174
7175 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
7176 Not documented
7177
7178 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7179
7180 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
7181 Not documented
7182
7183 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7184
7185 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
7186 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7187
7188 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7189
7190 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
7191 Not documented
7192
7193 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7194
7195 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
7196 Not documented
7197
7198 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7199
7200 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7201 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7202
7203 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7204
7205 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
7206 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7207 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7208 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7209 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7210 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7211 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7212 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7213 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7214
7215 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
7216 like `cp -d'.
7217
7218 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7219
7220 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
7221 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7222 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7223 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7224 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7225 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7226 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7227 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7228
7229 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7230
7231 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7232 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7233 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7234 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7235 and new hard links are made in that directory
7236 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7237 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7238 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7239
7240 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7241
7242 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7243 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7244 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7245 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7246 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7247 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7248 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7249
7250 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7251
7252 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7253 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7254
7255 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7256 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7257 file if none are marked.
7258
7259 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7260 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7261 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7262 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7263
7264 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7265 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7266
7267 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7268
7269 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7270 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7271 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7272
7273 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7274
7275 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7276 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7277 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7278
7279 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7280
7281 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7282 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7283 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7284
7285 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7286
7287 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7288 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7289
7290 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7291
7292 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7293 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7294
7295 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7296
7297 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7298 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7299 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7300 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7301 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7302 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7303 this subdirectory.
7304 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7305
7306 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7307 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7308 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7309 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7310 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7311 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7312 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7313
7314 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7315
7316 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7317 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7318 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7319 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7320 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7321 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7322 this subdirectory.
7323 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7324
7325 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7326
7327 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7328 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7329 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7330
7331 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7332
7333 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7334 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7335 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7336 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7337
7338 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
7339
7340 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7341 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7342 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7343 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7344
7345 \(fn)" t nil)
7346
7347 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7348 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7349 Lower levels are unaffected.
7350
7351 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7352
7353 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7354 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7355
7356 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7357
7358 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7359 Go down in the dired tree.
7360
7361 \(fn)" t nil)
7362
7363 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7364 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7365 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7366 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7367
7368 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7369
7370 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7371 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7372 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7373 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7374
7375 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7376
7377 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7378 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7379 Stops when a match is found.
7380 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7381
7382 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7383
7384 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7385 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7386 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7387 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7388 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7389
7390 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7391
7392 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7393 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7394 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7395 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7396
7397 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7398
7399 ;;;***
7400 \f
7401 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (17656 34193))
7402 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7403
7404 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7405 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7406 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7407 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7408 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7409 buffer and try again.
7410
7411 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7412
7413 ;;;***
7414 \f
7415 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17586 63360))
7416 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7417
7418 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7419 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7420 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7421
7422 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7423
7424 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7425 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7426
7427 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7428 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7429
7430 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7431
7432 ;;;***
7433 \f
7434 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17383
7435 ;;;;;; 40537))
7436 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7437
7438 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7439 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7440 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7441 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7442 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7443 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7444
7445 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7446
7447 ;;;***
7448 \f
7449 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
7450 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
7451 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
7452 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
7453 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17383 40490))
7454 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7455
7456 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7457 Return a new, empty display table.
7458
7459 \(fn)" nil nil)
7460
7461 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7462 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7463 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7464 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7465 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7466
7467 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7468
7469 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7470 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7471 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7472 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7473 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7474
7475 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7476
7477 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7478 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7479
7480 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7481
7482 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7483 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7484
7485 \(fn)" t nil)
7486
7487 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7488 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7489
7490 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7491
7492 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7493 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7494
7495 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7496
7497 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7498 Display character C using printable string S.
7499
7500 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7501
7502 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7503 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7504 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7505 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7506
7507 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7508
7509 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7510 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7511 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7512 X frame.
7513
7514 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7515
7516 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7517 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7518
7519 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7520
7521 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7522 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7523
7524 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7525
7526 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7527 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7528
7529 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7530 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7531 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7532 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7533
7534 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7535 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7536 European character display.
7537
7538 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7539 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7540 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7541 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7542
7543 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7544 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7545 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7546 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7547 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7548
7549 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7550
7551 ;;;***
7552 \f
7553 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7554 ;;;;;; (17382 22975))
7555 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7556
7557 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7558 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7559 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7560 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7561 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7562 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7563 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7564 Default is 2.
7565
7566 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7567
7568 ;;;***
7569 \f
7570 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17710 3074))
7571 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7572
7573 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file))) "\
7574 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7575 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7576 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7577 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7578 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7579 private or ask).
7580 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7581 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7582 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7583 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7584 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7585
7586 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" t)
7587
7588 ;;;***
7589 \f
7590 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7591 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17628 62484))
7592 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7593
7594 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7595 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7596 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7597 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7598 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7599 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7600 table and its own syntax table.
7601
7602 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7603
7604 \(fn)" t nil)
7605 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7606
7607 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7608 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7609
7610 \(fn)" t nil)
7611 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7612
7613 ;;;***
7614 \f
7615 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17366 47561))
7616 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7617
7618 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7619 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7620
7621 \(fn)" t nil)
7622
7623 ;;;***
7624 \f
7625 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7626 ;;;;;; (17383 40491))
7627 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7628
7629 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7630 Toggle Double mode.
7631 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7632 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7633
7634 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double" nil)
7635
7636 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7637 Toggle Double mode.
7638 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7639
7640 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7641 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7642
7643 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7644
7645 ;;;***
7646 \f
7647 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17742 38237))
7648 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7649
7650 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7651 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7652
7653 \(fn)" t nil)
7654
7655 ;;;***
7656 \f
7657 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7658 ;;;;;; (17382 22952))
7659 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7660
7661 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7662 Play sounds in message buffers.
7663
7664 \(fn)" t nil)
7665
7666 ;;;***
7667 \f
7668 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7669 ;;;;;; define-global-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7670 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17656 34193))
7671 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7672
7673 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7674
7675 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7676 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7677 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7678 and toggle command MODE.
7679
7680 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7681 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7682 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7683 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7684 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7685 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7686 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7687 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7688 used (see below).
7689
7690 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7691 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7692 and before running the hook variable `mode-HOOK'.
7693 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7694 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7695 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7696 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7697 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7698 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7699 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7700 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7701 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7702 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7703 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7704 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7705 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7706 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7707
7708 For example, you could write
7709 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7710 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7711 ...BODY CODE...)
7712
7713 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7714
7715 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-global-minor-mode))
7716
7717 (autoload (quote define-global-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7718 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
7719 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7720 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7721 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7722 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7723 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7724 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7725 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7726 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7727 or :keymap keywords to `define-global-minor-mode', since these
7728 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7729
7730 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7731 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7732 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7733 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7734 call another major mode in their body.
7735
7736 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7737
7738 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7739 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7740 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7741 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7742 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7743 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7744 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7745
7746 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7747
7748 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7749 Not documented
7750
7751 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7752
7753 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7754 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7755 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7756
7757 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7758
7759 ;;;***
7760 \f
7761 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7762 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17383
7763 ;;;;;; 40537))
7764 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7765
7766 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7767
7768 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7769 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7770
7771 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7772 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7773 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7774
7775 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7776 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7777
7778 :filter FUNCTION
7779
7780 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7781 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7782
7783 :visible INCLUDE
7784
7785 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7786 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7787
7788 :active ENABLE
7789
7790 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7791 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7792
7793 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7794
7795 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7796
7797 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7798
7799 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7800 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7801
7802 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7803 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7804
7805 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7806
7807 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7808
7809 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7810
7811 :keys KEYS
7812
7813 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7814 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7815 computed automatically.
7816 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7817
7818 :key-sequence KEYS
7819
7820 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7821 menu item.
7822 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7823 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7824 keyboard equivalent.
7825
7826 :active ENABLE
7827
7828 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7829 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7830
7831 :visible INCLUDE
7832
7833 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7834 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7835
7836 :suffix FORM
7837
7838 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7839 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7840
7841 :style STYLE
7842
7843 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7844 defined:
7845
7846 toggle: A checkbox.
7847 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7848 radio: A radio button.
7849 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7850 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7851 menu bar itself.
7852 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7853
7854 :selected SELECTED
7855
7856 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7857 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7858
7859 :help HELP
7860
7861 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7862
7863 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7864 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7865 as a solid horizontal line.
7866
7867 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7868
7869 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7870
7871 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7872 Not documented
7873
7874 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7875
7876 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7877 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7878 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7879 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7880
7881 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7882
7883 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7884 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7885 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7886 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7887 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7888 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7889
7890 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7891 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7892 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7893
7894 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7895 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7896
7897 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil)
7898
7899 ;;;***
7900 \f
7901 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7902 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7903 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
7904 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
7905 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
7906 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7907 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7908 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17693 43099))
7909 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7910
7911 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
7912 Customization for ebnf group.
7913
7914 \(fn)" t nil)
7915
7916 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7917 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7918
7919 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7920
7921 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7922 processed.
7923
7924 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7925
7926 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7927
7928 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7929 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7930
7931 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7932 killed after process termination.
7933
7934 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7935
7936 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7937
7938 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7939 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7940
7941 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7942 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7943 it to the printer.
7944
7945 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7946 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7947 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7948 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7949
7950 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7951
7952 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7953 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7954 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7955
7956 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7957
7958 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7959 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7960
7961 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7962
7963 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7964 processed.
7965
7966 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7967
7968 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7969
7970 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7971 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7972
7973 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7974 killed after process termination.
7975
7976 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7977
7978 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7979
7980 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7981 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7982 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7983 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7984
7985 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7986
7987 \(fn)" t nil)
7988
7989 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7990 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7991 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7992
7993 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7994
7995 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7996
7997 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7998 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7999
8000 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8001
8002 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8003 processed.
8004
8005 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8006
8007 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8008
8009 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8010 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8011
8012 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8013 killed after EPS generation.
8014
8015 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8016
8017 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8018
8019 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8020 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
8021
8022 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
8023 The EPS file name has the following form:
8024
8025 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8026
8027 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8028 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8029
8030 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8031 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
8032 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
8033 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8034
8035 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
8036
8037 \(fn)" t nil)
8038
8039 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8040 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
8041
8042 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
8043 The EPS file name has the following form:
8044
8045 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8046
8047 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8048 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8049
8050 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8051 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
8052 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
8053 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8054
8055 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
8056
8057 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8058
8059 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
8060
8061 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8062 Does a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8063
8064 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8065
8066 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8067 processed.
8068
8069 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8070
8071 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8072
8073 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8074 Does a syntactic analysis of the FILE.
8075
8076 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8077 killed after syntax checking.
8078
8079 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8080
8081 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8082
8083 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8084 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8085
8086 \(fn)" t nil)
8087
8088 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8089 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
8090
8091 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8092
8093 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
8094 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8095
8096 \(fn)" nil nil)
8097
8098 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8099 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8100
8101 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8102
8103 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8104
8105 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8106 Delete style NAME.
8107
8108 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8109
8110 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8111
8112 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8113 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8114
8115 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8116
8117 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8118
8119 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8120 Set STYLE as the current style.
8121
8122 It returns the old style symbol.
8123
8124 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8125
8126 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
8127
8128 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8129 Reset current style.
8130
8131 It returns the old style symbol.
8132
8133 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8134
8135 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8136
8137 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8138 Push the current style and set STYLE as the current style.
8139
8140 It returns the old style symbol.
8141
8142 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8143
8144 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8145
8146 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8147 Pop a style and set it as the current style.
8148
8149 It returns the old style symbol.
8150
8151 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8152
8153 \(fn)" t nil)
8154
8155 ;;;***
8156 \f
8157 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8158 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8159 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8160 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8161 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8162 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8163 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8164 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8165 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8166 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8167 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17588
8168 ;;;;;; 11509))
8169 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8170
8171 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8172 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8173 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8174 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8175 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8176 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8177
8178 Tree mode key bindings:
8179 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8180
8181 \(fn)" t nil)
8182
8183 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8184 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8185
8186 \(fn)" t nil)
8187
8188 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8189 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8190
8191 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8192
8193 \(fn)" nil nil)
8194
8195 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8196 View declaration of member at point.
8197
8198 \(fn)" t nil)
8199
8200 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8201 Find declaration of member at point.
8202
8203 \(fn)" t nil)
8204
8205 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8206 View definition of member at point.
8207
8208 \(fn)" t nil)
8209
8210 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8211 Find definition of member at point.
8212
8213 \(fn)" t nil)
8214
8215 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8216 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8217
8218 \(fn)" t nil)
8219
8220 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8221 View definition of member at point in other window.
8222
8223 \(fn)" t nil)
8224
8225 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8226 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8227
8228 \(fn)" t nil)
8229
8230 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8231 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8232
8233 \(fn)" t nil)
8234
8235 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8236 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8237
8238 \(fn)" t nil)
8239
8240 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8241 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8242
8243 \(fn)" t nil)
8244
8245 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8246 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8247 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8248 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8249 completion.
8250
8251 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8252
8253 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8254 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8255 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8256 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8257
8258 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8259
8260 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8261 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8262 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8263 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8264
8265 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8266
8267 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8268 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8269 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8270
8271 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8272
8273 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8274 Search for call sites of a member.
8275 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8276 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8277 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8278 looks like a function call to the member.
8279
8280 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8281
8282 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8283 Move backward in the position stack.
8284 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8285
8286 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8287
8288 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8289 Move forward in the position stack.
8290 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8291
8292 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8293
8294 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8295 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8296
8297 \(fn)" t nil)
8298
8299 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8300 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8301
8302 \(fn)" t nil)
8303
8304 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8305 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8306 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8307 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8308
8309 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8310
8311 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8312 Display statistics for a class tree.
8313
8314 \(fn)" t nil)
8315
8316 ;;;***
8317 \f
8318 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8319 ;;;;;; (17383 40491))
8320 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8321
8322 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8323 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8324 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8325 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8326
8327 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8328 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8329 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8330
8331 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8332 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8333 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8334
8335 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8336
8337 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8338
8339 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8340
8341 ;;;***
8342 \f
8343 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8344 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (17383 40491))
8345 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8346
8347 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8348 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8349 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8350
8351 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8352
8353 ;;;***
8354 \f
8355 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8356 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8357 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17628 62479))
8358 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8359
8360 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8361 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8362 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8363 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8364 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8365
8366 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8367 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8368 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8369 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8370
8371 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" t)
8372
8373 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8374 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8375 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8376 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8377
8378 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" t)
8379
8380 (autoload (quote edebug-basic-spec) "edebug" "\
8381 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8382 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8383 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8384
8385 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8386
8387 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8388
8389 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8390 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8391 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8392 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8393 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8394
8395 If you do this on a function definition
8396 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8397 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8398 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8399 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8400
8401 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8402 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8403 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8404 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8405 already is one.)
8406
8407 \(fn)" t nil)
8408
8409 (autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "\
8410 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8411
8412 \(fn)" t nil)
8413
8414 (autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" "\
8415 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8416
8417 \(fn)" t nil)
8418
8419 ;;;***
8420 \f
8421 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8422 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8423 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8424 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8425 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8426 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8427 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8428 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8429 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8430 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17725 15202))
8431 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8432
8433 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8434 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8435
8436 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8437
8438 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8439 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8440
8441 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8442
8443 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8444
8445 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8446
8447 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8448 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8449 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8450 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8451
8452 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8453
8454 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8455 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8456
8457 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8458
8459 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8460
8461 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8462 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8463
8464 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8465
8466 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8467
8468 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8469 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8470 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8471 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8472
8473 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8474
8475 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8476
8477 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8478 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8479 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8480 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8481
8482 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8483
8484 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8485
8486 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8487 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8488 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8489 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8490
8491 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8492
8493 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8494
8495 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8496 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8497 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8498 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8499
8500 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8501
8502 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8503
8504 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8505 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8506 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8507 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8508 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8509 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8510
8511 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8512
8513 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8514 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8515 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8516 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8517
8518 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8519
8520 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8521
8522 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8523 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8524 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8525 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8526
8527 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8528
8529 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8530
8531 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8532
8533 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8534 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8535 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8536 follows:
8537 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8538 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8539
8540 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8541
8542 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8543 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8544 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8545 follows:
8546 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8547 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8548
8549 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8550
8551 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8552 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8553 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8554 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8555 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8556 region.
8557 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8558 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8559
8560 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8561
8562 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8563 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8564 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8565 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8566 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8567 region.
8568 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8569 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8570 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8571
8572 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8573
8574 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8575
8576 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8577 Merge two files without ancestor.
8578
8579 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8580
8581 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8582 Merge two files with ancestor.
8583
8584 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8585
8586 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8587
8588 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8589 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8590
8591 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8592
8593 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8594 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8595
8596 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8597
8598 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8599 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8600 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8601 buffer.
8602
8603 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8604
8605 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8606 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8607 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8608 buffer.
8609
8610 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8611
8612 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8613 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8614 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8615 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8616
8617 \(fn POS)" t nil)
8618
8619 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8620 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8621 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8622 and don't ask the user.
8623 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8624 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8625
8626 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8627
8628 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8629 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8630 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8631 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8632 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8633 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8634 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8635 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8636
8637 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8638
8639 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8640
8641 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8642
8643 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8644 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8645 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8646 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8647 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8648
8649 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8650
8651 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8652
8653 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8654 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8655 When called interactively, displays the version.
8656
8657 \(fn)" t nil)
8658
8659 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8660 Display Ediff's manual.
8661 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8662
8663 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8664
8665 ;;;***
8666 \f
8667 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8668 ;;;;;; (17400 31412))
8669 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8670
8671 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8672 Not documented
8673
8674 \(fn)" t nil)
8675
8676 ;;;***
8677 \f
8678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17400 31413))
8679 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8680
8681 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8682 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8683
8684 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8685
8686 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8687
8688 ;;;***
8689 \f
8690 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8691 ;;;;;; (17725 15202))
8692 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8693
8694 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8695 Display Ediff's registry.
8696
8697 \(fn)" t nil)
8698
8699 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8700
8701 ;;;***
8702 \f
8703 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8704 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17680 21830))
8705 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8706
8707 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8708 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8709 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8710 which see.
8711
8712 \(fn)" t nil)
8713
8714 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8715 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8716 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8717 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8718
8719 \(fn)" t nil)
8720
8721 ;;;***
8722 \f
8723 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8724 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8725 ;;;;;; (17618 27597))
8726 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8727
8728 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8729 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8730 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8731
8732 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8733 Edit a keyboard macro.
8734 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8735 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8736 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8737 its command name.
8738 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8739
8740 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8741
8742 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8743 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8744
8745 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8746
8747 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8748 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8749
8750 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8751
8752 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8753 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8754 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8755 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8756 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8757 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8758
8759 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8760 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8761 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8762 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8763
8764 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8765
8766 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8767 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8768 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8769 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8770 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8771 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8772
8773 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8774
8775 ;;;***
8776 \f
8777 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8778 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (17383 40546))
8779 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8780
8781 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8782 Set scroll margins.
8783 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8784 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8785
8786 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8787
8788 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8789 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8790
8791 \(fn)" t nil)
8792
8793 ;;;***
8794 \f
8795 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8796 ;;;;;; (17383 40494))
8797 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8798
8799 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8800 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8801 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
8802 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8803 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8804 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8805 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8806 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8807
8808 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8809 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8810
8811 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8812 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8813 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8814 this value is non-nil.
8815
8816 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8817 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8818 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8819
8820 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8821 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8822 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
8823
8824 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8825
8826 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8827 Not documented
8828
8829 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8830
8831 ;;;***
8832 \f
8833 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8834 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17665 54361))
8835 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8836
8837 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8838 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8839
8840 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc" t)
8841
8842 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8843 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8844 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8845 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8846 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8847 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8848 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8849
8850 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8851
8852 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8853
8854 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8855 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
8856
8857 \(fn)" t nil)
8858
8859 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8860 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8861 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8862 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8863 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8864 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8865 arg list.
8866
8867 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8868 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8869
8870 ;;;***
8871 \f
8872 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17383
8873 ;;;;;; 40494))
8874 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8875
8876 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
8877 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8878
8879 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8880 an elided material again.
8881
8882 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8883
8884 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8885
8886 ;;;***
8887 \f
8888 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8889 ;;;;;; (17383 40538))
8890 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8891
8892 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
8893 Initialize elint.
8894
8895 \(fn)" t nil)
8896
8897 ;;;***
8898 \f
8899 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8900 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17383
8901 ;;;;;; 40538))
8902 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8903
8904 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
8905 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8906 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8907
8908 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8909
8910 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
8911 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8912 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8913
8914 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8915
8916 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
8917 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8918 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8919
8920 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8921
8922 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8923
8924 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
8925 Display current profiling results.
8926 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8927 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
8928 displayed.
8929
8930 \(fn)" t nil)
8931
8932 ;;;***
8933 \f
8934 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8935 ;;;;;; (17742 35687))
8936 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8937
8938 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
8939 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8940 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8941
8942 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8943
8944 ;;;***
8945 \f
8946 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8947 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8948 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8949 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8950 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17167 38882))
8951 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8952
8953 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8954 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8955 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8956 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8957 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8958 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8959 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8960 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8961 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8962 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8963 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8964 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8965 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8966 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8967 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8968 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8969
8970 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
8971 Run Emerge on two files.
8972
8973 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8974
8975 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8976 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8977
8978 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8979
8980 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
8981 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8982
8983 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8984
8985 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8986 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8987
8988 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8989
8990 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
8991 Not documented
8992
8993 \(fn)" nil nil)
8994
8995 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
8996 Not documented
8997
8998 \(fn)" nil nil)
8999
9000 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
9001 Not documented
9002
9003 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9004
9005 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
9006 Not documented
9007
9008 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9009
9010 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
9011 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
9012
9013 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9014
9015 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9016 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
9017
9018 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9019
9020 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
9021 Not documented
9022
9023 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9024
9025 ;;;***
9026 \f
9027 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
9028 ;;;;;; (17113 1815))
9029 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
9030
9031 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
9032 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
9033 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9034 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9035 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
9036 or call the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
9037
9038 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" nil)
9039
9040 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
9041 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
9042 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
9043
9044 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
9045 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
9046 automatically.
9047
9048 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
9049 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
9050 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
9051
9052 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9053
9054 ;;;***
9055 \f
9056 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
9057 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17742 38598))
9058 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9059
9060 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
9061 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9062 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9063 text/enriched format.
9064 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9065
9066 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9067 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
9068
9069 Commands:
9070
9071 \\{enriched-mode-map}
9072
9073 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9074
9075 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
9076 Not documented
9077
9078 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9079
9080 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
9081 Not documented
9082
9083 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9084
9085 ;;;***
9086 \f
9087 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc-select erc-select-read-args)
9088 ;;;;;; "erc" "erc/erc.el" (17746 35371))
9089 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9090
9091 (autoload (quote erc-select-read-args) "erc" "\
9092 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9093
9094 \(fn)" nil nil)
9095
9096 (autoload (quote erc-select) "erc" "\
9097 Select connection parameters and run ERC.
9098 Non-interactively, it takes keyword arguments
9099 (server (erc-compute-server))
9100 (port (erc-compute-port))
9101 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9102 password
9103 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9104
9105 That is, if called with
9106
9107 (erc-select :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9108
9109 server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9110 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9111 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9112
9113 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9114
9115 (autoload (quote erc-handle-irc-url) "erc" "\
9116 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9117 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9118 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9119
9120 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9121
9122 ;;;***
9123 \f
9124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (17742
9125 ;;;;;; 35238))
9126 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9127 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9128
9129 ;;;***
9130 \f
9131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (17448 11340))
9132 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9133 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9134
9135 ;;;***
9136 \f
9137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (17372 48745))
9138 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9139 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9140
9141 ;;;***
9142 \f
9143 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9144 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (17742 35301))
9145 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9146
9147 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9148 Parser for /dcc command.
9149 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9150 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9151 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9152
9153 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9154
9155 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9156 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9157
9158 \(fn)" nil nil)
9159
9160 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook (quote (erc-ctcp-query-DCC)) "\
9161 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9162
9163 (autoload (quote erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9164 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9165 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9166 that subcommand.
9167
9168 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9169
9170 ;;;***
9171 \f
9172 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9173 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9174 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9175 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9176 ;;;;;; (17468 13255))
9177 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9178
9179 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9180 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9181
9182 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9183
9184 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-get-login) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9185 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9186 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9187 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9188
9189 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9190
9191 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-lookup-action) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9192 Not documented
9193
9194 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9195
9196 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-notice-autodetect) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9197 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9198
9199 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9200
9201 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-identify) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9202 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9203
9204 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9205
9206 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-init-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9207 Reset the EZBounce session list to NIL.
9208
9209 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9210
9211 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-end-of-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9212 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9213
9214 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9215
9216 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-add-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9217 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9218
9219 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9220
9221 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9222 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9223
9224 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9225
9226 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9227 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9228
9229 \(fn)" nil nil)
9230
9231 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-initialize) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9232 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9233
9234 \(fn)" nil nil)
9235
9236 ;;;***
9237 \f
9238 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (17391
9239 ;;;;;; 40940))
9240 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9241 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9242
9243 (autoload (quote erc-fill) "erc-fill" "\
9244 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9245 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9246
9247 \(fn)" nil nil)
9248
9249 ;;;***
9250 \f
9251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (17391
9252 ;;;;;; 40941))
9253 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9254 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9255
9256 ;;;***
9257 \f
9258 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9259 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (17591 28069))
9260 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9261 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9262
9263 (autoload (quote erc-identd-start) "erc-identd" "\
9264 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9265 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9266 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9267 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9268 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9269 system.
9270
9271 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9272
9273 (autoload (quote erc-identd-stop) "erc-identd" "\
9274 Not documented
9275
9276 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9277
9278 ;;;***
9279 \f
9280 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9281 ;;;;;; (17591 28070))
9282 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9283
9284 (autoload (quote erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "\
9285 Not documented
9286
9287 \(fn)" nil nil)
9288
9289 ;;;***
9290 \f
9291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (17468 13256))
9292 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9293 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9294
9295 ;;;***
9296 \f
9297 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-chanlist erc-list-channels) "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el"
9298 ;;;;;; (17391 40942))
9299 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9300 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9301
9302 (autoload (quote erc-list-channels) "erc-list" "\
9303 Display a buffer containing a list of channels on the current server.
9304 Optional argument CHANNEL specifies a single channel to list (instead of every
9305 available channel).
9306
9307 \(fn &rest CHANNEL)" t nil)
9308
9309 (autoload (quote erc-chanlist) "erc-list" "\
9310 Show a channel listing of the current server in a special mode.
9311 Please note that this function only works with IRC servers which conform
9312 to RFC and send the LIST header (#321) at start of list transmission.
9313
9314 \(fn &optional CHANNELS)" t nil)
9315
9316 ;;;***
9317 \f
9318 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9319 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (17623 45181))
9320 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9321 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9322
9323 (autoload (quote erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log" "\
9324 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9325 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9326 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9327 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9328 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9329
9330 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9331
9332 (autoload (quote erc-save-buffer-in-logs) "erc-log" "\
9333 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9334 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9335 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9336
9337 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9338 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9339 automatically.
9340
9341 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9342 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9343
9344 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9345
9346 ;;;***
9347 \f
9348 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9349 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9350 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9351 ;;;;;; (17632 36219))
9352 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9353 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9354
9355 (autoload (quote erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "\
9356 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9357
9358 \(fn)" t nil)
9359
9360 (autoload (quote erc-delete-pal) "erc-match" "\
9361 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9362
9363 \(fn)" t nil)
9364
9365 (autoload (quote erc-add-fool) "erc-match" "\
9366 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9367
9368 \(fn)" t nil)
9369
9370 (autoload (quote erc-delete-fool) "erc-match" "\
9371 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9372
9373 \(fn)" t nil)
9374
9375 (autoload (quote erc-add-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9376 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9377
9378 \(fn)" t nil)
9379
9380 (autoload (quote erc-delete-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9381 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9382
9383 \(fn)" t nil)
9384
9385 (autoload (quote erc-add-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9386 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9387
9388 \(fn)" t nil)
9389
9390 (autoload (quote erc-delete-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9391 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9392
9393 \(fn)" t nil)
9394
9395 ;;;***
9396 \f
9397 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9398 ;;;;;; (17468 13256))
9399 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9400 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9401
9402 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "\
9403 Show who's gone.
9404
9405 \(fn)" nil nil)
9406
9407 ;;;***
9408 \f
9409 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9410 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (17391 40942))
9411 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9412
9413 (autoload (quote erc-determine-network) "erc-networks" "\
9414 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9415 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9416 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9417
9418 \(fn)" nil nil)
9419
9420 (autoload (quote erc-server-select) "erc-networks" "\
9421 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9422
9423 \(fn)" t nil)
9424
9425 ;;;***
9426 \f
9427 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9428 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (17391 40943))
9429 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9430 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9431
9432 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9433 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9434 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9435 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9436
9437 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9438
9439 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9440 Not documented
9441
9442 \(fn)" nil nil)
9443
9444 ;;;***
9445 \f
9446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (17391 40943))
9447 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9448 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9449
9450 ;;;***
9451 \f
9452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (17591
9453 ;;;;;; 28070))
9454 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9455 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9456
9457 ;;;***
9458 \f
9459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (17391 40943))
9460 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9461 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9462
9463 ;;;***
9464 \f
9465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (17391 40943))
9466 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9467 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9468
9469 ;;;***
9470 \f
9471 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9472 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (17391 40943))
9473 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9474 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9475
9476 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify-mode) "erc-services" "\
9477 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9478
9479 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9480
9481 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify) "erc-services" "\
9482 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9483 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9484
9485 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9486
9487 ;;;***
9488 \f
9489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (17391 40944))
9490 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9491 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9492
9493 ;;;***
9494 \f
9495 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9496 ;;;;;; (17391 40944))
9497 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9498
9499 (autoload (quote erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "\
9500 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9501 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9502
9503 \(fn)" t nil)
9504
9505 ;;;***
9506 \f
9507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (17618
9508 ;;;;;; 27598))
9509 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9510 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9511
9512 ;;;***
9513 \f
9514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (17397 11012))
9515 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9516 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9517
9518 ;;;***
9519 \f
9520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (17591 28070))
9521 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9522 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9523 (autoload 'erc-track-when-inactive-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9524
9525 ;;;***
9526 \f
9527 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9528 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (17742 35362))
9529 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9530 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9531
9532 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer-to-size) "erc-truncate" "\
9533 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9534 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9535 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9536
9537 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9538
9539 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer) "erc-truncate" "\
9540 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9541 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9542
9543 \(fn)" t nil)
9544
9545 ;;;***
9546 \f
9547 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9548 ;;;;;; (17391 40945))
9549 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9550
9551 (autoload (quote erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "\
9552 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9553
9554 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9555
9556 ;;;***
9557 \f
9558 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17383
9559 ;;;;;; 40553))
9560 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9561
9562 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
9563 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9564
9565 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9566
9567 \(fn)" nil nil)
9568
9569 ;;;***
9570 \f
9571 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17383
9572 ;;;;;; 40554))
9573 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9574
9575 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
9576 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9577
9578 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9579
9580 ;;;***
9581 \f
9582 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9583 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17427 24976))
9584 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9585
9586 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
9587 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9588 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9589 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9590 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9591 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9592 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9593 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9594 buffer selected (or created).
9595
9596 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9597
9598 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
9599 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9600 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9601
9602 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9603
9604 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
9605 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9606 The result might be any Lisp object.
9607 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9608 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9609 corresponding to a successful execution.
9610
9611 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9612
9613 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
9614 Report a bug in Eshell.
9615 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9616 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9617
9618 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
9619
9620 ;;;***
9621 \f
9622 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9623 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9624 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9625 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9626 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9627 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9628 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9629 ;;;;;; (17409 38388))
9630 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9631
9632 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9633 *File name of tags table.
9634 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9635 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9636 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9637 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9638
9639 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
9640 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9641 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9642 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9643
9644 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags" t)
9645
9646 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9647 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9648 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9649 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9650 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9651 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9652
9653 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags" t)
9654
9655 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
9656 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9657 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9658 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9659 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9660 `auto-compression-mode').")
9661
9662 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags" t)
9663
9664 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
9665 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9666 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9667 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9668 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9669
9670 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags" t)
9671
9672 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9673 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9674 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9675 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9676
9677 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags" t)
9678
9679 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9680 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9681 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9682 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9683 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9684
9685 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags" t)
9686
9687 (autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
9688 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9689
9690 \(fn)" t nil)
9691
9692 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
9693 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9694 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9695 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9696
9697 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9698 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9699 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9700 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9701 file the tag was in.
9702
9703 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9704
9705 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
9706 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9707 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9708 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9709 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9710 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9711 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9712 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9713 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9714
9715 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9716
9717 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9718 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9719 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9720 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9721 without directory names.
9722
9723 \(fn)" nil nil)
9724
9725 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9726 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9727 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9728 but does not select the buffer.
9729 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9730
9731 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9732 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9733 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9734 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9735 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9736
9737 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9738
9739 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9740 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9741 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9742
9743 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9744
9745 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9746
9747 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9748 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9749 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9750 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9751
9752 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9753 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9754 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9755 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9756 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9757
9758 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9759
9760 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9761 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9762 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9763
9764 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9765
9766 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9767 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9768
9769 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9770 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9771 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9772 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9773 around or before point.
9774
9775 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9776 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9777 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9778 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9779 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9780
9781 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9782
9783 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9784 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9785 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9786
9787 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9788
9789 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9790 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9791
9792 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9793 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9794 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9795 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9796 around or before point.
9797
9798 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9799 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9800 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9801 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9802 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9803
9804 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9805
9806 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9807 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9808 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9809
9810 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9811
9812 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9813 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9814
9815 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9816 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9817 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9818
9819 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9820 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9821 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9822 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9823 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9824
9825 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9826
9827 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9828 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9829 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9830
9831 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9832
9833 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9834 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9835 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9836
9837 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
9838 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9839
9840 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9841 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9842 where they were found.
9843
9844 \(fn)" t nil)
9845
9846 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
9847 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9848
9849 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9850 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9851 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9852
9853 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9854 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9855
9856 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9857 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9858
9859 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9860
9861 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
9862 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9863 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9864 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9865
9866 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9867 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9868 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9869 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9870 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9871
9872 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9873 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9874
9875 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
9876 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9877 Stops when a match is found.
9878 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9879
9880 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9881
9882 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9883
9884 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
9885 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9886 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9887 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9888 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9889
9890 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9891
9892 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
9893
9894 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
9895 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9896 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9897 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9898 directory specification.
9899
9900 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9901
9902 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
9903 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9904
9905 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9906
9907 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
9908 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9909 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9910 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9911
9912 \(fn)" t nil)
9913
9914 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
9915 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9916 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9917 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9918 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9919
9920 \(fn)" t nil)
9921
9922 ;;;***
9923 \f
9924 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9925 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9926 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9927 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
9928 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
9929 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
9930 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
9931 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17557 12727))
9932 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9933
9934 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
9935 Not documented
9936
9937 \(fn)" nil nil)
9938
9939 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
9940 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9941 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
9942 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9943
9944 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
9945 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9946 language.
9947
9948 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
9949 even if the buffer is read-only.
9950
9951 See also the descriptions of the variables
9952 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9953 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9954
9955 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9956
9957 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9958 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9959
9960 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9961 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9962
9963 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
9964 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9965 language.
9966
9967 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
9968 buffer is read-only.
9969
9970 See also the descriptions of the variables
9971 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9972 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9973
9974 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9975
9976 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9977 Execute `ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail' or `ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker' depending on the current major mode.
9978 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
9979
9980 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9981
9982 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
9983 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
9984
9985 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
9986 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
9987
9988 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
9989 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
9990
9991 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9992
9993 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9994 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9995 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9996 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9997
9998 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9999
10000 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
10001 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
10002 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10003 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10004
10005 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
10006 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
10007 the primary language.
10008
10009 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
10010 buffer is read-only.
10011
10012 See also the descriptions of the variables
10013 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10014 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10015
10016 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10017
10018 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10019 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
10020 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10021 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10022
10023 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
10024 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
10025 primary language.
10026
10027 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
10028 buffer is read-only.
10029
10030 See also the descriptions of the variables
10031 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10032 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10033
10034 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10035
10036 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10037 Execute `ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail' or `ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10038 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10039
10040 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10041
10042 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10043 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
10044
10045 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
10046 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
10047 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
10048 3) convert the body into SERA.
10049
10050 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
10051
10052 \(fn)" t nil)
10053
10054 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10055 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
10056 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10057
10058 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10059
10060 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
10061 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
10062
10063 \(fn)" t nil)
10064
10065 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
10066 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
10067
10068 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
10069 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
10070 be 1, 2, or 3.
10071
10072 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
10073 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
10074 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
10075
10076 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
10077
10078 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
10079
10080 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
10081 Allow the user to input special characters.
10082
10083 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10084
10085 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10086 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
10087 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
10088
10089 \(fn)" t nil)
10090
10091 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10092 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
10093
10094 \(fn)" t nil)
10095
10096 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10097 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
10098
10099 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
10100 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
10101
10102 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
10103 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10104
10105 \(fn)" nil nil)
10106
10107 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10108 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10109
10110 \(fn)" nil nil)
10111
10112 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
10113 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
10114
10115 \(fn)" nil nil)
10116
10117 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
10118 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10119
10120 \(fn)" nil nil)
10121
10122 ;;;***
10123 \f
10124 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10125 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10126 ;;;;;; (17383 40564))
10127 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10128
10129 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
10130 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10131 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10132 server for future sessions.
10133
10134 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10135
10136 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
10137 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10138 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10139
10140 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10141
10142 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
10143 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10144 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10145
10146 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10147
10148 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
10149 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10150 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10151 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10152 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10153 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10154 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10155 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10156 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10157 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10158 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10159 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10160
10161 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10162
10163 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
10164 Display a form to query the directory server.
10165 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10166 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10167
10168 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10169
10170 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
10171 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10172 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10173
10174 \(fn)" t nil)
10175
10176 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10177
10178 ;;;***
10179 \f
10180 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10181 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10182 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17383 40562))
10183 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10184
10185 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
10186 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10187
10188 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10189
10190 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
10191 Display URL and make it clickable.
10192
10193 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10194
10195 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
10196 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10197
10198 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10199
10200 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
10201 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10202
10203 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10204
10205 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
10206 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10207
10208 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10209
10210 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
10211 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10212
10213 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10214
10215 ;;;***
10216 \f
10217 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10218 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17383 40562))
10219 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10220
10221 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
10222 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10223 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10224
10225 \(fn)" t nil)
10226
10227 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
10228 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10229
10230 \(fn)" t nil)
10231
10232 ;;;***
10233 \f
10234 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10235 ;;;;;; (17383 40563))
10236 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10237
10238 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
10239 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10240
10241 \(fn)" t nil)
10242
10243 ;;;***
10244 \f
10245 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (17531
10246 ;;;;;; 27712))
10247 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10248
10249 (autoload (quote ewoc-create) "ewoc" "\
10250 Create an empty ewoc.
10251
10252 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10253
10254 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10255 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10256 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10257 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10258 `insert-before-markers'.
10259
10260 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10261 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10262 respectively, of the ewoc.
10263
10264 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10265 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10266 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10267
10268 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10269
10270 ;;;***
10271 \f
10272 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10273 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10274 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10275 ;;;;;; (17388 57143))
10276 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10277
10278 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "\
10279 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10280 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10281
10282 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10283
10284 (autoload (quote executable-interpret) "executable" "\
10285 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10286 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10287 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10288 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10289
10290 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10291
10292 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
10293 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10294 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10295 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10296 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10297 executable.
10298
10299 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10300
10301 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
10302 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10303 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10304
10305 \(fn)" t nil)
10306
10307 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
10308 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10309 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10310 file modes.
10311
10312 \(fn)" nil nil)
10313
10314 ;;;***
10315 \f
10316 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10317 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (17739 37746))
10318 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10319
10320 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
10321 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10322 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10323 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10324
10325 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10326
10327 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10328 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10329 to generate such functions.
10330
10331 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10332 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10333 beginning of the expanded text.
10334
10335 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10336 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10337 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10338 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10339
10340 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10341
10342 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10343
10344 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
10345 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10346 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10347
10348 \(fn)" t nil)
10349
10350 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
10351 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10352 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10353
10354 \(fn)" t nil)
10355 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10356 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10357
10358 ;;;***
10359 \f
10360 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17386 21910))
10361 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10362
10363 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
10364 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10365 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10366
10367 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10368 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10369 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10370
10371 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10372
10373 Key definitions:
10374 \\{f90-mode-map}
10375
10376 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10377
10378 `f90-do-indent'
10379 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10380 `f90-if-indent'
10381 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10382 `f90-type-indent'
10383 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10384 `f90-program-indent'
10385 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10386 (default 2).
10387 `f90-continuation-indent'
10388 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10389 `f90-comment-region'
10390 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10391 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10392 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10393 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10394 (default \"!\").
10395 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10396 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10397 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10398 `f90-break-delimiters'
10399 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10400 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10401 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10402 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10403 (default t).
10404 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10405 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10406 `f90-smart-end'
10407 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10408 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10409 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10410 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10411 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10412 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10413 `f90-leave-line-no'
10414 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10415
10416 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10417 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10418
10419 \(fn)" t nil)
10420
10421 ;;;***
10422 \f
10423 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10424 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10425 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10426 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10427 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17718 30634))
10428 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10429 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
10430 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
10431
10432 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
10433 Menu keymap for faces.")
10434
10435 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
10436
10437 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
10438 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10439
10440 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
10441
10442 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
10443 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10444
10445 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
10446
10447 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
10448 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10449
10450 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
10451
10452 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
10453 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10454
10455 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
10456
10457 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
10458 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10459
10460 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
10461
10462 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10463 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10464
10465 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10466
10467 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10468
10469 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
10470
10471 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
10472
10473 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
10474 Apply FACE to the region or next character typed.
10475
10476 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient
10477 Mark mode) and nonempty, and there is no prefix argument,
10478 this command applies FACE to the region. Otherwise, it applies FACE
10479 to the faces to use for the next character
10480 inserted. (Moving point or switching buffers before typing
10481 a character to insert cancels the specification.)
10482
10483 If FACE is `default', to \"apply\" it means clearing
10484 the list of faces to be used. For any other value of FACE,
10485 to \"apply\" it means putting FACE at the front of the list
10486 of faces to be used, and removing any faces further
10487 along in the list that would be completely overridden by
10488 preceding faces (including FACE).
10489
10490 This command can also add FACE to the menu of faces,
10491 if `facemenu-listed-faces' says to do that.
10492
10493 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10494
10495 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
10496 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10497 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10498
10499 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10500 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10501 requested face.
10502
10503 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10504 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10505 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10506
10507 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10508
10509 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
10510 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10511 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10512
10513 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10514 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10515 requested face.
10516
10517 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10518 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10519 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10520
10521 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10522
10523 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
10524 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10525 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10526 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10527 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10528 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10529 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10530
10531 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10532 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10533 requested face.
10534
10535 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10536 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10537 to insert cancels the specification.
10538
10539 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10540
10541 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
10542 Make the region invisible.
10543 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10544 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10545
10546 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10547
10548 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
10549 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10550 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10551 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10552
10553 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10554
10555 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
10556 Make the region unmodifiable.
10557 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10558 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10559
10560 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10561
10562 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
10563 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10564
10565 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10566
10567 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
10568 Remove all text properties from the region.
10569
10570 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10571
10572 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
10573 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10574 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10575
10576 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10577
10578 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
10579 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10580
10581 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10582
10583 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
10584 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10585 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10586 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10587 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10588 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10589
10590 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10591
10592 ;;;***
10593 \f
10594 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10595 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10596 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17742 37780))
10597 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10598
10599 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
10600 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10601 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10602 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10603
10604 \(fn)" nil nil)
10605
10606 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
10607 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10608
10609 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10610
10611 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
10612 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10613 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10614 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10615
10616 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10617
10618 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
10619 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10620 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10621 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10622 backup file names and the like).
10623
10624 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10625
10626 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
10627 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10628 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10629 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10630 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10631 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10632 internally by feedmail):
10633
10634 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10635 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10636 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10637 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10638
10639 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10640 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10641 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10642 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10643 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10644
10645 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10646
10647 ;;;***
10648 \f
10649 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10650 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17743 34996))
10651 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10652
10653 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
10654 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10655 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10656 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10657 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10658 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10659 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10660
10661 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10662
10663 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
10664 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10665 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10666 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10667 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10668 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10669 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10670
10671 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10672
10673 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
10674
10675 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
10676 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10677 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10678 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10679 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10680 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10681
10682 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10683
10684 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
10685 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10686 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10687 Return value:
10688 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10689 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10690 * otherwise, nil
10691
10692 \(fn E)" t nil)
10693
10694 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
10695 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10696
10697 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10698
10699 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
10700 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10701
10702 \(fn)" t nil)
10703
10704 ;;;***
10705 \f
10706 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10707 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10708 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10709 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (17669 35274))
10710 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10711
10712 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory) "filecache" "\
10713 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10714 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10715 be added to the cache.
10716
10717 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10718
10719 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-list) "filecache" "\
10720 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10721 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10722 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10723 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10724
10725 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10726
10727 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-file) "filecache" "\
10728 Add FILE to the file cache.
10729
10730 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10731
10732 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-find) "filecache" "\
10733 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10734 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10735
10736 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10737
10738 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-locate) "filecache" "\
10739 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10740 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10741
10742 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10743
10744 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-recursively) "filecache" "\
10745 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10746 This function does not use any external programs
10747 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10748 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10749 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10750
10751 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10752
10753 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10754 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10755 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10756 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10757 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10758 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10759 \(directories) is done.
10760
10761 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10762 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10763 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10764 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10765
10766 ;;;***
10767 \f
10768 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17715
10769 ;;;;;; 55644))
10770 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10771
10772 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10773 Filesets initialization.
10774 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10775
10776 \(fn)" nil nil)
10777
10778 ;;;***
10779 \f
10780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (17743 34997))
10781 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
10782 (put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
10783
10784 ;;;***
10785 \f
10786 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10787 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10788 ;;;;;; (17650 60974))
10789 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10790
10791 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10792 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10793 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10794 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10795 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10796
10797 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired" t)
10798
10799 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10800 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10801 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10802 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10803 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10804
10805 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired" t)
10806
10807 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10808 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10809 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10810 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10811
10812 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired" t)
10813
10814 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
10815 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10816 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10817
10818 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10819
10820 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10821 as the final argument.
10822
10823 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10824
10825 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
10826 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10827 and run dired on those files.
10828 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10829 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10830
10831 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10832
10833 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10834
10835 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
10836 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10837 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10838
10839 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10840
10841 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10842
10843 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10844
10845 ;;;***
10846 \f
10847 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10848 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10849 ;;;;;; (17594 49968))
10850 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10851
10852 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2))))) "\
10853 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10854 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10855 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10856 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10857 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10858 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10859
10860 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
10861 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10862 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10863
10864 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10865
10866 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10867
10868 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
10869
10870 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10871 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10872 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10873
10874 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10875 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10876
10877 Variables of interest include:
10878
10879 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10880 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10881 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10882
10883 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10884 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10885 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10886
10887 - `ff-ignore-include'
10888 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10889
10890 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10891 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10892
10893 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10894 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10895
10896 - `ff-special-constructs'
10897 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10898 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10899 extracting the filename from that construct.
10900
10901 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10902 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10903
10904 - `ff-search-directories'
10905 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10906 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10907
10908 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10909 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10910
10911 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10912 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10913
10914 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10915 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10916
10917 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10918 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10919
10920 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10921 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10922
10923 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10924
10925 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10926 Visit the file you click on.
10927
10928 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10929
10930 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
10931 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10932
10933 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10934
10935 ;;;***
10936 \f
10937 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10938 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10939 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10940 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10941 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10942 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10943 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17739 37748))
10944 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10945
10946 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
10947 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
10948
10949 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10950
10951 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
10952 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10953 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10954 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10955
10956 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10957 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10958 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10959 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10960
10961 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10962
10963 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
10964 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10965
10966 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10967 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10968 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10969 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10970
10971 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10972 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10973 in `load-path'.
10974
10975 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10976
10977 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
10978 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10979
10980 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10981 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10982 places point before the definition.
10983 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10984
10985 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10986 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10987 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10988
10989 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10990
10991 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
10992 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10993
10994 See `find-function' for more details.
10995
10996 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10997
10998 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
10999 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11000
11001 See `find-function' for more details.
11002
11003 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11004
11005 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
11006 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
11007
11008 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
11009 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
11010 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11011
11012 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
11013 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11014
11015 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11016
11017 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
11018 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
11019
11020 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
11021 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11022 places point before the definition.
11023
11024 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11025
11026 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
11027 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11028 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11029
11030 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11031
11032 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
11033 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11034
11035 See `find-variable' for more details.
11036
11037 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11038
11039 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11040 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11041
11042 See `find-variable' for more details.
11043
11044 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11045
11046 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
11047 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11048 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11049 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11050 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11051 buffer nor display it.
11052
11053 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11054 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11055
11056 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11057
11058 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
11059 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11060
11061 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11062 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11063 places point before the definition.
11064
11065 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11066
11067 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11068 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11069 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11070
11071 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
11072
11073 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
11074 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11075 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11076
11077 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11078
11079 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
11080 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11081
11082 \(fn)" t nil)
11083
11084 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
11085 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11086
11087 \(fn)" t nil)
11088
11089 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
11090 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11091
11092 \(fn)" nil nil)
11093
11094 ;;;***
11095 \f
11096 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11097 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17394 24191))
11098 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11099
11100 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
11101 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11102
11103 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11104
11105 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
11106 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11107
11108 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11109
11110 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
11111 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11112
11113 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11114
11115 ;;;***
11116 \f
11117 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11118 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (17466 62506))
11119 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11120
11121 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
11122 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11123
11124 \(fn)" t nil)
11125
11126 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
11127 Display FILE's commentary section.
11128 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11129
11130 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11131
11132 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
11133 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11134
11135 \(fn)" t nil)
11136
11137 ;;;***
11138 \f
11139 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11140 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (17383 40497))
11141 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11142
11143 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
11144 Toggle flow control handling.
11145 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11146 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11147
11148 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11149
11150 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
11151 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11152 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11153 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11154 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11155 to get the effect of a C-q.
11156
11157 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11158
11159 ;;;***
11160 \f
11161 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11162 ;;;;;; (17478 35182))
11163 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11164
11165 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
11166 Not documented
11167
11168 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11169
11170 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
11171 Not documented
11172
11173 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11174
11175 ;;;***
11176 \f
11177 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11178 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17715 55646))
11179 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11180
11181 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
11182 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11183 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11184 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11185
11186 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11187
11188 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
11189 Turn flymake mode on.
11190
11191 \(fn)" nil nil)
11192
11193 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
11194 Turn flymake mode off.
11195
11196 \(fn)" nil nil)
11197
11198 ;;;***
11199 \f
11200 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11201 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11202 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (17743 34997))
11203 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11204
11205 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
11206 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11207
11208 \(fn)" t nil)
11209 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11210
11211 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
11212 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11213 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11214 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11215 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11216 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
11217
11218 Bindings:
11219 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11220 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11221 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11222 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11223
11224 Hooks:
11225 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11226
11227 Remark:
11228 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11229 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11230 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11231
11232 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11233 consider adding:
11234 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11235 in your .emacs file.
11236
11237 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11238 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11239
11240 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11241
11242 (autoload (quote turn-on-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11243 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11244
11245 \(fn)" nil nil)
11246
11247 (autoload (quote turn-off-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11248 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11249
11250 \(fn)" nil nil)
11251
11252 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
11253 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11254
11255 \(fn)" nil nil)
11256
11257 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
11258 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11259
11260 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11261
11262 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
11263 Flyspell whole buffer.
11264
11265 \(fn)" t nil)
11266
11267 ;;;***
11268 \f
11269 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11270 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11271 ;;;;;; (17742 41486))
11272 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11273
11274 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11275 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11276
11277 \(fn)" t nil)
11278
11279 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11280 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11281
11282 \(fn)" t nil)
11283
11284 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
11285 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11286
11287 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11288 of two major techniques:
11289
11290 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11291 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11292 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
11293
11294 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11295 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11296 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11297 movement commands.
11298
11299 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11300 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11301 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11302 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11303 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11304 mileage may vary).
11305
11306 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11307 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11308
11309 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
11310
11311 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11312 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11313 \(This is the default.)
11314
11315 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
11316 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
11317
11318 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11319 \\{follow-mode-map}
11320
11321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11322
11323 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
11324 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
11325
11326 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11327 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11328 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11329 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
11330 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11331 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11332
11333 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
11334 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11335 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11336
11337 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11338 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11339 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11340
11341 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11342
11343 ;;;***
11344 \f
11345 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17383
11346 ;;;;;; 40556))
11347 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11348
11349 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
11350 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11351 \\<message-mode-map>
11352 key binding
11353 --- -------
11354
11355 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11356 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11357 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11358 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11359 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11360 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11361
11362 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11363
11364 ;;;***
11365 \f
11366 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11367 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (17383 40499))
11368 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11369
11370 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
11371 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11372
11373 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11374 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11375 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11376 C-c < forms-first-record <
11377 C-c > forms-last-record >
11378 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11379 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11380 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11381 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11382 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11383 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11384 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11385 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11386 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11387 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11388
11389 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11390
11391 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
11392 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11393
11394 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11395
11396 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
11397 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11398
11399 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11400
11401 ;;;***
11402 \f
11403 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
11404 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (17358 52596))
11405 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11406
11407 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
11408 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
11409 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
11410 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
11411 with a character in column 6.")
11412
11413 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran" t)
11414
11415 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
11416 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11417 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11418
11419 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11420 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11421
11422 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11423
11424 Key definitions:
11425 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11426
11427 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11428
11429 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11430 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11431 `fortran-do-indent'
11432 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11433 `fortran-if-indent'
11434 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11435 `fortran-structure-indent'
11436 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11437 (default 3)
11438 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11439 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11440 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11441 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11442 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11443 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11444 nil don't change the indentation
11445 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11446 value of either
11447 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11448 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11449 depending on the continuation format in use.
11450 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11451 indentation for a line of code.
11452 (default 'fixed)
11453 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11454 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11455 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11456 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11457 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11458 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11459 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11460 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11461 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11462 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11463 column 5.
11464 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11465 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11466 statements (default nil).
11467 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11468 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11469 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11470 `fortran-continuation-string'
11471 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11472 line (default \"$\").
11473 `fortran-comment-region'
11474 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11475 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11476 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11477 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11478 as typed (default t).
11479 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11480 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11481
11482 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11483 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11484
11485 \(fn)" t nil)
11486
11487 ;;;***
11488 \f
11489 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11490 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17382 22975))
11491 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11492
11493 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
11494 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11495
11496 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11497 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11498
11499 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11500
11501 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
11502 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11503
11504 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11505 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11506
11507 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11508
11509 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
11510 Compile fortune file.
11511
11512 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11513 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11514
11515 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11516
11517 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
11518 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11519
11520 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11521 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11522 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11523 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11524
11525 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11526
11527 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
11528 Display a fortune cookie.
11529
11530 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11531 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11532 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11533 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11534
11535 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11536
11537 ;;;***
11538 \f
11539 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11540 ;;;;;; (17723 28681))
11541 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11542
11543 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
11544 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11545 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11546 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11547
11548 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11549 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11550 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11551 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11552
11553 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11554 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11555 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11556 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11557 some of the buffers.
11558
11559 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11560
11561 The following commands help control operation :
11562
11563 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11564 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11565
11566 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11567 detailed description of this mode.
11568
11569
11570 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11571 | GDB Toolbar |
11572 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11573 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11574 | | |
11575 | | |
11576 | | |
11577 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11578 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11579 | | (comint-mode) |
11580 | | |
11581 | | |
11582 | | |
11583 | | |
11584 | | |
11585 | | |
11586 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11587 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11588 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11589 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11590 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11591 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11592
11593 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11594
11595 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11596 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-ring'.")
11597
11598 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-ui" t)
11599
11600 ;;;***
11601 \f
11602 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11603 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17383
11604 ;;;;;; 40539))
11605 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11606
11607 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11608 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11609 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11610 instead (which see).")
11611
11612 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
11613 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11614
11615 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11616 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11617 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11618 documentation string instead.
11619
11620 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11621 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11622 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11623 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11624 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11625 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11626 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11627 enders are actually possible.
11628
11629 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11630 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11631
11632 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11633 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11634 `font-lock-keywords'.
11635
11636 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11637 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11638 runs the macro expansion.
11639
11640 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11641 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11642 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11643
11644 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11645
11646 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11647
11648 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
11649 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11650
11651 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11652
11653 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
11654 Enter generic mode MODE.
11655
11656 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11657 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11658 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11659
11660 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11661 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11662
11663 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11664
11665 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
11666 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11667 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11668 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11669 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11670 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11671 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11672 `font-lock-keywords'.
11673
11674 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11675
11676 ;;;***
11677 \f
11678 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11679 ;;;;;; (17406 13837))
11680 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11681
11682 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11683 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11684 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11685 at places they belong to.
11686
11687 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11688
11689 ;;;***
11690 \f
11691 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11692 ;;;;;; gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (17715 55645))
11693 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11694
11695 (autoload (quote gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "\
11696 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11697
11698 Guideline for numbers:
11699 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11700 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11701 inside loops.
11702
11703 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11704
11705 (autoload (quote gmm-error) "gmm-utils" "\
11706 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11707 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11708
11709 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11710
11711 (autoload (quote gmm-widget-p) "gmm-utils" "\
11712 Non-nil iff SYMBOL is a widget.
11713
11714 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11715
11716 (autoload (quote gmm-tool-bar-from-list) "gmm-utils" "\
11717 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11718
11719 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11720 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11721 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11722 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11723 and all following elements are passed a the PROPS argument to the
11724 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11725
11726 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11727 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11728 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11729 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11730 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11731
11732 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11733
11734 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11735
11736 ;;;***
11737 \f
11738 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11739 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server gnus-select-method gnus-getenv-nntpserver)
11740 ;;;;;; "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17726 26879))
11741 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11742
11743 (autoload (quote gnus-getenv-nntpserver) "gnus" "\
11744 Find default nntp server.
11745 Check the NNTPSERVER environment variable and the
11746 `gnus-nntpserver-file' file.
11747
11748 \(fn)" nil nil)
11749
11750 (defvar gnus-select-method (condition-case nil (nconc (list (quote nntp) (or (condition-case nil (gnus-getenv-nntpserver) (error nil)) (when (and gnus-default-nntp-server (not (string= gnus-default-nntp-server ""))) gnus-default-nntp-server) "news")) (if (or (null gnus-nntp-service) (equal gnus-nntp-service "nntp")) nil (list gnus-nntp-service))) (error nil)) "\
11751 Default method for selecting a newsgroup.
11752 This variable should be a list, where the first element is how the
11753 news is to be fetched, the second is the address.
11754
11755 For instance, if you want to get your news via \"flab.flab.edu\" using
11756 NNTP, you could say:
11757
11758 \(setq gnus-select-method '(nntp \"flab.flab.edu\"))
11759
11760 If you want to use your local spool, say:
11761
11762 \(setq gnus-select-method (list 'nnspool (system-name)))
11763
11764 If you use this variable, you must set `gnus-nntp-server' to nil.
11765
11766 There is a lot more to know about select methods and virtual servers -
11767 see the manual for details.")
11768
11769 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-select-method) "gnus" t)
11770
11771 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11772 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11773
11774 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11775
11776 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11777 Read network news.
11778 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11779 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11780 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11781 name of an NNTP server to use.
11782 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11783 server.
11784
11785 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11786
11787 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11788 Read news as a slave.
11789
11790 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11791
11792 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11793 Pop up a frame to read news.
11794 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11795 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11796 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11797 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11798 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11799 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11800 current display is used.
11801
11802 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11803
11804 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11805 Read network news.
11806 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11807 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11808 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11809
11810 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11811
11812 ;;;***
11813 \f
11814 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11815 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11816 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11817 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11818 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11819 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17732 30377))
11820 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11821
11822 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11823 Start Gnus unplugged.
11824
11825 \(fn)" t nil)
11826
11827 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11828 Start Gnus plugged.
11829
11830 \(fn)" t nil)
11831
11832 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11833 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11834
11835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11836
11837 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
11838 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11839
11840 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11841 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11842 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11843
11844 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11845 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11846 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11847
11848 \(fn)" t nil)
11849
11850 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
11851 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11852
11853 \(fn)" nil nil)
11854
11855 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11856 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11857 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11858 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11859 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11860 supported.
11861
11862 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11863
11864 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11865 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11866 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11867 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11868 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11869 supported.
11870
11871 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11872
11873 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
11874 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11875
11876 \(fn)" nil nil)
11877
11878 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
11879 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11880 downloaded into the agent.
11881
11882 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11883
11884 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
11885 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11886 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11887 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11888
11889 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11890
11891 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
11892 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11893
11894 \(fn)" t nil)
11895
11896 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
11897 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11898
11899 \(fn)" t nil)
11900
11901 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
11902 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11903 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11904
11905 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11906
11907 ;;;***
11908 \f
11909 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11910 ;;;;;; (17738 33491))
11911 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11912
11913 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
11914 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11915
11916 \(fn)" nil nil)
11917
11918 ;;;***
11919 \f
11920 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11921 ;;;;;; (17382 22953))
11922 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11923
11924 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
11925 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11926
11927 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11928
11929 ;;;***
11930 \f
11931 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11932 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11933 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17382
11934 ;;;;;; 22954))
11935 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11936
11937 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
11938 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11939
11940 Usage:
11941 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11942
11943 \(fn)" t nil)
11944
11945 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
11946 Generate the cache active file.
11947
11948 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11949
11950 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
11951 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11952
11953 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11954
11955 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11956 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11957 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11958 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11959 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11960 supported.
11961
11962 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11963
11964 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11965 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11966 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11967 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11968 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11969 supported.
11970
11971 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11972
11973 ;;;***
11974 \f
11975 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11976 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17382 22954))
11977 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11978
11979 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
11980 Delay this article by some time.
11981 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11982
11983 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11984 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11985
11986 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11987 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11988
11989 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11990 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11991
11992 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11993
11994 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
11995 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11996
11997 \(fn)" t nil)
11998
11999 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
12000 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12001 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12002 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12003
12004 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12005 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12006
12007 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12008
12009 ;;;***
12010 \f
12011 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
12012 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (17739 37748))
12013 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12014
12015 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-d) "gnus-diary" "\
12016 Not documented
12017
12018 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12019
12020 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-D) "gnus-diary" "\
12021 Not documented
12022
12023 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12024
12025 ;;;***
12026 \f
12027 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
12028 ;;;;;; (17382 22954))
12029 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12030
12031 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
12032 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12033
12034 \(fn)" nil nil)
12035
12036 ;;;***
12037 \f
12038 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
12039 ;;;;;; (17700 2786))
12040 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12041
12042 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
12043 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12044
12045 \(fn)" t nil)
12046
12047 ;;;***
12048 \f
12049 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
12050 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
12051 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17464
12052 ;;;;;; 36847))
12053 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12054
12055 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12056 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12057
12058 \(fn)" t nil)
12059
12060 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
12061 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12062
12063 \(fn)" t nil)
12064
12065 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12066 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12067
12068 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12069
12070 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12071 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12072
12073 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12074
12075 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
12076 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12077 The PNG is returned as a string.
12078
12079 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12080
12081 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12082 Convert FILE to a Face.
12083 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12084 726 bytes.
12085
12086 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12087
12088 ;;;***
12089 \f
12090 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12091 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17726 26879))
12092 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12093
12094 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
12095 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12096 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12097
12098 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12099
12100 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
12101 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12102
12103 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12104
12105 ;;;***
12106 \f
12107 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12108 ;;;;;; (17382 22956))
12109 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12110
12111 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
12112
12113 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
12114 Run batched scoring.
12115 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12116
12117 \(fn)" t nil)
12118
12119 ;;;***
12120 \f
12121 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12122 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12123 ;;;;;; (17544 39650))
12124 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12125
12126 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12127 Not documented
12128
12129 \(fn)" nil nil)
12130
12131 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
12132 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12133 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12134
12135 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12136
12137 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12138 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12139
12140 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12141
12142 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12143
12144 ;;;***
12145 \f
12146 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12147 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12148 ;;;;;; (17382 22957))
12149 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12150
12151 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12152 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
12153 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12154 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12155 group parameters.
12156
12157 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12158 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12159 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
12160 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
12161
12162 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12163 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
12164 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12165 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12166 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
12167 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12168 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12169 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12170 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12171 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12172
12173 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12174
12175 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12176 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12177 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12178 nil CATCH-ALL).
12179
12180 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
12181 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
12182
12183 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12184
12185 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12186 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12187 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12188
12189 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
12190
12191 \(fn)" nil nil)
12192
12193 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12194 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12195 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12196
12197 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12198
12199 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12200 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12201 existing groups are considered.
12202
12203 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12204 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12205 returned.
12206
12207 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12208 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12209 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12210 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12211 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12212 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12213 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12214 clauses will be generated.
12215
12216 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12217 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12218 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12219 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12220 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12221 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12222
12223 For example, given the following group parameters:
12224
12225 nnml:mail.bar:
12226 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12227 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12228 nnml:mail.foo:
12229 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12230 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12231 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12232 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12233 nnml:mail.others:
12234 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12235
12236 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12237
12238 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12239 \"mail.bar\")
12240 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12241 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12242 \"mail.others\")
12243
12244 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12245
12246 ;;;***
12247 \f
12248 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12249 ;;;;;; (17382 22957))
12250 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12251
12252 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
12253 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12254 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12255
12256 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12257
12258 ;;;***
12259 \f
12260 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12261 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17382 22957))
12262 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12263
12264 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
12265 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12266 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12267 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12268
12269 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12270
12271 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
12272 Mail to ADDRESS.
12273
12274 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12275
12276 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
12277 Like `message-reply'.
12278
12279 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12280
12281 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
12282
12283 ;;;***
12284 \f
12285 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12286 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (17426 20384))
12287 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12288
12289 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-scan-groups) "gnus-nocem" "\
12290 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12291
12292 \(fn)" t nil)
12293
12294 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-load-cache) "gnus-nocem" "\
12295 Load the NoCeM cache.
12296
12297 \(fn)" t nil)
12298
12299 ;;;***
12300 \f
12301 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12302 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12303 ;;;;;; (17382 22957))
12304 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12305
12306 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12307 Display picons in the From header.
12308 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12309
12310 \(fn)" t nil)
12311
12312 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12313 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12314 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12315
12316 \(fn)" t nil)
12317
12318 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12319 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12320 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12321
12322 \(fn)" t nil)
12323
12324 ;;;***
12325 \f
12326 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12327 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12328 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12329 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12330 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17382 22958))
12331 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12332
12333 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
12334 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12335 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12336 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12337
12338 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12339
12340 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
12341 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12342 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12343 LIST1 is modified.
12344
12345 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12346
12347 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
12348 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12349 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12350
12351 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12352
12353 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12354 Not documented
12355
12356 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12357
12358 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12359 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12360 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12361
12362 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12363
12364 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12365 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12366 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12367
12368 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12369
12370 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
12371
12372 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
12373 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12374 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12375
12376 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12377
12378 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
12379 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12380 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12381
12382 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12383
12384 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
12385 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12386 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12387
12388 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12389
12390 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
12391 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12392
12393 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12394
12395 ;;;***
12396 \f
12397 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12398 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17703 21883))
12399 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12400
12401 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
12402 Not documented
12403
12404 \(fn)" t nil)
12405
12406 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
12407 Install the registry hooks.
12408
12409 \(fn)" t nil)
12410
12411 ;;;***
12412 \f
12413 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12414 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17478
12415 ;;;;;; 35183))
12416 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12417
12418 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
12419 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12420 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12421 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12422 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12423 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12424
12425 \(fn)" t nil)
12426
12427 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
12428 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12429 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12430 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12431 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12432
12433 \(fn)" t nil)
12434
12435 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
12436 Not documented
12437
12438 \(fn)" t nil)
12439
12440 ;;;***
12441 \f
12442 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12443 ;;;;;; (17382 22959))
12444 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12445
12446 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
12447 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12448 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12449 for matching on group names.
12450
12451 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12452 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12453
12454 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12455
12456 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12457
12458 \(fn)" t nil)
12459
12460 ;;;***
12461 \f
12462 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12463 ;;;;;; (17382 22959))
12464 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12465
12466 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
12467 Update the format specification near point.
12468
12469 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12470
12471 ;;;***
12472 \f
12473 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12474 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17591
12475 ;;;;;; 28071))
12476 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12477
12478 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
12479 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12480
12481 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12482
12483 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
12484 Not documented
12485
12486 \(fn)" nil nil)
12487
12488 ;;;***
12489 \f
12490 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12491 ;;;;;; (17382 22960))
12492 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12493
12494 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
12495 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12496
12497 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12498
12499 ;;;***
12500 \f
12501 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17382 22975))
12502 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12503
12504 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
12505 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12506
12507 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12508 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12509 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12510
12511 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12512 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12513 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12514
12515 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12516 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12517
12518 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12519 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12520
12521 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12522
12523 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12524
12525 ;;;***
12526 \f
12527 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12528 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (17580 16976))
12529 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12530
12531 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
12532
12533 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
12534 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12535 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12536 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12537 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12538
12539 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12540
12541 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
12542 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12543 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12544 or to send e-mail.
12545 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12546 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12547
12548 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12549 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12550
12551 \(fn)" t nil)
12552 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12553
12554 ;;;***
12555 \f
12556 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12557 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12558 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17645 29157))
12559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12560
12561 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12562 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12563
12564 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep" t)
12565
12566 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12567 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12568 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12569 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12570 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12571
12572 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12573 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12574
12575 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep" t)
12576
12577 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12578 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12579 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12580 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12581
12582 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep" t)
12583
12584 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12585 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12586
12587 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep" t)
12588
12589 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
12590 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12591
12592 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12593 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12594 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12595
12596 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12597 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12598 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12599
12600 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12601 Whether \\[grep-find] uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12602
12603 If `exec', it uses `find -exec'; if `gnu', it uses `find -print0' and `xargs -0';
12604 if not nil and not `gnu', it uses `find -print' and `xargs'.
12605
12606 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12607
12608 (defvar grep-history nil)
12609
12610 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12611
12612 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
12613 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12614 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12615
12616 \(fn)" nil nil)
12617
12618 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
12619 Not documented
12620
12621 \(fn)" nil nil)
12622
12623 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
12624 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12625
12626 \(fn)" nil nil)
12627
12628 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
12629 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12630 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12631 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12632 where grep found matches.
12633
12634 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12635 easily repeat a grep command.
12636
12637 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12638 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12639 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12640 if that history list is empty).
12641
12642 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12643
12644 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
12645 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12646 Collect output in a buffer.
12647 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12648 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12649
12650 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12651 easily repeat a find command.
12652
12653 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12654
12655 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
12656
12657 (autoload (quote lgrep) "grep" "\
12658 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in current directory.
12659 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12660 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12661 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12662
12663 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12664 before it is executed.
12665 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12666
12667 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12668 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12669 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12670
12671 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12672
12673 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES)" t nil)
12674
12675 (autoload (quote rgrep) "grep" "\
12676 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12677 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12678 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12679 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12680
12681 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12682 before it is executed.
12683 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12684
12685 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12686 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12687 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12688
12689 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12690
12691 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12692
12693 ;;;***
12694 \f
12695 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17383 40501))
12696 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12697
12698 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
12699 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12700 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12701 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12702 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12703
12704 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12705
12706 ;;;***
12707 \f
12708 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx
12709 ;;;;;; sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17661 56350))
12710 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12711
12712 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
12713 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12714 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12715 directory and source-file directory for your debugger. By
12716 default this command starts GDB using a graphical interface. See
12717 `gdba' for more information.
12718
12719 To run GDB in text command mode, set `gud-gdb-command-name' to
12720 \"gdb --fullname\" and include the pathname, if necessary.
12721
12722 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12723
12724 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
12725 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12726 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12727 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12728
12729 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12730
12731 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
12732 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12733 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12734 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12735
12736 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12737
12738 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
12739 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12740 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12741 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12742
12743 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12744 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12745
12746 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12747
12748 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
12749 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12750 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12751 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12752
12753 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12754
12755 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
12756 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12757 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12758 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12759
12760 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12761
12762 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
12763 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12764 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12765 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12766 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12767
12768 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12769 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12770 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12771 original source file access method.
12772
12773 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12774 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12775
12776 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12777
12778 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
12779 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12780 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12781 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12782
12783 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12784 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12785
12786 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
12787
12788 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
12789 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12790
12791 \(fn)" t nil)
12792
12793 ;;;***
12794 \f
12795 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17742
12796 ;;;;;; 38271))
12797 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12798
12799 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12800 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12801 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12802 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12803
12804 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12805 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12806 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12807 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12808
12809 \(fn)" t nil)
12810
12811 ;;;***
12812 \f
12813 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12814 ;;;;;; (17742 38323))
12815 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12816
12817 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12818 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12819
12820 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12821
12822 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12823 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12824 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12825 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12826
12827 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12828
12829 \(fn)" t nil)
12830
12831 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
12832 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12833 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12834 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12835 to be updated.
12836
12837 \(fn)" t nil)
12838
12839 ;;;***
12840 \f
12841 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12842 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12843 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12844 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17710 3074))
12845 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12846
12847 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12848 Return the help-echo string at point.
12849 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12850 property, or nil, is returned.
12851 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12852 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12853 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12854
12855 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12856
12857 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12858 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12859 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12860 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12861 this produces no string either, return nil.
12862
12863 \(fn)" nil nil)
12864
12865 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
12866 Display local help in the echo area.
12867 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12868 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12869 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12870 printed instead.
12871
12872 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12873 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12874 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12875
12876 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12877
12878 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12879 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12880 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12881
12882 \(fn)" t nil)
12883
12884 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12885 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12886 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12887
12888 \(fn)" t nil)
12889
12890 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
12891 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12892 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12893 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12894 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12895 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12896 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12897 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12898 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12899 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12900 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12901
12902 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12903 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12904 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12905 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12906 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12907
12908 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12909 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12910 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12911 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12912 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12913 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12914 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12915 The default is `never'.")
12916
12917 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt" nil)
12918
12919 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12920 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12921 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12922 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12923 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12924 considered different regions.
12925
12926 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12927 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12928 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12929 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12930 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12931 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12932 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12933 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12934 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12935
12936 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12937
12938 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12939 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12940 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12941 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12942 different regions.
12943
12944 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12945 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12946 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12947 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12948 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12949 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12950 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12951 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12952
12953 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12954 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12955 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12956 rarely happens in practice.
12957
12958 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12959
12960 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12961 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12962 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12963 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12964 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12965 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
12966
12967 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12968
12969 ;;;***
12970 \f
12971 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12972 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
12973 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
12974 ;;;;;; (17734 17478))
12975 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12976
12977 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
12978 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12979
12980 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12981
12982 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
12983 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12984 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12985
12986 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12987
12988 (autoload (quote describe-simplify-lib-file-name) "help-fns" "\
12989 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
12990
12991 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12992
12993 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
12994 Not documented
12995
12996 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12997
12998 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
12999 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
13000 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13001 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13002
13003 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13004
13005 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
13006 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13007 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13008 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
13009 it is displayed along with the global value.
13010
13011 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13012
13013 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
13014 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13015 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13016 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13017
13018 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13019
13020 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
13021 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13022 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13023 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13024 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13025
13026 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13027
13028 ;;;***
13029 \f
13030 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13031 ;;;;;; (17383 40502))
13032 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13033
13034 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13035 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13036 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
13037 and window listing and describing the options.
13038 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
13039 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
13040
13041 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro" t)
13042
13043 ;;;***
13044 \f
13045 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13046 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
13047 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17602 7855))
13048 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13049
13050 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
13051 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13052 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13053 Commands:
13054 \\{help-mode-map}
13055
13056 \(fn)" t nil)
13057
13058 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
13059 Not documented
13060
13061 \(fn)" nil nil)
13062
13063 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
13064 Not documented
13065
13066 \(fn)" nil nil)
13067
13068 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
13069 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13070
13071 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13072 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13073 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13074 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13075
13076 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13077 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13078 restore it properly when going back.
13079
13080 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13081
13082 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
13083 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13084
13085 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13086 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13087 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13088 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13089 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13090 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13091 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13092 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13093
13094 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13095 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13096 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13097 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13098
13099 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13100 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13101 that.
13102
13103 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13104
13105 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13106 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13107 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13108 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13109 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13110 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13111
13112 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13113
13114 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13115 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13116 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13117 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13118 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13119
13120 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13121
13122 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
13123 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13124
13125 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13126
13127 ;;;***
13128 \f
13129 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13130 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17586 63376))
13131 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13132
13133 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
13134 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13135
13136 \(fn)" t nil)
13137
13138 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
13139 Provide help for current mode.
13140
13141 \(fn)" t nil)
13142
13143 ;;;***
13144 \f
13145 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13146 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (17742 27704))
13147 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13148
13149 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
13150 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13151 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13152 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13153 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13154
13155 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13156 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13157
13158 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13159 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13160 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13161 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13162
13163 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13164 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13165 periods.
13166
13167 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13168 in hexl format.
13169
13170 A sample format:
13171
13172 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13173 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13174 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13175 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13176 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13177 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13178 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13179 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13180 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13181 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13182 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13183 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13184 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13185 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13186 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13187
13188 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13189 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13190 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13191
13192 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13193 also supported.
13194
13195 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13196
13197 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13198 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13199 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13200
13201 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13202 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13203 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13204
13205 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13206 into the buffer at the current point.
13207
13208 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13209 into the buffer at the current point.
13210
13211 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13212 into the buffer at the current point.
13213
13214 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13215
13216 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13217 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13218
13219 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13220
13221 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13222
13223 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13224
13225 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
13226 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13227 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13228 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13229
13230 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13231
13232 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
13233 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13234 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13235
13236 \(fn)" t nil)
13237
13238 ;;;***
13239 \f
13240 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13241 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13242 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13243 ;;;;;; (17383 40504))
13244 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13245
13246 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13247 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13248
13249 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13250 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13251 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13252 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13253 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13254 called interactively, are:
13255
13256 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13257 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13258
13259 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13260 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13261 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13262 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13263
13264 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13265 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13266
13267 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13268 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13269
13270 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13271 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
13272 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13273 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13274 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13275 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
13276
13277 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13278 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13279
13280 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
13281 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
13282 Hi-lock: FOO
13283 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13284 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13285 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13286 Patterns will be read until
13287 Hi-lock: end
13288 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13289
13290 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13291
13292 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13293 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13294 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13295 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13296 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13297 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13298
13299 (custom-autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" nil)
13300
13301 (autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13302 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every buffer.
13303 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13304 Hi-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
13305 in which `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' turns it on.
13306
13307 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13308
13309 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
13310
13311 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13312 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13313
13314 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13315 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13316 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13317 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13318
13319 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13320
13321 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
13322
13323 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13324 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13325
13326 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13327 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13328 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13329 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13330
13331 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13332
13333 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
13334
13335 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13336 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13337
13338 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13339 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13340
13341 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13342
13343 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
13344
13345 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13346 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13347
13348 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13349 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13350 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13351 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13352 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13353
13354 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13355
13356 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
13357 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13358
13359 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13360 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13361 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13362
13363 \(fn)" t nil)
13364
13365 ;;;***
13366 \f
13367 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13368 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17520 20914))
13369 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13370
13371 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
13372 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13373 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13374 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13375 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13376 how the hiding is done:
13377
13378 `hide-ifdef-env'
13379 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13380 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13381 is used.
13382
13383 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13384 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13385 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13386 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13387 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13388
13389 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13390 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13391 #endif lines when hiding.
13392
13393 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13394 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13395 is activated.
13396
13397 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13398 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13399 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13400
13401 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13402
13403 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13404
13405 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13406 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13407
13408 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif" t)
13409
13410 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13411 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13412
13413 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif" t)
13414
13415 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13416 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13417
13418 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif" t)
13419
13420 ;;;***
13421 \f
13422 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13423 ;;;;;; (17388 57145))
13424 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13425
13426 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
13427 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13428 Each element has the form
13429 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13430
13431 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13432 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13433
13434 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13435 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13436
13437 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13438 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13439 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13440 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13441 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13442 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13443
13444 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13445 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13446
13447 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13448 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13449
13450 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13451 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13452 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13453
13454 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
13455 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13456 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13457 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13458 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13459 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13460
13461 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13462 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13463 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13464
13465 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13466 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13467
13468 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13469
13470 Key bindings:
13471 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13472
13473 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13474
13475 ;;;***
13476 \f
13477 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13478 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13479 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13480 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13481 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (17387 52590))
13482 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13483
13484 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
13485 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13486 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13487
13488 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13489
13490 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
13491 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13492
13493 Without an argument:
13494 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13495 or passive state as determined by the variable
13496 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13497 and passive state.
13498
13499 With an argument ARG:
13500 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13501 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13502 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13503
13504 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13505 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13506 not displayed in a different face.
13507
13508 Functions:
13509 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13510 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13511 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13512 buffer with the contents of a file
13513 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13514 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13515 various faces
13516
13517 Hook variables:
13518 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13519 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13520 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13521
13522 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13523
13524 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13525 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13526
13527 \(fn)" t nil)
13528
13529 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13530 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13531
13532 \(fn)" t nil)
13533
13534 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
13535 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13536
13537 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13538 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13539 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13540 shown in the last face in the list.
13541
13542 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13543 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13544 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13545
13546 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13547
13548 \(fn)" t nil)
13549
13550 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
13551 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13552
13553 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13554
13555 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13556 to save the file.
13557
13558 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13559 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13560
13561 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13562 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13563 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13564
13565 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13566
13567 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
13568 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13569
13570 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13571 this function is called interactively.
13572
13573 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13574 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13575 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13576
13577 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13578 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13579 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13580
13581 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13582
13583 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
13584 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13585
13586 When called interactively:
13587 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13588 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13589 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13590 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13591
13592 When called from a program:
13593 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13594 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13595 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13596 - otherwise just turn it on
13597
13598 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13599 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13600 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13601 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13602
13603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13604
13605 ;;;***
13606 \f
13607 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13608 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13609 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13610 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13611 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (17383 40505))
13612 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13613
13614 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
13615 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13616 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13617 or insert functions in this list.")
13618
13619 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp" t)
13620
13621 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13622 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13623
13624 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp" t)
13625
13626 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13627 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13628
13629 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp" t)
13630
13631 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13632 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13633
13634 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp" t)
13635
13636 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13637 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13638
13639 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp" t)
13640
13641 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13642 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13643 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13644
13645 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13646
13647 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
13648 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13649 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13650 \(as atoms)")
13651
13652 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13653
13654 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13655 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13656 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13657 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13658 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13659
13660 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13661
13662 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
13663 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13664 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13665 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13666 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13667 expansions.
13668 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13669 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13670 undoes the expansion.
13671
13672 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13673
13674 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
13675 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13676 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13677 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13678
13679 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13680
13681 ;;;***
13682 \f
13683 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13684 ;;;;;; (17652 40095))
13685 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13686
13687 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13688 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13689 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13690
13691 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13692 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13693 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13694 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13695 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13696
13697 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13698 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13699 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13700 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13701
13702 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13703
13704 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13705 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13706 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13707 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13708 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13709 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13710
13711 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" nil)
13712
13713 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13714 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13715 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13716
13717 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13718 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13719
13720 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13721
13722 ;;;***
13723 \f
13724 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13725 ;;;;;; (17426 49878))
13726 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13727
13728 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
13729 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13730 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13731
13732 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13733
13734 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13735
13736 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
13737 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13738
13739 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13740 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13741 different list. For example,
13742
13743 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13744 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13745
13746 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13747 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13748
13749 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13750 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
13751 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13752 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13753 of a holiday list.
13754
13755 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13756
13757 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13758
13759 ;;;***
13760 \f
13761 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17738
13762 ;;;;;; 33491))
13763 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13764
13765 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
13766 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13767
13768 \(fn)" t nil)
13769
13770 ;;;***
13771 \f
13772 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13773 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13774 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13775 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13776 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13777 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13778 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13779 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13780 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13781 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13782 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13783 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13784 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13785 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13786 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13787 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13788 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13789 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13790 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13791 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13792 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13793 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13794 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17700 2785))
13795 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13796
13797 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13798 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13799 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13800
13801 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13802
13803 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13804 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13805
13806 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13807
13808 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13809 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13810
13811 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13812
13813 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13814 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13815
13816 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13817
13818 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13819 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13820
13821 \(fn)" t nil)
13822
13823 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13824 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13825
13826 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13827
13828 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13829 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13830
13831 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13832 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13833 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13834 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13835 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13836 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13837 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13838 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13839 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13840 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13841 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13842 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13843
13844 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
13845 Not documented
13846
13847 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13848
13849 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13850 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13851
13852 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13853
13854 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13855 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13856
13857 \(fn)" t nil)
13858
13859 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13860 Remove the first filter group.
13861
13862 \(fn)" t nil)
13863
13864 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13865 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13866
13867 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13868
13869 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13870 Remove all filter groups.
13871
13872 \(fn)" t nil)
13873
13874 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13875 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13876
13877 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13878
13879 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13880 Kill the filter group named NAME.
13881 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
13882
13883 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13884
13885 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
13886 Kill the filter group at point.
13887 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
13888
13889 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
13890
13891 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
13892 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
13893
13894 \(fn)" t nil)
13895
13896 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13897 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
13898
13899 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13900
13901 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13902 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
13903 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
13904 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13905
13906 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
13907
13908 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13909 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
13910 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
13911
13912 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13913
13914 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13915 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
13916 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
13917 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13918 of replacing the current filters.
13919
13920 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13921
13922 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
13923 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
13924
13925 \(fn)" t nil)
13926
13927 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13928 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
13929
13930 \(fn)" t nil)
13931
13932 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13933 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
13934
13935 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
13936 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
13937 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
13938
13939 \(fn)" t nil)
13940
13941 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13942 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
13943
13944 \(fn)" t nil)
13945
13946 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13947 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
13948
13949 \(fn)" t nil)
13950
13951 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13952 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
13953 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
13954 filter into parts.
13955
13956 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
13957
13958 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13959 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13960 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13961
13962 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
13963
13964 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13965 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13966
13967 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13968
13969 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13970 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
13971
13972 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13973
13974 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13975 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13976 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13977 of replacing the current filters.
13978
13979 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13980 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
13981 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
13982 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
13983 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
13984 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
13985 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
13986 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
13987 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
13988
13989 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13990 Toggle the current sorting mode.
13991 Default sorting modes are:
13992 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
13993 Name - the name of the buffer
13994 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
13995 Size - the size of the buffer
13996
13997 \(fn)" t nil)
13998
13999 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
14000 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14001
14002 \(fn)" t nil)
14003 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14004 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14005 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14006 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14007
14008 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14009 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14010
14011 \(fn)" t nil)
14012
14013 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
14014 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14015 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14016 for this Ibuffer session.
14017
14018 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14019
14020 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14021 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14022 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14023 for this Ibuffer session.
14024
14025 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14026
14027 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14028 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14029
14030 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14031 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14032
14033 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14034 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14035
14036 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14037
14038 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14039 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14040
14041 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14042 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14043
14044 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14045
14046 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
14047 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14048
14049 \(fn)" t nil)
14050
14051 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
14052 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14053
14054 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14055 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14056 hidden group filter, open it.
14057
14058 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14059 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14060 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14061
14062 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14063
14064 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
14065 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14066 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14067
14068 \(fn)" t nil)
14069
14070 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
14071 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14072
14073 The names are separated by a space.
14074 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14075
14076 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14077 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14078 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14079 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14080
14081 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14082
14083 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14084
14085 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14086 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14087
14088 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14089
14090 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14091 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14092
14093 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14094
14095 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14096 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14097
14098 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14099
14100 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14101 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14102
14103 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
14104
14105 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14106 Mark all modified buffers.
14107
14108 \(fn)" t nil)
14109
14110 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14111 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14112
14113 \(fn)" t nil)
14114
14115 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14116 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14117
14118 \(fn)" t nil)
14119
14120 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14121 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14122
14123 \(fn)" t nil)
14124
14125 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14126 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14127
14128 \(fn)" t nil)
14129
14130 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14131 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
14132
14133 \(fn)" t nil)
14134
14135 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14136 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14137
14138 \(fn)" t nil)
14139
14140 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14141 Mark all read-only buffers.
14142
14143 \(fn)" t nil)
14144
14145 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14146 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14147
14148 \(fn)" t nil)
14149
14150 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
14151 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14152 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14153 defaults to one.
14154
14155 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14156
14157 ;;;***
14158 \f
14159 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14160 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17457
14161 ;;;;;; 20695))
14162 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14163
14164 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
14165 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14166
14167 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14168 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14169 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14170
14171 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14172 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14173 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14174 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14175 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14176 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14177
14178 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14179 title of the column.
14180
14181 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14182 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14183 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14184 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14185 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14186
14187 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14188
14189 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14190 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14191 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14192 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14193 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14194
14195 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14196 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14197 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14198
14199 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14200
14201 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
14202 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14203 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14204 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14205 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14206 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14207
14208 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14209 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14210 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14211 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14212 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14213 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14214 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14215 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14216 values are:
14217 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14218 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14219 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14220 buffer's modification flag.
14221 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14222 prompted before performing this operation.
14223 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14224 operation is complete, in the form:
14225 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14226 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14227 confirmation message, in the form:
14228 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14229 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14230 macro for exactly what it does.
14231
14232 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14233
14234 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14235 Define a filter named NAME.
14236 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14237 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14238 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14239
14240 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14241 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14242 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14243 bound to the current value of the filter.
14244
14245 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14246
14247 ;;;***
14248 \f
14249 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14250 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17651 7545))
14251 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14252
14253 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
14254 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14255 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14256 buffers which are visiting a file.
14257
14258 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14259
14260 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
14261 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14262 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14263 buffers which are visiting a file.
14264
14265 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14266
14267 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
14268 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14269 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14270
14271 All arguments are optional.
14272 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14273 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14274 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14275 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14276 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14277 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14278 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14279 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14280 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14281 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14282 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14283 that value locally in this buffer.
14284
14285 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14286
14287 ;;;***
14288 \f
14289 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14290 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14291 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (17397 11613))
14292 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14293
14294 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
14295 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14296 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14297 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14298
14299 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14300
14301 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
14302 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14303 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14304 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14305 ICAL-FILENAME.
14306 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14307 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14308 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14309
14310 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14311
14312 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
14313 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14314 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14315 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14316 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14317 non-marking or not.
14318
14319 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14320
14321 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
14322 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14323
14324 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14325 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14326 DIARY-FILE.
14327
14328 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14329 when DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14330 DO-NOT-ASK is set to t, so that you are asked fore each event.
14331
14332 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14333 non-marking.
14334
14335 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14336 means that an error has occured. Error messages will be in the
14337 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14338
14339 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14340
14341 ;;;***
14342 \f
14343 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17686
14344 ;;;;;; 53336))
14345 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14346
14347 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14348 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14349 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14350 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14351 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14352 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14353
14354 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" nil)
14355
14356 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
14357 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14358 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
14359
14360 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14361
14362 ;;;***
14363 \f
14364 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17388 57145))
14365 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14366
14367 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
14368 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14369 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14370 Tab indents for Icon code.
14371 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14372 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14373 \\{icon-mode-map}
14374 Variables controlling indentation style:
14375 icon-tab-always-indent
14376 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14377 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14378 icon-auto-newline
14379 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14380 inserted in Icon code.
14381 icon-indent-level
14382 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14383 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14384 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14385 icon-continued-statement-offset
14386 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14387 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14388 icon-continued-brace-offset
14389 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14390 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14391 icon-brace-offset
14392 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14393 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14394 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14395 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14396
14397 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14398 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14399
14400 \(fn)" t nil)
14401
14402 ;;;***
14403 \f
14404 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14405 ;;;;;; (17596 1404))
14406 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14407
14408 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
14409 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14410 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14411 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14412
14413 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14414 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14415 separate frames.
14416
14417 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14418 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14419
14420 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14421 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14422 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14423
14424 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14425
14426 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14427
14428 ;;;***
14429 \f
14430 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14431 ;;;;;; (17742 38481))
14432 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14433
14434 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
14435 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.0_em22).
14436
14437 The main features of this mode are
14438
14439 1. Indentation and Formatting
14440 --------------------------
14441 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14442 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14443
14444 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14445 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14446 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14447 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14448
14449 Comments are indented as follows:
14450
14451 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14452 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14453 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14454
14455 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14456
14457 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14458 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14459 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14460 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14461 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14462 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14463
14464 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14465 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14466 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14467 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14468
14469 2. Routine Info
14470 ------------
14471 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14472 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14473 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14474 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14475 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14476 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14477 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14478 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14479 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14480 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14481
14482 3. Online IDL Help
14483 ---------------
14484
14485 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14486 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14487 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14488 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14489
14490 4. Completion
14491 ----------
14492 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14493 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14494 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14495 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14496 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14497 upper case.
14498
14499 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14500 --------------------------------
14501 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14502 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14503
14504 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14505 \\fu FUNCTION template
14506 \\c CASE statement template
14507 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14508 \\f FOR loop template
14509 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14510 \\w WHILE loop template
14511 \\i IF statement template
14512 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14513 \\b BEGIN
14514
14515 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14516 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14517
14518 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14519 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14520 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14521 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14522
14523 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14524 -------------------------
14525 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14526 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14527
14528 7. Automatic END completion
14529 ------------------------
14530 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14531 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14532
14533 8. Hooks
14534 -----
14535 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14536 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14537
14538 9. Documentation and Customization
14539 -------------------------------
14540 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14541 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14542 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14543 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14544 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14545
14546 10.Keybindings
14547 -----------
14548 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14549 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14550 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14551
14552 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14553
14554 \(fn)" t nil)
14555 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14556
14557 ;;;***
14558 \f
14559 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14560 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14561 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14562 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14563 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14564 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14565 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14566 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17746
14567 ;;;;;; 11735))
14568 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14569
14570 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14571 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14572 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14573 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14574 displaying...)
14575 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14576 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14577 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14578
14579 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14580 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14581
14582 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" nil)
14583
14584 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
14585 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14586 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14587 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14588 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14589 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14590 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14591 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14592 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14593
14594 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14595
14596 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
14597 Switch to another buffer.
14598 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14599 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14600 in another frame.
14601
14602 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14603 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14604 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14605 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14606 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14607
14608 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14609 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14610
14611 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14612 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14613
14614 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14615 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14616 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14617 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14618 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14619 in a separate window.
14620 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14621 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14622 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14623 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14624 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14625 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14626 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14627 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14628 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14629
14630 \(fn)" t nil)
14631
14632 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
14633 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14634 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14635 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14636
14637 \(fn)" t nil)
14638
14639 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
14640 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14641 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14642 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14643
14644 \(fn)" t nil)
14645
14646 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
14647 Kill a buffer.
14648 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14649 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14650
14651 \(fn)" t nil)
14652
14653 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
14654 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14655 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14656 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14657
14658 \(fn)" t nil)
14659
14660 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
14661 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14662 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14663 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14664
14665 \(fn)" t nil)
14666
14667 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
14668 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14669
14670 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14671
14672 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
14673 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14674 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14675 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14676 visible in another frame.
14677
14678 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14679 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14680 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14681 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14682 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14683 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14684
14685 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14686 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14687
14688 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14689 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14690
14691 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14692 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14693 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14694 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14695 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14696 in a separate window.
14697 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14698 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14699 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14700 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14701 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14702 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14703 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14704 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14705 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14706 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14707 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14708 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14709 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14710 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14711 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14712
14713 \(fn)" t nil)
14714
14715 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
14716 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14717 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14718 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14719
14720 \(fn)" t nil)
14721
14722 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
14723 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14724 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14725 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14726
14727 \(fn)" t nil)
14728
14729 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
14730 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14731 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14732 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14733
14734 \(fn)" t nil)
14735
14736 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
14737 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14738 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14739 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14740
14741 \(fn)" t nil)
14742
14743 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
14744 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14745 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14746 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14747
14748 \(fn)" t nil)
14749
14750 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
14751 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14752 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14753 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14754
14755 \(fn)" t nil)
14756
14757 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
14758 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14759 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14760 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14761
14762 \(fn)" t nil)
14763
14764 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
14765 Write current buffer to a file.
14766 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14767 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14768
14769 \(fn)" t nil)
14770
14771 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
14772 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14773 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14774 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14775
14776 \(fn)" t nil)
14777
14778 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
14779 Call `dired' the ido way.
14780 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14781 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14782
14783 \(fn)" t nil)
14784
14785 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
14786 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14787 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14788 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14789 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14790 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14791
14792 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14793
14794 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14795 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14796 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14797 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14798
14799 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14800
14801 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14802 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14803 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14804 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14805
14806 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14807
14808 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14809 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14810 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14811 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14812 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14813 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14814 with `completing-read'.
14815 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14816 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14817 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14818 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14819 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14820 with point positioned at the end.
14821 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14822 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14823
14824 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14825
14826 ;;;***
14827 \f
14828 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17383 40505))
14829 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14830 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14831
14832 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
14833 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14834 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14835
14836 \(fn)" t nil)
14837
14838 ;;;***
14839 \f
14840 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14841 ;;;;;; (17383 40506))
14842 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14843
14844 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14845 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14846
14847 \(fn)" t nil)
14848
14849 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14850 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14851
14852 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14853
14854 ;;;***
14855 \f
14856 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14857 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-available-p
14858 ;;;;;; image-type image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header
14859 ;;;;;; image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el"
14860 ;;;;;; (17482 12297))
14861 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14862
14863 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
14864 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14865 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14866 be determined.
14867
14868 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14869
14870 (autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
14871 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14872 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14873 be determined.
14874
14875 \(fn)" nil nil)
14876
14877 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
14878 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14879 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14880 be determined.
14881
14882 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14883
14884 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
14885 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14886 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14887 be determined.
14888
14889 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14890
14891 (autoload (quote image-type) "image" "\
14892 Determine and return image type.
14893 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14894 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14895 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14896 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14897 use its file extension as image type.
14898 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14899
14900 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14901
14902 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
14903 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14904 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14905
14906 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14907
14908 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
14909 Create an image.
14910 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14911 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14912 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14913 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14914 use its file extension as image type.
14915 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14916 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14917 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14918 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14919
14920 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14921
14922 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14923
14924 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
14925 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14926 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14927 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14928 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14929 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14930 POS may be an integer or marker.
14931 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14932 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14933 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14934 means display it in the right marginal area.
14935
14936 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14937
14938 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
14939 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14940 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14941 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14942 defaulted if you omit it.
14943 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14944 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14945 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14946 means display it in the right marginal area.
14947 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14948 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14949 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14950 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14951 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14952
14953 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14954
14955 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
14956 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14957 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14958 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14959 defaulted if you omit it.
14960 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14961 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14962 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14963 means display it in the right marginal area.
14964 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
14965
14966 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14967
14968 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
14969 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14970 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14971 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14972
14973 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14974
14975 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
14976 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14977
14978 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14979
14980 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14981 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14982 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14983 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14984 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14985 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14986 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14987 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14988 satisfied.
14989
14990 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14991
14992 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14993
14994 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14995
14996 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
14997 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14998
14999 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15000 documentation string.
15001
15002 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15003 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15004 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15005 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15006 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15007 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15008 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15009 define SYMBOL.
15010
15011 Example:
15012
15013 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15014 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15015
15016 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15017
15018 ;;;***
15019 \f
15020 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15021 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15022 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (17383 40506))
15023 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15024
15025 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
15026 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15027 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15028 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15029
15030 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15031 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15032 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15033 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15034
15035 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file" nil)
15036
15037 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15038 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15039 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15040 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15041
15042 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15043 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15044 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15045 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15046
15047 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file" nil)
15048
15049 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
15050 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15051
15052 \(fn)" nil nil)
15053
15054 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
15055 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15056 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15057 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15058
15059 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15060
15061 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15062 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15063 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15064 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15065 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15066 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15067
15068 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" nil)
15069
15070 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
15071 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15072 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15073 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15074
15075 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15076 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15077 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15078
15079 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15080
15081 ;;;***
15082 \f
15083 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
15084 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17652 40095))
15085 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15086 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15087 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15088 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15089 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15090 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15091 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15092
15093 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
15094 Major mode for image files.
15095 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15096 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15097
15098 \(fn)" t nil)
15099
15100 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
15101 Toggle Image minor mode.
15102 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15103 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15104
15105 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15106
15107 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
15108 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15109 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15110 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15111 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15112 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15113
15114 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15115 information on these modes.
15116
15117 \(fn)" t nil)
15118
15119 ;;;***
15120 \f
15121 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15122 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17656 34193))
15123 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15124
15125 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15126 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15127
15128 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15129
15130 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15131 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15132 in the buffer.
15133
15134 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15135
15136 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15137 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15138 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15139
15140 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu" t)
15141
15142 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15143 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15144
15145 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15146 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15147 pattern's structure.
15148
15149 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15150 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15151 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15152 during matching.")
15153
15154 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
15155
15156 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
15157 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15158
15159 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15160 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15161 called within a `save-excursion'.
15162
15163 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15164
15165 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
15166
15167 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
15168 Function for finding the next index position.
15169
15170 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15171 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15172 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15173 file.
15174
15175 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15176 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15177
15178 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
15179
15180 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15181 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15182
15183 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15184 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15185 It should return the name for that index item.")
15186
15187 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
15188
15189 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15190 Function to compare string with index item.
15191
15192 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15193 non-nil if they match.
15194
15195 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15196 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15197 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15198 arguments match\".")
15199
15200 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
15201
15202 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
15203 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15204 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15205
15206 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
15207
15208 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
15209
15210 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
15211
15212 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
15213 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15214 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15215 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15216
15217 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15218
15219 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
15220 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15221
15222 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15223
15224 \(fn)" t nil)
15225
15226 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
15227 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15228 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15229 for more information.
15230
15231 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15232
15233 ;;;***
15234 \f
15235 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15236 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15237 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17345 11257))
15238 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15239
15240 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
15241 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15242
15243 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15244
15245 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
15246 Not documented
15247
15248 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15249
15250 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15251 Not documented
15252
15253 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15254
15255 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15256 Not documented
15257
15258 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15259
15260 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
15261 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
15262 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
15263 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
15264 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
15265
15266 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
15267
15268 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
15269 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
15270 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
15271 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
15272 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
15273
15274 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15275
15276 ;;;***
15277 \f
15278 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15279 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15280 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17536 43474))
15281 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15282
15283 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15284 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15285 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15286 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15287 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15288
15289 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp" t)
15290
15291 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15292 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15293
15294 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp" t)
15295
15296 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15297 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15298 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15299 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15300 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15301 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15302 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15303 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15304
15305 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp" t)
15306
15307 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15308 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15309 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15310 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15311 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15312
15313 This variable is only used if the variable
15314 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15315
15316 More precise choices:
15317 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15318 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15319 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15320
15321 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15322
15323 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp" t)
15324
15325 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
15326 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15327
15328 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
15329 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15330 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15331 to that buffer.
15332 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15333 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15334 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15335 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15336
15337 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15338 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15339
15340 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
15341
15342 ;;;***
15343 \f
15344 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15345 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15346 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15347 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (17665 54360))
15348 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15349
15350 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
15351 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15352
15353 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15354 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15355 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15356
15357 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
15358 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15359 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15360 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15361 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15362 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15363 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15364 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15365 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15366 with the top-level Info directory.
15367
15368 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15369 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15370 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15371 appended to the Info buffer name.
15372
15373 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15374 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15375 in all the directories in that path.
15376
15377 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15378
15379 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
15380 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15381
15382 \(fn)" t nil)
15383
15384 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
15385 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15386 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15387 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15388
15389 \(fn)" nil nil)
15390
15391 (autoload (quote Info-on-current-buffer) "info" "\
15392 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15393 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15394 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15395
15396 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15397
15398 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
15399 Go to the Info directory node.
15400
15401 \(fn)" t nil)
15402
15403 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
15404 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15405 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15406 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15407 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15408 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15409
15410 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15411
15412 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
15413 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15414 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15415
15416 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15417
15418 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
15419 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15420 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15421 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15422 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15423
15424 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15425 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15426
15427 Selecting other nodes:
15428 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15429 Follow a node reference you click on.
15430 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15431 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15432 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15433 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15434 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15435 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15436 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15437 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15438 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15439 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15440 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15441 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15442 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15443 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15444 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15445 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15446 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15447 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15448 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15449 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15450
15451 Moving within a node:
15452 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15453 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15454 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15455 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15456 move up to the parent node.
15457 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15458 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15459 if there is none.
15460 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15461
15462 Advanced commands:
15463 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15464 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15465 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15466 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15467 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15468 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15469 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15470 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15471 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15472 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15473 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15474 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15475 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15476 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15477 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15478 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15479
15480 \(fn)" nil nil)
15481 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15482
15483 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
15484 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15485 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15486 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15487 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15488 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15489
15490 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15491 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15492
15493 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
15494 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15495 KEY is a string.
15496 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15497 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15498 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15499 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15500
15501 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15502
15503 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
15504 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15505 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15506
15507 \(fn)" t nil)
15508
15509 ;;;***
15510 \f
15511 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15512 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15513 ;;;;;; (17741 56284))
15514 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15515
15516 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
15517 Throw away all cached data.
15518 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15519 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15520 system.
15521
15522 \(fn)" t nil)
15523 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15524
15525 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
15526 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15527 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15528 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15529 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15530 one found at point.
15531
15532 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15533
15534 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15535 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15536
15537 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
15538 Display the documentation of a file.
15539 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15540 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15541 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15542 The default file name is the one found at point.
15543
15544 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15545
15546 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15547
15548 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
15549 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15550
15551 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15552
15553 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
15554 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15555
15556 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15557
15558 ;;;***
15559 \f
15560 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15561 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17520 20913))
15562 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15563
15564 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
15565 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15566
15567 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15568
15569 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
15570 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15571 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15572
15573 \(fn)" t nil)
15574
15575 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
15576 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15577 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15578
15579 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15580 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15581 quite a while.
15582
15583 \(fn)" t nil)
15584
15585 ;;;***
15586 \f
15587 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15588 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (17383 40507))
15589 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15590
15591 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
15592 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15593
15594 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15595
15596 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
15597 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15598 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15599
15600 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15601 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15602 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15603
15604 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15605 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15606 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15607 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15608
15609 \(fn)" t nil)
15610
15611 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
15612 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15613 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15614
15615 \(fn)" t nil)
15616
15617 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
15618 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15619 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15620 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15621 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15622
15623 \(fn)" nil nil)
15624
15625 ;;;***
15626 \f
15627 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15628 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15629 ;;;;;; (17131 28643))
15630 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15631
15632 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15633 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15634
15635 \(fn)" t nil)
15636
15637 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15638 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15639
15640 \(fn)" t nil)
15641
15642 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
15643 Not documented
15644
15645 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15646
15647 ;;;***
15648 \f
15649 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17383
15650 ;;;;;; 40508))
15651 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15652
15653 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
15654 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15655 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15656 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15657 accessed via isearchb.
15658
15659 \(fn)" t nil)
15660
15661 ;;;***
15662 \f
15663 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15664 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15665 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15666 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (17113 1815))
15667 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15668
15669 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
15670 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15671 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15672 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15673
15674 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15675
15676 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
15677 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15678 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15679 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15680
15681 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15682
15683 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
15684 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15685 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15686 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15687
15688 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15689
15690 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15691 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15692 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15693 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15694
15695 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15696
15697 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15698 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15699 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15700 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15701
15702 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15703
15704 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
15705 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15706 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15707 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15708
15709 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15710
15711 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
15712 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15713 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15714 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15715
15716 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15717
15718 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
15719 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15720 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15721 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15722
15723 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15724
15725 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15726 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15727 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15728 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15729
15730 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15731
15732 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15733 Warn that format is read-only.
15734
15735 \(fn)" t nil)
15736
15737 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15738 Warn that format is write-only.
15739
15740 \(fn)" t nil)
15741
15742 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
15743 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15744
15745 \(fn)" t nil)
15746
15747 ;;;***
15748 \f
15749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15750 ;;;;;; (17113 1816))
15751 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15752 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15753 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15754 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15755
15756 ;;;***
15757 \f
15758 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15759 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15760 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15761 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
15762 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
15763 ;;;;;; (17742 39985))
15764 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15765 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15766
15767 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15768 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15769 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
15770 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
15771
15772 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" t)
15773 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15774
15775 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
15776 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
15777 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15778
15779 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
15780 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
15781 re-start Emacs.")
15782
15783 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell" t)
15784
15785 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15786
15787 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
15788
15789 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
15790
15791 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
15792
15793 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "." nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15794
15795 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
15796
15797 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
15798 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
15799
15800 Each element of this list is also a list:
15801
15802 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
15803 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
15804
15805 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
15806 nil means the default dictionary.
15807
15808 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
15809 word.
15810
15811 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
15812
15813 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
15814 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
15815 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
15816 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
15817 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
15818 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
15819 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
15820 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
15821 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
15822
15823 CASECHAS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be a unibyte string
15824 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
15825 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
15826 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
15827 for non-ASCII bytes.
15828
15829 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
15830 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
15831 single word.
15832
15833 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
15834 subprocess.
15835
15836 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
15837 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
15838 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
15839 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
15840 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
15841 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
15842 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
15843 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
15844
15845 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
15846
15847 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
15848 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
15849 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
15850
15851 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15852 Key map for ispell menu.")
15853
15854 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15855 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15856 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15857 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15858
15859 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
15860
15861 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15862
15863 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15864
15865 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode (quote mail-mode)) :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
15866
15867 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15868 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15869 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15870 Valid forms include:
15871 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15872 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15873 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15874 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15875
15876 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15877 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15878 First list is used raw.
15879 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15880
15881 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15882 for skipping in latex mode.")
15883
15884 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
15885 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15886 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
15887 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15888 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15889 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15890
15891 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
15892 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15893 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15894 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15895
15896 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15897 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15898 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15899 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15900 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15901
15902 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15903 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15904
15905 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15906 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15907
15908 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15909 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15910
15911 return values:
15912 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15913 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15914 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15915 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15916 quit spell session exited.
15917
15918 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
15919
15920 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
15921 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15922 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15923
15924 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
15925
15926 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
15927 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15928
15929 Selections are:
15930
15931 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15932 SPC: Accept word this time.
15933 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15934 `a': Accept word for this session.
15935 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15936 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15937 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15938 `?': Show these commands.
15939 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15940 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15941 the aborted check to be completed later.
15942 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15943 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15944 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15945 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15946 `C-l': redraws screen
15947 `C-r': recursive edit
15948 `C-z': suspend Emacs or iconify frame
15949
15950 \(fn)" nil nil)
15951
15952 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
15953 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15954 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15955
15956 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
15957
15958 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
15959 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15960 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15961 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15962
15963 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15964
15965 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15966
15967 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
15968 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15969 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15970 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15971
15972 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15973
15974 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
15975 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15976
15977 \(fn)" t nil)
15978
15979 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
15980 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15981
15982 \(fn)" t nil)
15983
15984 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
15985 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15986
15987 \(fn)" t nil)
15988
15989 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
15990 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15991 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15992 sequence inside of a word.
15993
15994 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15995
15996 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
15997
15998 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
15999 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16000
16001 \(fn)" t nil)
16002
16003 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
16004 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16005 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16006 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16007
16008 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16009 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16010 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16011 available on the net.
16012
16013 \(fn)" t nil)
16014
16015 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
16016 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16017 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
16018
16019 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16020 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16021
16022 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16023 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16024
16025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16026
16027 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
16028 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16029 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16030 Don't check included messages.
16031
16032 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16033 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16034 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16035
16036 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16037 in your .emacs file:
16038 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16039 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16040 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16041 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16042
16043 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16044 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16045 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16046
16047 \(fn)" t nil)
16048
16049 ;;;***
16050 \f
16051 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17435
16052 ;;;;;; 13995))
16053 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16054
16055 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16056 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16057 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16058 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16059 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16060 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16061
16062 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" nil)
16063
16064 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
16065 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16066 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
16067 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16068 `iswitchb' for details.
16069
16070 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16071
16072 ;;;***
16073 \f
16074 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16075 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16076 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16077 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17113 1828))
16078 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16079
16080 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
16081 Not documented
16082
16083 \(fn)" nil nil)
16084
16085 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
16086 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16087 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16088 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16089 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16090 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16091 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16092 necessary to represent OBJ.
16093
16094 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16095
16096 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
16097 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16098 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16099 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16100
16101 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16102
16103 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
16104 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16105 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16106 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16107 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16108
16109 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16110
16111 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
16112 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16113 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16114 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16115
16116 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16117
16118 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
16119 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16120 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16121 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16122
16123 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16124
16125 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
16126 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16127
16128 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16129
16130 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16131 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16132 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16133 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16134 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16135
16136 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16137
16138 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16139 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16140 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16141 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16142 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16143
16144 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16145
16146 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
16147 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16148 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16149
16150 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16151
16152 ;;;***
16153 \f
16154 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16155 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (17412 54164))
16156 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16157
16158 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16159 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16160 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16161 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16162
16163 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
16164 Not documented
16165
16166 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16167
16168 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
16169 Uninstall jka-compr.
16170 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16171 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16172 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16173
16174 \(fn)" nil nil)
16175
16176 ;;;***
16177 \f
16178 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16179 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16180 ;;;;;; (17383 40547))
16181 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16182
16183 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16184 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16185 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16186 decimal key must be specified.")
16187
16188 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" nil)
16189
16190 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16191 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16192 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16193 decimal key must be specified.")
16194
16195 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad" nil)
16196
16197 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16198 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16199 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16200 decimal key must be specified.")
16201
16202 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16203
16204 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16205 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16206 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16207 decimal key must be specified.")
16208
16209 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16210
16211 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
16212 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
16213 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16214 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16215 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16216 keys are bound.
16217
16218 Setup Binding
16219 -------------------------------------------------------------
16220 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16221 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16222 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16223 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16224 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16225 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16226 in the global and local keymaps.
16227
16228 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16229 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16230
16231 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16232
16233 ;;;***
16234 \f
16235 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16236 ;;;;;; (17301 31792))
16237 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16238
16239 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
16240 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16241 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16242
16243 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16244 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16245 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16246 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16247 shorter.
16248
16249 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16250 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16251 the context of text formatting.
16252
16253 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16254
16255 ;;;***
16256 \f
16257 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17721
16258 ;;;;;; 3805))
16259 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16260
16261 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16262 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16263 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16264 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16265 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16266 positions that contains the current selection.")
16267
16268 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
16269 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16270 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16271 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16272 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16273 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16274 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16275
16276 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16277
16278 ;;;***
16279 \f
16280 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16281 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16282 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16283 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (17647 30168))
16284 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16285 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16286 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16287 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16288 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16289 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16290 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16291 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16292
16293 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
16294 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16295 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16296 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16297 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16298
16299 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16300
16301 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16302 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16303 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16304
16305 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16306 defining the macro.
16307
16308 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16309 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16310 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16311
16312 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16313 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16314
16315 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16316
16317 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
16318 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16319 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16320 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16321 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16322 under that name.
16323
16324 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16325 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16326 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16327
16328 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16329
16330 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16331 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16332 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16333
16334 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16335 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16336 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16337 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16338
16339 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16340 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16341
16342 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16343
16344 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
16345 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16346 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16347
16348 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16349 macro.
16350
16351 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16352 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16353
16354 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16355 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16356 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
16357
16358 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16359 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16360
16361 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16362
16363 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16364 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16365 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16366 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16367
16368 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16369
16370 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16371 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16372 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16373 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16374
16375 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16376 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16377
16378 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16379
16380 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
16381 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16382 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16383
16384 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16385
16386 ;;;***
16387 \f
16388 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
16389 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
16390 ;;;;;; (17113 1829))
16391 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16392
16393 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
16394
16395 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
16396 Not documented
16397
16398 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16399
16400 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
16401 Not documented
16402
16403 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16404
16405 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
16406 Not documented
16407
16408 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16409
16410 ;;;***
16411 \f
16412 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16413 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (17113 1829))
16414 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16415
16416 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16417 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16418 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16419
16420 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
16421 Not documented
16422
16423 \(fn)" nil nil)
16424
16425 ;;;***
16426 \f
16427 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16428 ;;;;;; (17580 16977))
16429 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16430
16431 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
16432
16433 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
16434 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16435
16436 \(fn)" t nil)
16437
16438 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
16439
16440 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
16441 Start or resume an Lm game.
16442 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16443 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16444
16445 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16446 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16447 none / 1 | yes | no
16448 2 | yes | yes
16449 3 | no | yes
16450 4 | no | no
16451
16452 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16453 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16454 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16455
16456 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16457
16458 ;;;***
16459 \f
16460 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
16461 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
16462 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17113
16463 ;;;;;; 1829))
16464 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16465
16466 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
16467 Not documented
16468
16469 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16470
16471 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
16472 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16473 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16474 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16475 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16476 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16477
16478 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16479 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16480
16481 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16482
16483 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
16484 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16485
16486 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16487
16488 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
16489 Not documented
16490
16491 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16492
16493 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
16494 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
16495 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16496 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16497 to compose.
16498
16499 The return value is number of composed characters.
16500
16501 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16502
16503 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
16504 Not documented
16505
16506 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16507
16508 ;;;***
16509 \f
16510 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16511 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16512 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17664 29029))
16513 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16514
16515 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16516 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16517 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16518 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16519
16520 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc" t)
16521
16522 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16523 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16524 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16525
16526 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16527
16528 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
16529 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16530 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16531
16532 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16533
16534 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16535 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16536 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16537 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16538
16539 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16540
16541 ;;;***
16542 \f
16543 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16544 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17113 1818))
16545 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16546
16547 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16548 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16549 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16550 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16551 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16552 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16553 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16554 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16555
16556 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16557 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16558
16559 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16560 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16561
16562 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" nil)
16563
16564 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
16565 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16566 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16567 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16568 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16569 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16570 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16571 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16572
16573 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16574
16575 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16576 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16577 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16578 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16579
16580 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16581 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16582
16583 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp" nil)
16584
16585 ;;;***
16586 \f
16587 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16588 ;;;;;; (17606 37927))
16589 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16590
16591 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
16592
16593 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
16594
16595 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
16596 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16597
16598 \(fn)" t nil)
16599
16600 ;;;***
16601 \f
16602 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16603 ;;;;;; (17383 40509))
16604 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16605
16606 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16607 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16608
16609 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16610 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16611
16612 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16613 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16614
16615 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
16616 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16617 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16618 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16619 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16620 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16621 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16622 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16623 and transmit saved text.
16624 \\{ledit-mode-map}
16625 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16626 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16627
16628 \(fn)" t nil)
16629
16630 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
16631 Not documented
16632
16633 \(fn)" nil nil)
16634
16635 ;;;***
16636 \f
16637 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17666 44372))
16638 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16639
16640 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
16641 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16642 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16643 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16644 generations (this defaults to 1).
16645
16646 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16647
16648 ;;;***
16649 \f
16650 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17741
16651 ;;;;;; 9723))
16652 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16653
16654 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
16655 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
16656 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16657 is nil, raise an error.
16658
16659 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
16660 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
16661 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
16662 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
16663 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
16664 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
16665 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
16666 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
16667 such as redefining an Emacs function.
16668
16669 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16670
16671 ;;;***
16672 \f
16673 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16674 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (17666 44372))
16675 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16676
16677 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16678 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16679 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16680
16681 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate" t)
16682
16683 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
16684 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16685 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16686 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16687
16688 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16689 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16690 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16691 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16692 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16693 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16694 the version.)
16695
16696 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16697 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16698
16699 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16700 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16701
16702 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
16703
16704 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
16705 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16706 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16707 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16708 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16709 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16710 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16711 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16712 to constrain a big search.
16713
16714 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16715 except that FILTER is not optional.
16716
16717 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
16718
16719 ;;;***
16720 \f
16721 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (17493 6877))
16722 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16723
16724 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
16725 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16726 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16727 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16728 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
16729 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16730 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16731 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16732 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
16733 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
16734 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16735 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16736 uses the current buffer.
16737
16738 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16739
16740 ;;;***
16741 \f
16742 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17493
16743 ;;;;;; 6878))
16744 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16745
16746 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
16747 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16748
16749 \(fn)" t nil)
16750
16751 ;;;***
16752 \f
16753 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (17710
16754 ;;;;;; 3074))
16755 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16756
16757 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
16758 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16759 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16760 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16761 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16762
16763 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16764 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16765 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16766
16767 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16768 are indicated with a symbol.
16769
16770 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16771
16772 ;;;***
16773 \f
16774 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16775 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17681
16776 ;;;;;; 41541))
16777 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16778
16779 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
16780
16781 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
16782
16783 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
16784 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16785 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16786
16787 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16788 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16789
16790 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16791 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16792 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16793 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16794 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16795 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16796 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16797
16798 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr" t)
16799
16800 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16801 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16802 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16803 switch on this list.
16804 See `lpr-command'.")
16805
16806 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr" t)
16807
16808 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
16809 *Name of program for printing a file.
16810
16811 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16812 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16813 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16814 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16815 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16816 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16817 argument.")
16818
16819 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr" t)
16820
16821 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
16822 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16823 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16824 for customization of the printer command.
16825
16826 \(fn)" t nil)
16827
16828 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
16829 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16830
16831 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16832 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16833 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16834 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16835
16836 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16837 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16838
16839 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16840 for further customization of the printer command.
16841
16842 \(fn)" t nil)
16843
16844 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
16845 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16846 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16847 for customization of the printer command.
16848
16849 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16850
16851 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
16852 Paginate and print the region contents.
16853
16854 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16855 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16856 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16857 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16858
16859 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16860 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16861
16862 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16863 for further customization of the printer command.
16864
16865 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16866
16867 ;;;***
16868 \f
16869 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16870 ;;;;;; (17383 40511))
16871 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16872
16873 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16874 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16875 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16876
16877 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" t)
16878
16879 ;;;***
16880 \f
16881 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17386
16882 ;;;;;; 21901))
16883 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16884
16885 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
16886 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16887 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
16888
16889 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16890
16891 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16892
16893 ;;;***
16894 \f
16895 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17388
16896 ;;;;;; 57147))
16897 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16898
16899 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
16900 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16901 \\{m4-mode-map}
16902
16903 \(fn)" t nil)
16904
16905 ;;;***
16906 \f
16907 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16908 ;;;;;; (17383 40541))
16909 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16910
16911 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
16912 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16913 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16914 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16915 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16916
16917 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16918
16919 ;;;***
16920 \f
16921 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16922 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17383 40511))
16923 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16924
16925 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16926 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16927 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16928 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16929 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16930
16931 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16932
16933 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16934 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16935 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16936 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16937
16938 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16939 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16940 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16941 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16942 bindings.
16943
16944 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16945 use this command, and then save the file.
16946
16947 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16948
16949 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
16950 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16951 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16952 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16953 each time the macro executes.
16954 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16955 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16956 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16957 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16958 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16959 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16960 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16961
16962 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
16963
16964 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
16965 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16966 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16967 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16968
16969 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16970 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16971 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16972 execute.
16973
16974 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16975 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16976
16977 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16978 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16979 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16980 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16981 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16982
16983 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16984 looked like this:
16985
16986 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16987 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16988 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16989
16990 You could enter the names in this format:
16991
16992 foo
16993 bar
16994 baz
16995
16996 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16997
16998 \\C-x (
16999 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17000 \\C-x )
17001
17002 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17003 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17004
17005 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17006 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17007
17008 ;;;***
17009 \f
17010 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17011 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (17383 40556))
17012 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17013
17014 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
17015 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17016 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17017 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17018 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17019 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17020
17021 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17022 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17023 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17024 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17025 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17026
17027 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17028 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17029 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17030 consing a string.)
17031
17032 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17033
17034 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
17035 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17036
17037 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17038
17039 ;;;***
17040 \f
17041 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17042 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17043 ;;;;;; (17383 40557))
17044 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17045
17046 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
17047 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17048
17049 \(fn)" nil nil)
17050
17051 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
17052 Not documented
17053
17054 \(fn)" nil nil)
17055
17056 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17057 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17058
17059 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist" t)
17060
17061 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
17062 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17063 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17064 message.
17065
17066 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17067
17068 \(fn)" nil nil)
17069
17070 ;;;***
17071 \f
17072 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17073 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17074 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17383
17075 ;;;;;; 40557))
17076 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17077
17078 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17079 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17080 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17081 often correct parser.")
17082
17083 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" t)
17084
17085 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
17086 Not documented
17087
17088 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17089
17090 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17091 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17092 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17093 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17094
17095 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17096
17097 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17098 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17099 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17100 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17101
17102 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17103
17104 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
17105 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17106 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17107 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17108 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17109 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17110 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17111 as Rmail does.
17112
17113 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17114
17115 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
17116 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17117 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17118 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17119 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17120 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17121
17122 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17123
17124 ;;;***
17125 \f
17126 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
17127 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17383 40557))
17128 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17129
17130 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
17131 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17132
17133 \(fn)" nil nil)
17134
17135 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
17136 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17137 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17138
17139 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17140
17141 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
17142 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17143 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17144
17145 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17146
17147 ;;;***
17148 \f
17149 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17150 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17383
17151 ;;;;;; 40557))
17152 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17153
17154 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
17155 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17156 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17157 king@grassland.com
17158 If `parens', they look like:
17159 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17160 If `angles', they look like:
17161 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17162
17163 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias" t)
17164
17165 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
17166 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17167 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17168 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17169 their `Resent-' variants.
17170
17171 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17172 removed from alias expansions.
17173
17174 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17175
17176 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
17177 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17178 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17179
17180 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17181 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17182 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17183 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17184
17185 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17186
17187 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
17188 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17189 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17190 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17191
17192 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17193
17194 ;;;***
17195 \f
17196 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17197 ;;;;;; (17383 40557))
17198 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17199
17200 (autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
17201 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17202 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17203 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17204
17205 \(fn)" nil nil)
17206
17207 ;;;***
17208 \f
17209 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17210 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17211 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (17693 43099))
17212 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17213
17214 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
17215 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17216
17217 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17218 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17219 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17220 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17221 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17222 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17223
17224 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17225 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17226 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17227 dependency, despite the colon.
17228
17229 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17230
17231 In the browser, use the following keys:
17232
17233 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17234
17235 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17236
17237 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17238 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17239
17240 `makefile-target-colon':
17241 The string that gets appended to all target names
17242 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17243 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17244
17245 `makefile-macro-assign':
17246 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17247 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17248 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17249 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17250 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17251 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17252
17253 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17254 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17255 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17256
17257 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17258 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17259
17260 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17261 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17262 up or down in the browser.
17263
17264 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17265 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17266
17267 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17268 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17269
17270 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17271 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17272 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17273 has been selected in the browser.
17274
17275 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17276 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17277 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17278 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17279 filenames are omitted.
17280
17281 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17282 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17283 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17284 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17285 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17286 the backslash itself intact.
17287 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17288 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17289
17290 `makefile-browser-hook':
17291 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17292 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17293
17294 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17295 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17296 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17297 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17298
17299 \(fn)" t nil)
17300
17301 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17302 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17303
17304 \(fn)" t nil)
17305
17306 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17307 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17308
17309 \(fn)" t nil)
17310
17311 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
17312 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17313
17314 \(fn)" t nil)
17315
17316 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17317 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17318
17319 \(fn)" t nil)
17320
17321 (autoload (quote makefile-imake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17322 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17323
17324 \(fn)" t nil)
17325
17326 ;;;***
17327 \f
17328 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17383
17329 ;;;;;; 40511))
17330 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17331
17332 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
17333 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17334 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17335
17336 \(fn)" t nil)
17337
17338 ;;;***
17339 \f
17340 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17658 46726))
17341 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17342
17343 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
17344
17345 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
17346 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17347 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17348 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17349 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17350 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17351 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17352
17353 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17354 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17355 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17356 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17357
17358 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17359
17360 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
17361 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17362
17363 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17364
17365 ;;;***
17366 \f
17367 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17149 56126))
17368 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17369
17370 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
17371 Toggle Master mode.
17372 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17373 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17374 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17375
17376 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17377 following commands:
17378
17379 \\{master-mode-map}
17380
17381 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17382 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17383 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17384
17385 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17386
17387 ;;;***
17388 \f
17389 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17742
17390 ;;;;;; 29758))
17391 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17392
17393 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17394
17395 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17396 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17397 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17398 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17399 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17400 or call the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17401
17402 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" nil)
17403
17404 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
17405 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17406 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17407 created in the future.
17408 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17409 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17410
17411 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17412
17413 ;;;***
17414 \f
17415 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
17416 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17417 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17418 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17419 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17420 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
17421 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
17422 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
17423 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
17424 ;;;;;; message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
17425 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (17726 26879))
17426 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17427
17428 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
17429 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
17430
17431 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17432 king@grassland.com
17433 If `parens', they look like:
17434 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17435 If `angles', they look like:
17436 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
17437
17438 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
17439 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
17440
17441 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message" t)
17442
17443 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
17444 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
17445
17446 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message" t)
17447
17448 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
17449 *Local news organization file.")
17450
17451 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message" t)
17452
17453 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
17454 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
17455 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
17456 variable `mail-header-separator'.
17457
17458 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
17459 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
17460 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
17461
17462 See also `send-mail-function'.")
17463
17464 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message" t)
17465
17466 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
17467 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
17468
17469 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
17470 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
17471 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
17472 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
17473
17474 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message" t)
17475
17476 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
17477 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
17478 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
17479 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
17480
17481 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message" t)
17482
17483 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
17484 *Function for citing an original message.
17485 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
17486 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
17487 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
17488
17489 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message" t)
17490
17491 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
17492 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
17493 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
17494 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
17495 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
17496
17497 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message" t)
17498
17499 (defvar message-signature t "\
17500 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
17501 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
17502 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
17503 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
17504
17505 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message" t)
17506
17507 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
17508 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
17509 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
17510 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
17511
17512 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message" t)
17513
17514 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
17515 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
17516
17517 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message" t)
17518
17519 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
17520
17521 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
17522 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17523 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17524 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17525 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17526 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17527 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17528 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17529 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17530 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17531 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17532 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17533 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17534 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17535 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17536 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17537 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17538 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17539 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17540 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17541 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17542 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17543 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17544 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17545 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17546 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17547 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17548 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17549 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17550 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17551 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17552 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17553 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17554 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17555 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17556 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17557 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17558
17559 \(fn)" t nil)
17560
17561 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
17562 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17563 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
17564
17565 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17566
17567 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
17568 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17569
17570 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17571
17572 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
17573 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17574
17575 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17576
17577 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
17578 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17579
17580 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17581
17582 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
17583 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17584 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17585
17586 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17587
17588 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
17589 Cancel an article you posted.
17590 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17591
17592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17593
17594 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
17595 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17596 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17597 header line with the old Message-ID.
17598
17599 \(fn)" t nil)
17600
17601 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
17602 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17603
17604 \(fn)" t nil)
17605
17606 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
17607 Forward the current message via mail.
17608 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17609 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17610
17611 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17612
17613 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
17614 Not documented
17615
17616 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17617
17618 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
17619 Not documented
17620
17621 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17622
17623 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
17624 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17625
17626 \(fn)" t nil)
17627
17628 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
17629 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17630
17631 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17632
17633 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
17634 Re-mail the current message.
17635 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17636 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17637 you.
17638
17639 \(fn)" t nil)
17640
17641 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
17642 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17643
17644 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17645
17646 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
17647 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17648
17649 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17650
17651 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
17652 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17653
17654 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17655
17656 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
17657 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17658
17659 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17660
17661 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
17662 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17663 Works by overstriking characters.
17664 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17665 which specify the range to operate on.
17666
17667 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17668
17669 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
17670 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17671 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17672 which specify the range to operate on.
17673
17674 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17675
17676 ;;;***
17677 \f
17678 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17679 ;;;;;; (17388 57147))
17680 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17681
17682 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17683 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17684 Special commands:
17685 \\{meta-mode-map}
17686
17687 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17688 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17689
17690 \(fn)" t nil)
17691
17692 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17693 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17694 Special commands:
17695 \\{meta-mode-map}
17696
17697 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17698 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17699
17700 \(fn)" t nil)
17701
17702 ;;;***
17703 \f
17704 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17705 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17706 ;;;;;; (17383 40558))
17707 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17708
17709 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
17710 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17711 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17712
17713 \(fn)" t nil)
17714
17715 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
17716 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17717 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17718 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17719 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17720 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17721 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17722
17723 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17724
17725 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
17726 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17727 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17728 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17729 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17730 means current).
17731 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17732 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17733
17734 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17735
17736 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
17737 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17738 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17739 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17740 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17741 means current).
17742 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17743 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17744
17745 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17746
17747 ;;;***
17748 \f
17749 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17750 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17751 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (17689 39398))
17752 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17753
17754 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
17755 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17756 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17757
17758 \(fn)" t nil)
17759
17760 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
17761 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17762 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17763
17764 \(fn)" t nil)
17765
17766 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
17767 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17768
17769 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17770 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17771 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17772
17773 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17774 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17775
17776 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17777 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17778
17779 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17780
17781 (define-mail-user-agent (quote mh-e-user-agent) (quote mh-user-agent-compose) (quote mh-send-letter) (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) (quote mh-before-send-letter-hook))
17782
17783 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
17784 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17785 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17786 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17787 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17788 as `compose-mail'.
17789
17790 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17791 initial Subject field, respectively.
17792
17793 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17794 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17795 are strings.
17796
17797 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
17798 ignored.
17799
17800 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17801
17802 (autoload (quote mh-send-letter) "mh-comp" "\
17803 Save draft and send message.
17804
17805 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17806 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17807 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17808 Mail Delivery*\".
17809
17810 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17811 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17812 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17813
17814 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17815 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17816 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17817 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17818 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17819 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17820
17821 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17822 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17823
17824 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17825
17826 (autoload (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) "mh-comp" "\
17827 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17828
17829 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17830 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17831 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17832 delete the draft message.
17833
17834 \(fn)" t nil)
17835
17836 ;;;***
17837 \f
17838 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (17578 48556))
17839 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17840
17841 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17842
17843 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17844
17845 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17846
17847 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
17848 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17849
17850 \(fn)" t nil)
17851
17852 ;;;***
17853 \f
17854 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17855 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (17481 10284))
17856 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17857
17858 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-folder" "\
17859 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17860 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17861
17862 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17863 the MH mail system.
17864
17865 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17866
17867 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-folder" "\
17868 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17869 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17870
17871 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17872 the MH mail system.
17873
17874 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17875
17876 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-folder" "\
17877 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17878
17879 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17880 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17881 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17882 separate command.
17883
17884 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17885 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17886 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17887 format.
17888
17889 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17890
17891 Ranges
17892 ======
17893 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17894 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17895 can be used in several ways.
17896
17897 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17898 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17899 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17900 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17901 page):
17902
17903 <num1>-<num2>
17904 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17905 The range must be nonempty.
17906
17907 <num>:N
17908 <num>:+N
17909 <num>:-N
17910 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17911 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17912 last.
17913
17914 first:N
17915 prev:N
17916 next:N
17917 last:N
17918 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17919
17920 all
17921 All of the messages.
17922
17923 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17924 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17925
17926 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17927 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17928 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17929
17930 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17931
17932 \(fn)" t nil)
17933
17934 ;;;***
17935 \f
17936 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17937 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (17727 45583))
17938 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17939
17940 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
17941 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17942 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17943 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17944 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17945 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17946 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17947 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17948 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17949 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17950 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17951
17952 \(fn)" t nil)
17953
17954 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
17955 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17956 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17957 to its second argument TM.
17958
17959 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17960
17961 ;;;***
17962 \f
17963 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17964 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (17383 40512))
17965 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17966
17967 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17968 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17969 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17970 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17971 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17972 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17973
17974 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" nil)
17975
17976 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
17977 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17978 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
17979 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
17980 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
17981 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
17982 default indication.
17983
17984 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17985 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17986
17987 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17988
17989 ;;;***
17990 \f
17991 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17992 ;;;;;; (17388 57148))
17993 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17994
17995 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
17996 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
17997 \\{mixal-mode-map}
17998
17999 \(fn)" t nil)
18000
18001 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
18002
18003 ;;;***
18004 \f
18005 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
18006 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
18007 ;;;;;; (17345 11257))
18008 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
18009
18010 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
18011 Not documented
18012
18013 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
18014
18015 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
18016 Not documented
18017
18018 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
18019
18020 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
18021 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
18022 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
18023 PATTERN regexp.
18024
18025 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
18026
18027 ;;;***
18028 \f
18029 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18030 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (17632 36219))
18031 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18032
18033 (autoload (quote mm-extern-cache-contents) "mm-extern" "\
18034 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18035
18036 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18037
18038 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
18039 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18040 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18041 the entire message.
18042 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18043
18044 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18045
18046 ;;;***
18047 \f
18048 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18049 ;;;;;; (17382 22962))
18050 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18051
18052 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
18053 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18054 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18055 the entire message.
18056 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18057
18058 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18059
18060 ;;;***
18061 \f
18062 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18063 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17605 17813))
18064 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18065
18066 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
18067 Insert file contents of URL.
18068 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18069
18070 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18071
18072 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
18073 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18074
18075 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18076
18077 ;;;***
18078 \f
18079 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18080 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17715 55646))
18081 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18082
18083 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
18084 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18085 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18086 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18087 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18088
18089 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18090
18091 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect-text-parts) "mm-uu" "\
18092 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18093 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18094
18095 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18096
18097 ;;;***
18098 \f
18099 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18100 ;;;;;; (17493 6879))
18101 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18102
18103 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
18104 Not documented
18105
18106 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18107
18108 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
18109 Not documented
18110
18111 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18112
18113 ;;;***
18114 \f
18115 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18116 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18117 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17495 54698))
18118 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18119
18120 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
18121 Not documented
18122
18123 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18124
18125 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
18126 Not documented
18127
18128 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18129
18130 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
18131 Not documented
18132
18133 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18134
18135 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
18136 Not documented
18137
18138 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18139
18140 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18141 Not documented
18142
18143 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18144
18145 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
18146 Not documented
18147
18148 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18149
18150 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18151 Not documented
18152
18153 \(fn)" nil nil)
18154
18155 ;;;***
18156 \f
18157 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18158 ;;;;;; (17278 8063))
18159 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18160
18161 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
18162 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18163 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18164 followed by the first character of the construct.
18165 \\<m2-mode-map>
18166 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18167 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18168 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18169 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18170 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18171 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18172 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18173 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18174 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18175 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18176 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18177 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18178 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18179 \\[m2-link] link
18180
18181 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18182 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18183 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18184
18185 \(fn)" t nil)
18186
18187 ;;;***
18188 \f
18189 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18190 ;;;;;; (17382 22978))
18191 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18192
18193 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
18194 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18195
18196 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18197
18198 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
18199 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18200
18201 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18202
18203 ;;;***
18204 \f
18205 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17704
18206 ;;;;;; 3961))
18207 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18208
18209 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18210 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18211 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18212 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18213 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18214 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18215
18216 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" nil)
18217
18218 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
18219 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18220 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18221 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18222
18223 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18224
18225 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18226
18227 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18228
18229 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18230 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18231 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18232 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18233 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18234 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18235
18236 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18237 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18238 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18239 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18240 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18241
18242 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18243 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18244
18245 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18246 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18247
18248 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18249
18250 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18251 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18252 primary selection and region.
18253
18254 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18255
18256 ;;;***
18257 \f
18258 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17382 22978))
18259 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18260
18261 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
18262 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18263
18264 \(fn)" t nil)
18265
18266 ;;;***
18267 \f
18268 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (17565 13037))
18269 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18270
18271 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18272 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18273 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18274 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18275 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18276 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18277
18278 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" nil)
18279
18280 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
18281 Toggle Msb mode.
18282 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18283 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18284 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18285
18286 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18287
18288 ;;;***
18289 \f
18290 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
18291 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18292 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18293 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18294 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18295 ;;;;;; (17623 45182))
18296 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18297
18298 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
18299 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
18300 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
18301 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
18302 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
18303 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
18304 set of ISO charsets.
18305
18306 Each element has the following format:
18307 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
18308
18309 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
18310
18311 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
18312 CHARSET are mapped.
18313
18314 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
18315 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
18316 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
18317 character code in CHARSET.
18318
18319 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
18320 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
18321 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
18322 or
18323 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
18324 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
18325 TO2, or...
18326 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
18327 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
18328
18329 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
18330 Display a list of all character sets.
18331
18332 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
18333 internal Emacs use.
18334
18335 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
18336 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
18337 hexadecimal digits.
18338 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
18339 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
18340
18341 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18342 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18343 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18344 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18345
18346 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18347 but still shows the full information.
18348
18349 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18350
18351 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
18352 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18353 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
18354 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
18355 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18356
18357 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18358 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18359 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18360 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18361 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18362
18363 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18364
18365 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
18366 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
18367 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
18368 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
18369 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18370
18371 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18372
18373 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
18374 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18375
18376 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18377
18378 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18379 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18380
18381 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18382
18383 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
18384 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18385
18386 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18387 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18388 in place of `..':
18389 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18390 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18391 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18392 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18393 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18394 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18395 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18396 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18397 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18398 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18399 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18400 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18401 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18402 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18403 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18404 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18405
18406 \(fn)" t nil)
18407
18408 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18409 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18410
18411 \(fn)" t nil)
18412
18413 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
18414 Display a list of all coding systems.
18415 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18416
18417 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18418 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18419
18420 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18421
18422 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
18423 Display a list of all coding categories.
18424
18425 \(fn)" nil nil)
18426
18427 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
18428 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18429 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18430
18431 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18432
18433 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
18434 Display information about FONTSET.
18435 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18436
18437 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18438
18439 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
18440 Display a list of all fontsets.
18441 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18442 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18443 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18444
18445 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18446
18447 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
18448 Display information about all input methods.
18449
18450 \(fn)" t nil)
18451
18452 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
18453 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18454
18455 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18456 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18457 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18458 system which uses fontsets).
18459
18460 \(fn)" t nil)
18461
18462 ;;;***
18463 \f
18464 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18465 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18466 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18467 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18468 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18469 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17113 1819))
18470 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18471
18472 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
18473 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18474 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18475
18476 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18477
18478 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18479
18480 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18481 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18482
18483 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18484 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18485
18486 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
18487 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18488
18489 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18490
18491 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
18492 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18493 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18494 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18495 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18496 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18497 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18498
18499 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18500 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18501 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18502 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18503 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18504 middle of a character in STR.
18505
18506 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18507 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18508
18509 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18510 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18511 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18512 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18513 defaults to \"...\".
18514
18515 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18516
18517 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18518 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18519
18520 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18521 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18522 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18523
18524 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18525 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18526 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18527
18528 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18529 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18530 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18531 is considered.
18532 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18533 longer than KEYSEQ.
18534 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18535
18536 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18537
18538 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18539 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18540 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18541 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18542 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18543 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18544 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18545 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18546 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18547 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18548 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18549
18550 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18551
18552 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18553 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18554
18555 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18556
18557 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18558 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18559
18560 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18561
18562 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
18563 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
18564
18565 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18566
18567 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
18568 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
18569
18570 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18571
18572 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
18573 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18574 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18575 coding systems ordered by priority.
18576
18577 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18578
18579 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
18580 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18581 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18582 language environment LANG-ENV.
18583
18584 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18585
18586 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
18587 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18588 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18589 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18590 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18591 basis, this may not be accurate.
18592
18593 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18594
18595 ;;;***
18596 \f
18597 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18598 ;;;;;; (17504 20511))
18599 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18600
18601 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18602 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18603 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18604 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18605 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18606 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18607
18608 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" nil)
18609
18610 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
18611 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18612 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18613 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18614
18615 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18616
18617 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
18618 Enable mouse wheel support.
18619
18620 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18621
18622 ;;;***
18623 \f
18624 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18625 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18626 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
18627 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17383 40565))
18628 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18629
18630 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
18631 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18632
18633 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18634
18635 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
18636 Ping HOST.
18637 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18638 `ping-program-options'.
18639
18640 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18641
18642 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
18643 Run ipconfig program.
18644
18645 \(fn)" t nil)
18646
18647 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
18648
18649 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
18650 Run netstat program.
18651
18652 \(fn)" t nil)
18653
18654 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
18655 Run the arp program.
18656
18657 \(fn)" t nil)
18658
18659 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
18660 Run the route program.
18661
18662 \(fn)" t nil)
18663
18664 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18665 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18666
18667 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18668
18669 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
18670 Run nslookup program.
18671
18672 \(fn)" t nil)
18673
18674 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18675 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18676
18677 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18678
18679 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
18680 Run dig program.
18681
18682 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18683
18684 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
18685 Run ftp program.
18686
18687 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18688
18689 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
18690 Finger USER on HOST.
18691
18692 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18693
18694 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
18695 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18696 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18697 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18698
18699 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18700
18701 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
18702 Not documented
18703
18704 \(fn)" t nil)
18705
18706 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
18707 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18708
18709 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18710
18711 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
18712 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18713
18714 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18715
18716 ;;;***
18717 \f
18718 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18719 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18720 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18721 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18722 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18723 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (17707 61789))
18724 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18725
18726 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
18727
18728 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
18729
18730 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
18731
18732 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
18733
18734 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
18735 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18736 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18737 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18738 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18739 Major modes should set this variable.")
18740
18741 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18742 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18743 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
18744 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18745 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
18746 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
18747
18748 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment" t)
18749 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18750
18751 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18752 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18753 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18754
18755 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18756 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18757 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18758 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18759 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18760
18761 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18762 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18763 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18764
18765 (defvar comment-end "" "\
18766 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18767 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18768 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18769
18770 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
18771 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18772 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18773 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18774 column indentation or nil.
18775 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18776
18777 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18778 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18779 The function has no args.
18780
18781 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18782 comments always start in column zero.")
18783
18784 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
18785 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18786 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18787
18788 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment" t)
18789
18790 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
18791 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18792 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18793 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18794
18795 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18796 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18797
18798 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment" t)
18799
18800 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18801 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18802 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18803 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18804 customize this variable.
18805
18806 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18807 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18808
18809 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment" t)
18810
18811 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
18812 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18813 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18814 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18815 the variables are properly set.
18816
18817 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18818
18819 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
18820 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18821
18822 \(fn)" nil nil)
18823
18824 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
18825 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18826 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18827
18828 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18829
18830 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
18831 Set the comment column based on point.
18832 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18833 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18834 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18835 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18836
18837 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18838
18839 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
18840 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
18841 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18842
18843 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18844
18845 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18846 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18847 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18848 comment markers.
18849
18850 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18851
18852 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
18853 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18854 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18855 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18856 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18857 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
18858 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
18859 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
18860
18861 The strings used as comment starts are built from
18862 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
18863
18864 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18865
18866 (autoload (quote comment-box) "newcomment" "\
18867 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
18868 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
18869 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
18870
18871 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18872
18873 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18874 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18875 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18876 is passed on to the respective function.
18877
18878 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18879
18880 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
18881 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18882 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18883 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18884 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18885 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
18886 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18887 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18888 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
18889
18890 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18891
18892 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18893 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18894 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18895
18896 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment" t)
18897
18898 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
18899 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18900 This indents the body of the continued comment
18901 under the previous comment line.
18902
18903 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18904 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18905 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18906
18907 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18908 or comment indentation.
18909
18910 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18911 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18912
18913 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18914
18915 ;;;***
18916 \f
18917 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
18918 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
18919 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (17383 40565))
18920 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
18921
18922 (autoload (quote newsticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
18923 Check whether newsticker is running.
18924 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18925 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18926
18927 \(fn)" nil nil)
18928
18929 (autoload (quote newsticker-ticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
18930 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18931 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18932 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18933 empty.
18934
18935 \(fn)" nil nil)
18936
18937 (autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
18938 Start the newsticker.
18939 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18940 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18941 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18942 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18943
18944 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18945
18946 (autoload (quote newsticker-start-ticker) "newsticker" "\
18947 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
18948 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
18949 running already.
18950
18951 \(fn)" t nil)
18952
18953 (autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
18954 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
18955
18956 \(fn)" t nil)
18957
18958 ;;;***
18959 \f
18960 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18961 ;;;;;; (17739 37748))
18962 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18963
18964 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
18965 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
18966
18967 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18968
18969 ;;;***
18970 \f
18971 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17382
18972 ;;;;;; 22964))
18973 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
18974
18975 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
18976 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
18977 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
18978 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
18979 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
18980 symbol in the alist.
18981
18982 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
18983
18984 ;;;***
18985 \f
18986 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
18987 ;;;;;; (17388 57134))
18988 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
18989
18990 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
18991 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
18992 This command does not work if you use short group names.
18993
18994 \(fn)" t nil)
18995
18996 ;;;***
18997 \f
18998 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
18999 ;;;;;; (17382 22966))
19000 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19001
19002 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
19003 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19004 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19005
19006 \(fn)" t nil)
19007
19008 ;;;***
19009 \f
19010 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19011 ;;;;;; (17382 22967))
19012 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19013
19014 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
19015 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19016
19017 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19018
19019 ;;;***
19020 \f
19021 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19022 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17739 37748))
19023 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19024
19025 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
19026 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19027
19028 \(fn)" t nil)
19029
19030 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19031 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19032
19033 \(fn)" t nil)
19034
19035 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19036 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19037
19038 \(fn)" t nil)
19039
19040 ;;;***
19041 \f
19042 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19043 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (17665 54360))
19044 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19045
19046 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
19047 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19048 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19049
19050 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
19051
19052 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
19053 Not documented
19054
19055 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19056
19057 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
19058 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19059 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19060 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19061 to future sessions.
19062
19063 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19064
19065 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
19066 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19067 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19068 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19069 to future sessions.
19070
19071 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19072
19073 ;;;***
19074 \f
19075 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19076 ;;;;;; (17383 57925))
19077 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19078
19079 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
19080 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19081 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19082 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19083 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19084 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19085
19086 \(fn)" t nil)
19087
19088 ;;;***
19089 \f
19090 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19091 ;;;;;; (17388 57148))
19092 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19093
19094 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
19095 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19096 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19097 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19098 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19099
19100 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
19101
19102 ;;;***
19103 \f
19104 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19105 ;;;;;; (17730 22879))
19106 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19107
19108 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
19109 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19110 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19111
19112 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19113
19114 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19115 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19116
19117 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19118 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19119 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19120
19121 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19122
19123 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
19124
19125 ;;;***
19126 \f
19127 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19128 ;;;;;; (17427 24977))
19129 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19130
19131 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
19132 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19133
19134 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19135 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19136 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19137 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19138
19139 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19140 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19141 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19142 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19143 is why you need this mode!).
19144
19145 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19146 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19147 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19148
19149 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19150
19151 Keybindings
19152 ===========
19153
19154 \\{octave-mode-map}
19155
19156 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19157 ==============================================
19158
19159 octave-auto-indent
19160 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19161 Default is nil.
19162
19163 octave-auto-newline
19164 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19165 Default is nil.
19166
19167 octave-blink-matching-block
19168 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19169 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19170
19171 octave-block-offset
19172 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19173 Default is 2.
19174
19175 octave-continuation-offset
19176 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19177 Default is 4.
19178
19179 octave-continuation-string
19180 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19181 Default is a backslash.
19182
19183 octave-mode-startup-message
19184 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
19185 Default is t.
19186
19187 octave-send-echo-input
19188 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19189 command to the inferior Octave process.
19190
19191 octave-send-line-auto-forward
19192 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19193 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19194
19195 octave-send-echo-input
19196 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19197
19198 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19199
19200 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19201 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19202
19203 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
19204 (setq auto-mode-alist
19205 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
19206
19207 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
19208 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19209
19210 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19211 (lambda ()
19212 (abbrev-mode 1)
19213 (auto-fill-mode 1)
19214 (if (eq window-system 'x)
19215 (font-lock-mode 1))))
19216
19217 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19218 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19219 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19220 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19221
19222 \(fn)" t nil)
19223
19224 ;;;***
19225 \f
19226 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19227 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl
19228 ;;;;;; org-remember-handler org-remember-apply-template org-remember-annotation
19229 ;;;;;; org-store-link org-tags-view org-diary org-todo-list org-agenda-list
19230 ;;;;;; org-agenda org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el"
19231 ;;;;;; (17742 39827))
19232 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19233
19234 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
19235 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19236 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19237
19238 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19239 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19240 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19241 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19242 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19243 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19244 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19245 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19246 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19247 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19248
19249 The following commands are available:
19250
19251 \\{org-mode-map}
19252
19253 \(fn)" t nil)
19254
19255 (autoload (quote org-cycle) "org" "\
19256 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19257
19258 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19259 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19260 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19261 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19262 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19263
19264 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19265 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19266 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19267 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19268 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19269 and zoom in further.
19270 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19271
19272 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19273 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19274 is negative, go up that many levels.
19275
19276 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19277 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19278 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19279
19280 - Special case: if point is the the beginning of the buffer and there is
19281 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19282
19283 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19284
19285 (autoload (quote org-global-cycle) "org" "\
19286 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19287
19288 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19289
19290 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
19291 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19292 Prompts for a character to select a command. Any prefix arg will be passed
19293 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19294
19295 a Call `org-agenda' to display the agenda for the current day or week.
19296 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19297 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19298 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19299 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19300 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19301 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19302
19303 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19304 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19305 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19306
19307 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19308 first press `1' to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily (until the
19309 next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19310
19311 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19312
19313 (autoload (quote org-agenda-list) "org" "\
19314 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19315 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
19316 will be able to go to other weeks.
19317 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
19318 also be shown, under the current date.
19319 With two \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all TODO entries marked DONE
19320 on the days are also shown. See the variable `org-log-done' for how
19321 to turn on logging.
19322 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19323 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19324 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19325
19326 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS KEEP-MODES)" t nil)
19327
19328 (autoload (quote org-todo-list) "org" "\
19329 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19330 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19331 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19332 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19333 `org-todo-keywords'.
19334
19335 \(fn ARG &optional KEEP-MODES)" t nil)
19336
19337 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
19338 Return diary information from org-files.
19339 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19340 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19341 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19342 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19343
19344 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19345 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19346 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19347
19348 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19349 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19350 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19351 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19352
19353 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19354 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19355 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19356
19357 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19358 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19359 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19360 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19361
19362 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19363
19364 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19365
19366 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19367 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19368
19369 &%%(org-diary)
19370
19371 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19372 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
19373 also be written as
19374
19375 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
19376
19377 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19378 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19379 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19380
19381 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19382
19383 (autoload (quote org-tags-view) "org" "\
19384 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19385 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19386
19387 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH KEEP-MODES)" t nil)
19388
19389 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
19390 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19391 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19392 \\[org-insert-link].
19393 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19394 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19395 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19396
19397 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19398
19399 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
19400 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19401 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19402 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19403 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19404
19405 \(fn)" nil nil)
19406
19407 (autoload (quote org-remember-apply-template) "org" "\
19408 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19409 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19410 to be run from that hook to fucntion properly.
19411
19412 \(fn)" nil nil)
19413
19414 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
19415 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19416 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19417 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19418 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19419 file the text at a specific location.
19420 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19421 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19422 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19423
19424 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19425 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19426 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
19427 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19428 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19429 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19430 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19431 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19432
19433 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19434 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19435 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
19436 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
19437
19438 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19439 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19440 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19441
19442 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19443 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19444 \(i.e. after the stars).
19445
19446 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19447
19448 \(fn)" nil nil)
19449
19450 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
19451 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19452
19453 \(fn)" nil nil)
19454
19455 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
19456 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19457
19458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19459
19460 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org" "\
19461 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19462 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19463 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19464
19465 \(fn)" t nil)
19466
19467 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
19468 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19469 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19470 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19471
19472 \(fn)" t nil)
19473
19474 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
19475 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19476 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19477
19478 \(fn)" t nil)
19479
19480 ;;;***
19481 \f
19482 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19483 ;;;;;; (17507 34703))
19484 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19485 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19486
19487 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
19488 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19489 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19490 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19491
19492 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19493 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19494 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19495 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19496
19497 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19498 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19499 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19500 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19501 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19502 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19503
19504 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19505 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19506 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19507
19508 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19509 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19510 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19511 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19512 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19513 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19514 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19515 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19516 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19517 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19518 The subheadings remain visible.
19519 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19520
19521 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19522 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19523 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19524
19525 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19526 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
19527
19528 \(fn)" t nil)
19529
19530 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
19531 Toggle Outline minor mode.
19532 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
19533 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
19534
19535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19536
19537 ;;;***
19538 \f
19539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (17493
19540 ;;;;;; 6880))
19541 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
19542 (put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19543 (put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19544 (put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19545 (put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19546 (put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19547 (put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19548 (put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19549 (put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19550 (put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19551
19552 ;;;***
19553 \f
19554 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (17383 40514))
19555 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
19556
19557 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
19558 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
19559 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19560 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19561 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19562 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
19563
19564 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" nil)
19565
19566 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
19567 Toggle Show Paren mode.
19568 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
19569 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
19570
19571 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
19572 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
19573
19574 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19575
19576 ;;;***
19577 \f
19578 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
19579 ;;;;;; (17386 21901))
19580 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
19581
19582 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
19583 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
19584 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
19585 unknown are returned as nil.
19586
19587 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19588
19589 ;;;***
19590 \f
19591 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17388
19592 ;;;;;; 57148))
19593 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
19594
19595 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
19596 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
19597 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19598
19599 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
19600 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
19601
19602 Other useful functions are:
19603
19604 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
19605 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
19606 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
19607 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
19608 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
19609 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
19610 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
19611 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
19612 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
19613
19614 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
19615
19616 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
19617 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
19618 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
19619 Indentation for case statements.
19620 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
19621 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
19622 mark after an end.
19623 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
19624 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
19625 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
19626 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19627 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19628 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
19629 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
19630 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
19631 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
19632 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
19633
19634 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
19635 pascal-separator-keywords.
19636
19637 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
19638 no args, if that value is non-nil.
19639
19640 \(fn)" t nil)
19641
19642 ;;;***
19643 \f
19644 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
19645 ;;;;;; (17383 40547))
19646 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
19647
19648 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
19649 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
19650 The keys affected are:
19651 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
19652 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
19653 M-Backspace does undo.
19654 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
19655 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
19656 C-Escape does list-buffers.
19657
19658 \(fn)" t nil)
19659
19660 ;;;***
19661 \f
19662 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
19663 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (17383 40547))
19664 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
19665
19666 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19667 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
19668 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19669 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19670 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19671 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
19672
19673 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
19674
19675 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
19676 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
19677
19678 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19679
19680 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
19681 which modify the status of the mark.
19682
19683 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
19684 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
19685
19686 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
19687 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
19688
19689 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
19690 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
19691 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
19692 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
19693 turning PC Selection mode on.
19694
19695 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
19696 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
19697
19698 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
19699 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
19700 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
19701
19702 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
19703 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
19704 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
19705
19706 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
19707 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
19708
19709 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
19710 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
19711 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
19712
19713 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
19714 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
19715 but before calling PC Selection mode):
19716
19717 F6 other-window
19718 DELETE delete-char
19719 C-DELETE kill-line
19720 M-DELETE kill-word
19721 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
19722 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
19723 M-BACKSPACE undo
19724
19725 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19726
19727 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19728 Toggle PC Selection mode.
19729 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
19730 and cursor movement commands.
19731 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19732 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19733 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
19734
19735 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
19736
19737 ;;;***
19738 \f
19739 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17383
19740 ;;;;;; 40514))
19741 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
19742
19743 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
19744 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
19745
19746 \(fn)" nil nil)
19747
19748 ;;;***
19749 \f
19750 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
19751 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17383 40514))
19752 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
19753
19754 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19755 Completion for `gzip'.
19756
19757 \(fn)" nil nil)
19758
19759 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19760 Completion for `bzip2'.
19761
19762 \(fn)" nil nil)
19763
19764 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19765 Completion for GNU `make'.
19766
19767 \(fn)" nil nil)
19768
19769 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19770 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
19771
19772 \(fn)" nil nil)
19773
19774 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19775
19776 ;;;***
19777 \f
19778 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
19779 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17383 40514))
19780 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
19781
19782 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19783 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
19784
19785 \(fn)" nil nil)
19786
19787 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19788 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
19789
19790 \(fn)" nil nil)
19791
19792 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19793 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
19794
19795 \(fn)" nil nil)
19796
19797 ;;;***
19798 \f
19799 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17383
19800 ;;;;;; 40515))
19801 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
19802
19803 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
19804 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
19805 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
19806 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
19807 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
19808 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
19809
19810 \(fn)" nil nil)
19811
19812 ;;;***
19813 \f
19814 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
19815 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
19816 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17383 40515))
19817 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
19818
19819 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19820 Completion for `cd'.
19821
19822 \(fn)" nil nil)
19823
19824 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
19825
19826 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19827 Completion for `rmdir'.
19828
19829 \(fn)" nil nil)
19830
19831 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19832 Completion for `rm'.
19833
19834 \(fn)" nil nil)
19835
19836 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19837 Completion for `xargs'.
19838
19839 \(fn)" nil nil)
19840
19841 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19842
19843 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19844 Completion for `which'.
19845
19846 \(fn)" nil nil)
19847
19848 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19849 Completion for the `chown' command.
19850
19851 \(fn)" nil nil)
19852
19853 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19854 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
19855
19856 \(fn)" nil nil)
19857
19858 ;;;***
19859 \f
19860 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
19861 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
19862 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17455
19863 ;;;;;; 4027))
19864 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
19865
19866 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
19867 Support extensible programmable completion.
19868 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
19869 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
19870
19871 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
19872
19873 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
19874 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
19875
19876 \(fn)" t nil)
19877
19878 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
19879 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19880 This will modify the current buffer.
19881
19882 \(fn)" t nil)
19883
19884 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
19885 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
19886
19887 \(fn)" t nil)
19888
19889 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
19890 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19891 This will modify the current buffer.
19892
19893 \(fn)" t nil)
19894
19895 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
19896 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
19897
19898 \(fn)" t nil)
19899
19900 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
19901 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
19902
19903 \(fn)" t nil)
19904
19905 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
19906 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
19907 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
19908 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
19909 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
19910
19911 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
19912
19913 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
19914 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
19915
19916 \(fn)" nil nil)
19917
19918 ;;;***
19919 \f
19920 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
19921 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
19922 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (17697 25399))
19923 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
19924
19925 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
19926 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
19927 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
19928 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19929
19930 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
19931
19932 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
19933
19934 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
19935 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
19936 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
19937 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19938 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19939 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19940 FLAGS is ignored.
19941
19942 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
19943
19944 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
19945 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
19946 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
19947 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19948 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
19949 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19950 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19951 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19952
19953 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
19954
19955 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
19956 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
19957 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19958 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
19959 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19960 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19961 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
19962 passed to cvs.
19963
19964 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
19965
19966 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
19967 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
19968 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19969 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
19970 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19971 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19972 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19973
19974 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
19975
19976 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
19977
19978 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
19979 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
19980 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
19981
19982 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs" t)
19983
19984 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
19985 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
19986 nil means never do it.
19987 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
19988 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
19989 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
19990
19991 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs" t)
19992
19993 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
19994 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
19995 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
19996
19997 ;;;***
19998 \f
19999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17672 28070))
20000 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20001
20002 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
20003
20004 ;;;***
20005 \f
20006 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20007 ;;;;;; (17499 9471))
20008 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20009
20010 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
20011 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20012 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20013 Tab indents for Perl code.
20014 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20015 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20016 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20017 \\{perl-mode-map}
20018 Variables controlling indentation style:
20019 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20020 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20021 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20022 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20023 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20024 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20025 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20026 `perl-nochange'
20027 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20028 `perl-indent-level'
20029 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20030 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20031 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20032 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20033 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20034 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20035 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20036 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20037 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20038 `perl-brace-offset'
20039 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20040 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20041 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20042 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20043 `perl-label-offset'
20044 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20045 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20046 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20047
20048 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20049 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20050 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20051 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20052 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20053 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20054 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20055
20056 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20057
20058 \(fn)" t nil)
20059
20060 ;;;***
20061 \f
20062 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20063 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20064 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20065 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (17661 56347))
20066 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20067
20068 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20069 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20070
20071 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20072
20073 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20074 passphrase cache or user.
20075
20076 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20077
20078 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region) "pgg" "\
20079 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20080
20081 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20082 cache or user.
20083
20084 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20085
20086 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric) "pgg" "\
20087 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20088
20089 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20090 the region.
20091
20092 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20093 passphrase cache or user.
20094
20095 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20096
20097 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
20098 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20099
20100 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20101
20102 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20103 the region.
20104
20105 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20106 passphrase cache or user.
20107
20108 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20109
20110 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20111 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20112
20113 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20114 passphrase cache or user.
20115
20116 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20117
20118 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
20119 Decrypt the current buffer.
20120
20121 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20122 the region.
20123
20124 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20125 passphrase cache or user.
20126
20127 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20128
20129 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
20130 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20131
20132 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20133 a detached signature.
20134
20135 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20136 and the the output is displayed.
20137
20138 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20139 passphrase cache or user.
20140
20141 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20142
20143 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
20144 Sign the current buffer.
20145
20146 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20147 detached signature.
20148
20149 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20150 within the region.
20151
20152 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20153 and the the output is displayed.
20154
20155 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20156 passphrase cache or user.
20157
20158 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20159
20160 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
20161 Verify the current region between START and END.
20162 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20163 the detached signature of the current region.
20164
20165 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20166 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20167
20168 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20169
20170 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
20171 Verify the current buffer.
20172 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20173 the detached signature of the current region.
20174 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20175 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20176 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20177 within the region.
20178
20179 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20180
20181 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
20182 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20183
20184 \(fn)" t nil)
20185
20186 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
20187 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20188
20189 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20190
20191 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
20192 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20193
20194 \(fn)" t nil)
20195
20196 ;;;***
20197 \f
20198 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20199 ;;;;;; (17664 29027))
20200 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20201
20202 (autoload (quote pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "\
20203 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20204
20205 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20206
20207 ;;;***
20208 \f
20209 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20210 ;;;;;; (17466 62510))
20211 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20212
20213 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
20214 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20215 \\<picture-mode-map>
20216 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20217 afterwards settable by these commands:
20218
20219 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20220 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20221 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20222 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20223
20224 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20225 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20226 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20227 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20228
20229 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20230 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20231 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20232 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20233
20234 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20235 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20236 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20237 with these commands:
20238
20239 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20240 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20241 Move to column following last
20242 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20243 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20244 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20245 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20246 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20247 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20248
20249 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20250
20251 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20252 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20253 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20254 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20255 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20256 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20257
20258 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20259 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20260 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20261 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20262 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20263 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20264 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20265
20266 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20267 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20268 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20269 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20270 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20271 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20272 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20273 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20274
20275 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20276 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20277 by supplying an argument.
20278
20279 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20280
20281 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20282 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20283
20284 \(fn)" t nil)
20285
20286 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
20287
20288 ;;;***
20289 \f
20290 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20291 ;;;;;; (17602 7857))
20292 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20293
20294 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
20295 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20296 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20297
20298 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20299
20300 ;;;***
20301 \f
20302 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17557 12730))
20303 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20304
20305 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
20306 Play pong and waste time.
20307 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20308 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20309
20310 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20311
20312 \\{pong-mode-map}
20313
20314 \(fn)" t nil)
20315
20316 ;;;***
20317 \f
20318 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20319 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17739 37748))
20320 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20321
20322 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
20323 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20324 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20325 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20326
20327 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20328
20329 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
20330 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20331
20332 \(fn)" nil nil)
20333
20334 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
20335 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20336 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20337 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20338 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20339
20340 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20341
20342 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
20343 Evaluate an expression, then pretty-print value EXPVAL into a new buffer.
20344 If pretty-printed EXPVAL fits on one line, display it in the echo
20345 area instead. Also add EXPVAL to the front of the list
20346 in the variable `values'.
20347
20348 Non-interactively, the argument is the value, EXPVAL, not the expression
20349 to evaluate.
20350
20351 \(fn EXPVAL)" t nil)
20352
20353 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
20354 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20355 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20356 Ignores leading comment characters.
20357
20358 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20359
20360 ;;;***
20361 \f
20362 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20363 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20364 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20365 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20366 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20367 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20368 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20369 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20370 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20371 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20372 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20373 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20374 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20375 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20376 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20377 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20378 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20379 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20380 ;;;;;; (17746 11736))
20381 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20382
20383 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
20384 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20385
20386 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20387
20388 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20389
20390 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20391
20392 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
20393 Preview directory using ghostview.
20394
20395 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20396 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20397 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20398 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20399
20400 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20401 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20402 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20403 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20404 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20405 file name.
20406
20407 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20408
20409 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20410
20411 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20412 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20413
20414 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20415 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20416 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20417 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20418
20419 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20420 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20421 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20422 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20423 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20424 file name.
20425
20426 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20427
20428 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20429
20430 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
20431 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20432
20433 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20434 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20435 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20436 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20437
20438 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20439 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20440 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20441 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20442 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20443 file name.
20444
20445 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20446
20447 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20448
20449 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
20450 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20451
20452 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20453
20454 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20455 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20456 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20457 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20458
20459 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20460 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20461 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20462 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20463 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20464 file name.
20465
20466 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20467
20468 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20469
20470 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
20471 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20472
20473 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20474 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20475 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20476
20477 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20478 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20479 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20480 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20481
20482 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20483
20484 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20485 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20486
20487 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20488 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20489 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20490
20491 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20492 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20493 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20494 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20495
20496 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20497
20498 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
20499 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20500
20501 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20502 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20503 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20504
20505 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20506 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20507 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20508 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20509
20510 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20511
20512 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
20513 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20514
20515 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20516
20517 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20518 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20519 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20520
20521 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20522 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20523 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20524 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20525
20526 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20527
20528 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
20529 Preview region using ghostview.
20530
20531 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20532
20533 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20534
20535 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20536 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20537
20538 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20539
20540 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20541
20542 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
20543 Print region using PostScript printer.
20544
20545 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20546
20547 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20548
20549 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
20550 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20551
20552 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20553
20554 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20555
20556 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
20557 Preview major mode using ghostview.
20558
20559 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20560
20561 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20562
20563 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20564 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
20565
20566 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20567
20568 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20569
20570 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
20571 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
20572
20573 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20574
20575 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20576
20577 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
20578 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
20579
20580 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20581
20582 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20583
20584 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
20585 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
20586 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20587 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20588
20589 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20590 matching.
20591
20592 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20593 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20594
20595 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20596
20597 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20598
20599 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
20600 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
20601 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20602 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20603
20604 \(fn)" t nil)
20605
20606 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
20607 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
20608 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20609 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20610
20611 \(fn)" t nil)
20612
20613 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
20614 Print directory using text printer.
20615
20616 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20617 matching.
20618
20619 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20620 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20621
20622 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20623
20624 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20625
20626 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
20627 Print buffer using text printer.
20628
20629 \(fn)" t nil)
20630
20631 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
20632 Print region using text printer.
20633
20634 \(fn)" t nil)
20635
20636 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
20637 Print major mode using text printer.
20638
20639 \(fn)" t nil)
20640
20641 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
20642 Preview spooled PostScript.
20643
20644 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20645 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20646 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20647
20648 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20649 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20650 PostScript image in a file with that name.
20651
20652 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20653
20654 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20655 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
20656
20657 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20658 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20659 instead of sending it to the printer.
20660
20661 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20662 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20663 image in a file with that name.
20664
20665 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20666
20667 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
20668 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20669
20670 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20671 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20672 instead of sending it to the printer.
20673
20674 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20675 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20676 image in a file with that name.
20677
20678 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20679
20680 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
20681 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20682
20683 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20684 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20685 instead of sending it to the printer.
20686
20687 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20688 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20689 image in a file with that name.
20690
20691 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20692
20693 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
20694 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20695
20696 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20697
20698 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
20699 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20700
20701 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20702
20703 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20704 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
20705
20706 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20707
20708 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
20709 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
20710
20711 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20712
20713 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
20714 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20715
20716 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20717
20718 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
20719 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
20720
20721 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
20722 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20723 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
20724 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20725
20726 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20727 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
20728 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
20729 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
20730 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
20731 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
20732 file name.
20733
20734 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20735
20736 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
20737 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
20738
20739 \(fn)" t nil)
20740
20741 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
20742 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
20743
20744 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20745 right.
20746 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20747 bottom.
20748
20749 \(fn)" t nil)
20750
20751 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
20752 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
20753
20754 \(fn)" t nil)
20755
20756 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20757 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
20758
20759 \(fn)" t nil)
20760
20761 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
20762 Toggle printing with faces.
20763
20764 \(fn)" t nil)
20765
20766 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
20767 Toggle spooling.
20768
20769 \(fn)" t nil)
20770
20771 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
20772 Toggle duplex.
20773
20774 \(fn)" t nil)
20775
20776 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
20777 Toggle tumble.
20778
20779 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20780 right.
20781 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20782 bottom.
20783
20784 \(fn)" t nil)
20785
20786 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
20787 Toggle landscape.
20788
20789 \(fn)" t nil)
20790
20791 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
20792 Toggle upside-down.
20793
20794 \(fn)" t nil)
20795
20796 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
20797 Toggle line number.
20798
20799 \(fn)" t nil)
20800
20801 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
20802 Toggle zebra stripes.
20803
20804 \(fn)" t nil)
20805
20806 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
20807 Toggle printing header.
20808
20809 \(fn)" t nil)
20810
20811 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
20812 Toggle printing header frame.
20813
20814 \(fn)" t nil)
20815
20816 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
20817 Toggle menu lock.
20818
20819 \(fn)" t nil)
20820
20821 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
20822 Toggle auto region.
20823
20824 \(fn)" t nil)
20825
20826 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
20827 Toggle auto mode.
20828
20829 \(fn)" t nil)
20830
20831 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
20832 Customization of the `printing' group.
20833
20834 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20835
20836 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
20837 Customization of the `lpr' group.
20838
20839 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20840
20841 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
20842 Help for the printing package.
20843
20844 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20845
20846 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
20847 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
20848
20849 \(fn)" t nil)
20850
20851 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
20852 Interactively select a text printer.
20853
20854 \(fn)" t nil)
20855
20856 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
20857 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
20858
20859 \(fn)" t nil)
20860
20861 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
20862 Show current ps-print settings.
20863
20864 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20865
20866 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
20867 Show current printing settings.
20868
20869 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20870
20871 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
20872 Show current lpr settings.
20873
20874 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20875
20876 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
20877 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
20878
20879 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
20880 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
20881 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
20882 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
20883
20884
20885 Interactively, you have the following situations:
20886
20887 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20888 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
20889 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
20890
20891 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20892 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20893 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
20894 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
20895 current active printer.
20896
20897 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20898 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
20899 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
20900 printer.
20901
20902 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20903 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
20904 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
20905 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
20906 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20907
20908
20909 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
20910 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
20911
20912 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
20913
20914 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
20915 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
20916 be done using the new current active printer.
20917
20918 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
20919 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
20920 printer.
20921
20922 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
20923 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
20924 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
20925 instead of sending it to the printer.
20926
20927 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
20928 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
20929 printer.
20930
20931 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
20932
20933
20934 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
20935 are both set to t.
20936
20937 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
20938
20939 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
20940 Fast fire function for text printing.
20941
20942 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
20943 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
20944 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
20945 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
20946
20947 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20948 user for a new active text printer.
20949
20950 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
20951
20952 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
20953
20954 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
20955 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
20956 printer.
20957
20958 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
20959
20960 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
20961 are both set to t.
20962
20963 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
20964
20965 ;;;***
20966 \f
20967 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
20968 ;;;;;; (17664 29030))
20969 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
20970
20971 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
20972 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
20973 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
20974 Commands:
20975 \\{prolog-mode-map}
20976 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
20977 if that value is non-nil.
20978
20979 \(fn)" t nil)
20980
20981 (defalias (quote run-prolog) (quote switch-to-prolog))
20982
20983 (autoload (quote switch-to-prolog) "prolog" "\
20984 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
20985 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
20986
20987 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
20988
20989 ;;;***
20990 \f
20991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17383 40518))
20992 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
20993
20994 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
20995 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
20996 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
20997
20998 ;;;***
20999 \f
21000 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17388
21001 ;;;;;; 57149))
21002 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21003
21004 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
21005 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21006
21007 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21008
21009 The following variables hold user options, and can
21010 be set through the `customize' command:
21011
21012 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21013 `ps-mode-tab'
21014 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21015 `ps-mode-print-function'
21016 `ps-run-prompt'
21017 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21018 `ps-run-x'
21019 `ps-run-dumb'
21020 `ps-run-init'
21021 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21022 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21023
21024 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21025
21026
21027 \\{ps-mode-map}
21028
21029
21030 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21031 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21032 The keymap for this second window is:
21033
21034 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21035
21036
21037 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21038 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21039 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21040 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21041 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21042
21043 \(fn)" t nil)
21044
21045 ;;;***
21046 \f
21047 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
21048 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
21049 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
21050 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17383 40518))
21051 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
21052
21053 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
21054 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
21055
21056 Valid values are:
21057
21058 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
21059 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
21060 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
21061 changed by setting the variable
21062 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
21063 The initial value of this variable is
21064 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
21065 documentation).
21066
21067 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
21068 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
21069 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
21070 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
21071 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
21072 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
21073 test it.
21074
21075 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
21076 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
21077 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
21078 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
21079 source file. BDF fonts are included in
21080 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
21081 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
21082 use this value, be sure to have installed
21083 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
21084 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
21085 documentation of this variable).
21086
21087 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
21088 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
21089 characters. This is convenient when you want or
21090 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
21091 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
21092 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
21093
21094 Any other value is treated as nil.")
21095
21096 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" t)
21097
21098 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21099 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
21100 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
21101
21102 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21103
21104 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21105 Not documented
21106
21107 \(fn)" nil nil)
21108
21109 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
21110 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
21111
21112 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
21113
21114 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21115
21116 Returns the value:
21117
21118 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21119
21120 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21121 the sequence.
21122
21123 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21124
21125 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
21126 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
21127
21128 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
21129 composition.
21130
21131 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21132
21133 Returns the value:
21134
21135 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21136
21137 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21138 the sequence.
21139
21140 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21141
21142 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
21143 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
21144
21145 \(fn)" nil nil)
21146
21147 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
21148 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
21149 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
21150
21151 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
21152
21153 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
21154 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
21155 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
21156
21157 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
21158
21159 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
21160 Not documented
21161
21162 \(fn)" nil nil)
21163
21164 ;;;***
21165 \f
21166 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21167 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21168 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21169 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21170 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21171 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (17681
21172 ;;;;;; 41542))
21173 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21174
21175 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21176 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21177 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21178
21179 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" t)
21180
21181 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
21182 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21183 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21184 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21185
21186 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print" t)
21187
21188 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
21189 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21190
21191 Valid values are:
21192
21193 nil Do not print colors.
21194
21195 t Print colors.
21196
21197 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21198 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21199
21200 Any other value is treated as t.")
21201
21202 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print" t)
21203
21204 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
21205 Customization of ps-print group.
21206
21207 \(fn)" t nil)
21208
21209 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21210 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21211
21212 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21213 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21214 sending it to the printer.
21215
21216 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21217 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21218 image in a file with that name.
21219
21220 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21221
21222 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21223 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21224 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21225 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21226 so it has a way to determine color values.
21227
21228 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21229
21230 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
21231 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21232 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21233
21234 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21235
21236 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21237 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21238 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21239 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21240 so it has a way to determine color values.
21241
21242 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21243
21244 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21245 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21246 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21247 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21248
21249 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21250
21251 \(fn)" t nil)
21252
21253 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21254 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21255 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21256 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21257 so it has a way to determine color values.
21258
21259 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21260
21261 \(fn)" t nil)
21262
21263 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
21264 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21265 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21266
21267 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21268
21269 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21270
21271 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21272 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21273 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21274 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21275 so it has a way to determine color values.
21276
21277 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21278
21279 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21280
21281 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
21282 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21283
21284 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21285 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21286 instead of sending it to the printer.
21287
21288 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21289 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21290 image in a file with that name.
21291
21292 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21293
21294 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
21295 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21296 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21297 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21298 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21299
21300 \(fn)" t nil)
21301
21302 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21303 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21304 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21305
21306 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21307
21308 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
21309 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21310 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21311
21312 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21313
21314 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
21315 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21316
21317 \(fn)" nil nil)
21318
21319 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
21320 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21321
21322 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21323 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21324
21325 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21326 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21327
21328 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21329
21330 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21331
21332 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21333
21334 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
21335 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21336
21337 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21338 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21339
21340 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21341 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21342
21343 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21344
21345 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21346
21347 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21348
21349 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21350 foreground and background colors respectively.
21351
21352 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21353 bold - use bold font.
21354 italic - use italic font.
21355 underline - put a line under text.
21356 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21357 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21358 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21359 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21360 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21361
21362 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21363
21364 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21365
21366 ;;;***
21367 \f
21368 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21369 ;;;;;; (17725 15204))
21370 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21371
21372 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
21373
21374 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
21375
21376 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
21377
21378 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
21379 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21380 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21381 buffer automatically.
21382
21383 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21384 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21385 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21386 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21387 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21388 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21389 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21390
21391 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21392 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21393 buffer for a list of commands.)
21394
21395 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21396
21397 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
21398 Major mode for editing Python files.
21399 Font Lock mode is currently required for correct parsing of the source.
21400 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21401 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21402 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21403
21404 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21405 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21406 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21407 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21408 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21409 \\<python-mode-map>
21410 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21411 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21412 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21413 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21414 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21415 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21416
21417 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21418 effect outside them.
21419
21420 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21421 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21422 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21423 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21424 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21425 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21426 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21427 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21428 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21429
21430 \\{python-mode-map}
21431
21432 \(fn)" t nil)
21433
21434 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
21435 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21436 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21437 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21438
21439 \(fn)" t nil)
21440
21441 ;;;***
21442 \f
21443 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21444 ;;;;;; (17409 38383))
21445 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21446
21447 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
21448 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21449 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21450 coding-system.
21451
21452 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21453 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21454
21455 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21456 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21457 them into characters should be done separately.
21458
21459 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21460
21461 ;;;***
21462 \f
21463 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21464 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21465 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21466 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21467 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (17660 47810))
21468 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21469
21470 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
21471 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21472
21473 \(fn)" nil nil)
21474
21475 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
21476 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21477 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
21478
21479 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21480 `quail-activate', which see.
21481
21482 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21483
21484 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
21485 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21486 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21487 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21488 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21489 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21490 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21491
21492 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21493 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21494 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21495 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21496 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21497 shown.
21498 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21499
21500 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21501 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21502 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21503 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21504 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21505 list of candidates.
21506
21507 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21508 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21509 command to be called.
21510
21511 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21512 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21513 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21514 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21515
21516 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21517 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21518 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21519 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21520 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21521 to t.
21522
21523 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21524 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21525 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21526 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21527
21528 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21529 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21530 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21531 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21532
21533 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21534 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21535 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21536 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21537 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21538 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21539
21540 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21541 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21542 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21543 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21544 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21545 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21546
21547 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21548 covers Quail translation region.
21549
21550 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21551 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21552 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21553 for it) is inserted.
21554
21555 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21556 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21557 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21558
21559 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21560 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21561 non-Quail commands.
21562
21563 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21564
21565 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21566 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21567
21568 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21569 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21570 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21571 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21572 you type is correctly handled.
21573
21574 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21575
21576 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21577 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21578
21579 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21580 keyboard type.
21581
21582 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21583
21584 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
21585 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21586 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21587 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21588 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21589 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21590 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21591 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21592 for the translation.
21593 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21594
21595 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21596 it is used to handle KEY.
21597
21598 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21599 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21600 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21601 the following annotation types are supported.
21602
21603 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21604 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21605
21606 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21607 candidate list.
21608
21609 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21610 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21611 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21612 inserted.
21613
21614 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21615 generated for the following translations.
21616
21617 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
21618
21619 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
21620 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21621
21622 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21623 which to install MAP.
21624
21625 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21626
21627 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21628
21629 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
21630 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21631
21632 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21633 which to install MAP.
21634
21635 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
21636
21637 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21638
21639 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
21640 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
21641 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21642 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
21643 a function, or a cons.
21644 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21645 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21646 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21647 for the translation.
21648 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
21649 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
21650 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
21651 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
21652 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21653
21654 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21655 it is used to handle KEY.
21656
21657 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
21658 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
21659 current Quail package.
21660
21661 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
21662 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21663
21664 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
21665
21666 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
21667 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
21668
21669 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
21670 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21671
21672 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
21673
21674 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
21675 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
21676
21677 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
21678
21679 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
21680 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
21681 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
21682 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
21683 of the Emacs source tree.
21684
21685 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
21686 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
21687
21688 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
21689 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
21690 of each directory.
21691
21692 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
21693
21694 ;;;***
21695 \f
21696 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
21697 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
21698 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17383
21699 ;;;;;; 40566))
21700 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
21701
21702 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
21703 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
21704 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
21705 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
21706
21707 To make use of this do something like:
21708
21709 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
21710
21711 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
21712
21713 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
21714 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
21715
21716 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
21717 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21718 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21719
21720 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21721
21722 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
21723 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
21724
21725 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21726
21727 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
21728 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
21729
21730 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
21731 is decided.
21732
21733 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
21734
21735 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
21736 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
21737
21738 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
21739 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21740 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21741
21742 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21743
21744 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
21745 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
21746
21747 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21748
21749 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
21750 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
21751
21752 \(fn)" t nil)
21753
21754 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
21755 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
21756
21757 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
21758
21759 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
21760
21761 \(fn)" t nil)
21762
21763 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
21764 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
21765
21766 \(fn)" t nil)
21767
21768 ;;;***
21769 \f
21770 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
21771 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (17672 28071))
21772 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
21773
21774 (autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
21775 Connect to IRC.
21776 If ARG is non-nil, prompt for a server to connect to.
21777
21778 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21779
21780 (defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
21781
21782 (autoload (quote rcirc-connect) "rcirc" "\
21783 Not documented
21784
21785 \(fn &optional SERVER PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
21786
21787 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
21788 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
21789 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21790 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21791 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21792 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
21793
21794 (custom-autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" nil)
21795
21796 (autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" "\
21797 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
21798
21799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21800
21801 ;;;***
21802 \f
21803 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17569
21804 ;;;;;; 44439))
21805 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
21806
21807 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
21808 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
21809 See \\[compile].
21810
21811 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
21812
21813 ;;;***
21814 \f
21815 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
21816 ;;;;;; (17500 33531))
21817 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
21818
21819 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
21820
21821 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
21822 Construct a regexp interactively.
21823
21824 \(fn)" t nil)
21825
21826 ;;;***
21827 \f
21828 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17718 30636))
21829 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
21830
21831 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
21832 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
21833 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21834 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21835 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21836 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
21837
21838 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" nil)
21839
21840 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
21841 Toggle recentf mode.
21842 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
21843 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
21844
21845 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
21846 that were operated on recently.
21847
21848 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21849
21850 ;;;***
21851 \f
21852 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
21853 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
21854 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
21855 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17638
21856 ;;;;;; 15896))
21857 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
21858
21859 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
21860 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
21861 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
21862 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
21863
21864 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
21865
21866 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
21867
21868 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
21869 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
21870 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
21871 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
21872 ends.
21873
21874 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21875 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
21876 to be deleted.
21877
21878 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21879
21880 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
21881 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
21882 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
21883
21884 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21885 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
21886 deleted.
21887
21888 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
21889
21890 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
21891 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
21892 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
21893
21894 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
21895
21896 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
21897 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
21898
21899 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21900 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
21901
21902 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
21903 deleted.
21904
21905 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
21906 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
21907 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
21908 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
21909 even beep.)
21910
21911 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21912
21913 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
21914 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
21915
21916 \(fn)" t nil)
21917
21918 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
21919 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
21920 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
21921 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
21922 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
21923 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
21924 and point is at the lower right corner.
21925
21926 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
21927
21928 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
21929 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
21930
21931 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
21932 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
21933
21934 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21935 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
21936 on the right side of the rectangle.
21937
21938 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21939
21940 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
21941
21942 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
21943 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
21944 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
21945 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
21946 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
21947
21948 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21949 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
21950
21951 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21952
21953 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
21954 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
21955 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
21956
21957 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
21958
21959 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
21960
21961 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
21962
21963 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
21964 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
21965
21966 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21967 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
21968 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
21969
21970 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
21971
21972 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
21973 Blank out the region-rectangle.
21974 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
21975
21976 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21977 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
21978 rectangle which were empty.
21979
21980 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21981
21982 ;;;***
21983 \f
21984 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17383
21985 ;;;;;; 40576))
21986 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
21987
21988 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
21989 Toggle Refill minor mode.
21990 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
21991
21992 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
21993 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
21994 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
21995
21996 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21997
21998 ;;;***
21999 \f
22000 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22001 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17404 51174))
22002 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22003
22004 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
22005 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22006
22007 \(fn)" nil nil)
22008
22009 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
22010 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22011
22012 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22013 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22014
22015 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22016 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22017 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22018 \\ref macro.
22019
22020 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22021 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22022 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22023
22024 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22025 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22026 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22027
22028 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22029 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22030
22031 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22032 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22033
22034 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22035 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22036 on the menu bar.
22037
22038 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22039
22040 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22041
22042 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
22043 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22044 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22045
22046 \(fn)" nil nil)
22047
22048 ;;;***
22049 \f
22050 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22051 ;;;;;; (17744 57989))
22052 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22053
22054 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
22055 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22056 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22057 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22058 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22059 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22060
22061 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22062
22063 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22064
22065 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22066 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22067 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22068 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22069 `reftex-cite-format'.
22070
22071 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22072 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22073 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22074 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22075
22076 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22077
22078 ;;;***
22079 \f
22080 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22081 ;;;;;; (17712 1062))
22082 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22083
22084 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
22085 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22086 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22087 the current TeX document.
22088
22089 With no argument, this command toggles
22090 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22091 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
22092
22093 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22094
22095 ;;;***
22096 \f
22097 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22098 ;;;;;; (17413 62466))
22099 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22100
22101 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
22102 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22103 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22104
22105 To insert new phrases, use
22106 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22107 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22108
22109 To index phrases use one of:
22110
22111 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22112 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22113 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22114 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22115 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22116
22117 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22118 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22119
22120 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22121
22122 Here are all local bindings.
22123
22124 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22125
22126 \(fn)" t nil)
22127
22128 ;;;***
22129 \f
22130 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22131 ;;;;;; (17404 51173))
22132 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22133
22134 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
22135 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22136 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22137 of master file.
22138
22139 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22140
22141 ;;;***
22142 \f
22143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (17704
22144 ;;;;;; 3967))
22145 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22146 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22147 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22148 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22149 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22150
22151 ;;;***
22152 \f
22153 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22154 ;;;;;; (17383 40541))
22155 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22156
22157 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
22158 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
22159 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22160 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22161 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22162 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22163
22164 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22165 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22166
22167 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22168 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22169
22170 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22171
22172 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
22173 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22174 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22175 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22176
22177 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22178
22179 ;;;***
22180 \f
22181 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17383 40519))
22182 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22183
22184 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
22185 Repeat most recently executed command.
22186 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
22187 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22188 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22189
22190 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
22191 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
22192 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22193
22194 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22195
22196 ;;;***
22197 \f
22198 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22199 ;;;;;; (17383 40558))
22200 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22201
22202 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
22203 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22204
22205 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22206 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22207 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22208 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22209 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22210 and point is left after the salutation.
22211
22212 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22213 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22214 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22215 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22216 left after that text.
22217
22218 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22219 is non-nil.
22220
22221 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22222 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22223 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22224 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22225
22226 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22227
22228 ;;;***
22229 \f
22230 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22231 ;;;;;; (17383 40520))
22232 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22233
22234 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
22235 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22236 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22237 visibility of comments that precede it.
22238 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22239 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22240 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22241 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22242 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22243 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22244 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22245 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22246 the comment lines.
22247 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22248 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22249 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22250 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22251 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22252
22253 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22254 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
22255
22256 ;;;***
22257 \f
22258 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17742
22259 ;;;;;; 30014))
22260 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22261
22262 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
22263 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22264
22265 \(fn)" nil nil)
22266
22267 ;;;***
22268 \f
22269 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22270 ;;;;;; (17493 6878))
22271 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22272
22273 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22274 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22275 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22276
22277 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22278 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22279 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22280
22281 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22282
22283 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22284 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22285 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22286 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22287 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22288 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22289
22290 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" nil)
22291
22292 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22293 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22294 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22295
22296 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22297 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22298 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22299
22300 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22301
22302 ;;;***
22303 \f
22304 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22305 ;;;;;; (17383 40542))
22306 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22307
22308 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
22309 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22310
22311 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22312
22313 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
22314 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22315
22316 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22317
22318 ;;;***
22319 \f
22320 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17383 40566))
22321 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22322 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22323
22324 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
22325 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22326 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22327 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22328
22329 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22330
22331 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22332 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22333 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22334 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22335
22336 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22337 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22338
22339 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22340 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22341
22342 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22343 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22344 INPUT-ARGS.
22345
22346 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22347 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22348 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22349 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22350 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22351
22352 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22353 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22354 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22355 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22356
22357 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22358 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22359 variable.
22360
22361 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22362
22363 ;;;***
22364 \f
22365 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22366 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22367 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22368 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22369 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22370 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
22371 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (17740
22372 ;;;;;; 54252))
22373 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22374
22375 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
22376 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22377 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22378
22379 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22380
22381 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22382 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22383 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22384 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22385
22386 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail" t)
22387
22388 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22389 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22390 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22391 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22392 value is the user's email address and name.)
22393 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22394
22395 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22396 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22397 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22398 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22399 which normally happens once for each message,
22400 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22401 To make a change in this variable take effect
22402 for a message that you have already viewed,
22403 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22404
22405 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22406
22407 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22408 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22409 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22410 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22411
22412 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail" t)
22413
22414 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22415 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22416
22417 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22418
22419 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22420 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22421 A value of nil means don't highlight.
22422 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
22423
22424 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail" t)
22425
22426 (defvar rmail-highlight-face (quote rmail-highlight) "\
22427 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
22428
22429 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail" t)
22430
22431 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22432 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22433
22434 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail" t)
22435
22436 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22437 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22438 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22439 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22440 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22441
22442 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail" t)
22443
22444 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22445 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22446 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22447 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
22448
22449 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail" t)
22450
22451 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22452 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22453
22454 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail" t)
22455
22456 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22457 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22458
22459 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail" t)
22460
22461 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
22462 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
22463
22464 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail" t)
22465
22466 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22467 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22468
22469 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
22470 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
22471
22472 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22473 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22474
22475 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail" t)
22476
22477 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
22478 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
22479
22480 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
22481 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
22482 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
22483 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
22484
22485 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22486 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22487
22488 This is set to nil by default.")
22489
22490 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
22491 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
22492 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
22493 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
22494 until a user explicitly requires it.
22495
22496 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
22497 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
22498 in your session.")
22499
22500 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail" t)
22501
22502 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
22503 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
22504 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22505 It is called with no argument.")
22506
22507 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22508 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22509 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22510 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22511 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22512 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22513 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22514
22515 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
22516 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
22517 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22518 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22519 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22520 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22521
22522 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
22523 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
22524 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22525 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
22526 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
22527
22528 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
22529 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
22530 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22531 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
22532 MSG is the message number,
22533 REGEXP is the regular expression,
22534 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
22535
22536 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
22537 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
22538 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
22539 this feature is required with `require'.
22540
22541 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
22542 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
22543
22544 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
22545 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
22546 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
22547 the message is decoded as normal way.
22548
22549 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
22550 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
22551 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
22552
22553 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
22554 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
22555 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
22556
22557 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
22558 Read and edit incoming mail.
22559 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
22560 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
22561 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22562
22563 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22564 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22565 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22566 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22567
22568 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22569
22570 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22571
22572 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
22573 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22574 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22575 Instead, these commands are available:
22576
22577 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22578 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22579 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22580 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22581 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22582 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22583 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22584 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22585 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22586 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22587 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22588 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22589 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22590 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22591 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22592 till a deleted message is found.
22593 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22594 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22595 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22596 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22597 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22598 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22599 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22600 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22601 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22602 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22603 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22604 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
22605 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
22606 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22607 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22608 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22609 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22610 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22611 (label defaults to last one specified).
22612 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22613 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22614 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22615 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22616 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22617 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22618 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22619 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22620 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22621
22622 \(fn)" t nil)
22623
22624 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
22625 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22626
22627 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22628
22629 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
22630 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22631
22632 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22633
22634 ;;;***
22635 \f
22636 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
22637 ;;;;;; (17383 40559))
22638 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
22639
22640 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
22641 Edit the contents of this message.
22642
22643 \(fn)" t nil)
22644
22645 ;;;***
22646 \f
22647 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
22648 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
22649 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17383 40559))
22650 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
22651
22652 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22653 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22654 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22655
22656 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22657
22658 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22659 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22660 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22661
22662 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22663
22664 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22665 Not documented
22666
22667 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
22668
22669 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22670 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
22671 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22672 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22673 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
22674
22675 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22676
22677 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22678 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
22679 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22680 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22681 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
22682
22683 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22684
22685 ;;;***
22686 \f
22687 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
22688 ;;;;;; (17383 40559))
22689 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
22690
22691 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
22692 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
22693 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
22694 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
22695
22696 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22697
22698 ;;;***
22699 \f
22700 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
22701 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
22702 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (17383 40559))
22703 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22704
22705 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
22706 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
22707 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
22708 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
22709 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
22710 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
22711 a file name as a string.")
22712
22713 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout" t)
22714
22715 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
22716 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
22717 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
22718 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
22719 buffer visiting that file.
22720 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
22721 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
22722
22723 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
22724 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22725
22726 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22727 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22728
22729 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
22730 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
22731
22732 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
22733
22734 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
22735 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
22736
22737 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout" t)
22738
22739 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
22740 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
22741 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22742 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22743 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
22744
22745 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
22746 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
22747 will be appended with their original headers.
22748
22749 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
22750 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22751
22752 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
22753 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
22754
22755 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
22756
22757 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
22758
22759 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
22760 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
22761 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
22762
22763 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22764
22765 ;;;***
22766 \f
22767 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
22768 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
22769 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17383
22770 ;;;;;; 40560))
22771 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
22772
22773 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
22774 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
22775 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22776
22777 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22778
22779 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
22780 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
22781 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22782
22783 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22784
22785 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
22786 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
22787 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22788
22789 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22790
22791 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
22792 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
22793 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22794
22795 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22796
22797 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
22798 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
22799 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22800
22801 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22802
22803 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
22804 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
22805 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22806
22807 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22808
22809 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
22810 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
22811 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22812 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
22813
22814 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
22815
22816 ;;;***
22817 \f
22818 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
22819 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
22820 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
22821 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
22822 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17427 24977))
22823 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
22824
22825 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
22826 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
22827
22828 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum" t)
22829
22830 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
22831 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
22832
22833 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum" t)
22834
22835 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
22836 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
22837
22838 \(fn)" t nil)
22839
22840 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
22841 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
22842 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
22843
22844 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
22845
22846 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
22847 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
22848 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
22849 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22850 only look in the To and From fields.
22851 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22852
22853 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
22854
22855 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
22856 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
22857 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
22858 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
22859 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
22860
22861 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
22862
22863 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
22864 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
22865 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
22866 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22867 look in the whole message.
22868 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22869
22870 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
22871
22872 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
22873 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
22874 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
22875
22876 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
22877
22878 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
22879 *Function to decode summary-line.
22880
22881 By default, `identity' is set.")
22882
22883 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum" t)
22884
22885 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22886 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22887 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22888 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22889 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22890 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22891 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22892
22893 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22894 sent by you under different user names.
22895 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22896
22897 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22898
22899 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum" t)
22900
22901 ;;;***
22902 \f
22903 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
22904 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17383 40520))
22905 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
22906
22907 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
22908 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
22909
22910 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
22911
22912 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
22913 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING.
22914
22915 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
22916
22917 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
22918 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
22919
22920 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22921
22922 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
22923 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
22924 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
22925
22926 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
22927 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
22928 in rot 13.
22929
22930 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
22931
22932 \(fn)" t nil)
22933
22934 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
22935 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window.
22936
22937 \(fn)" t nil)
22938
22939 ;;;***
22940 \f
22941 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17743
22942 ;;;;;; 34996))
22943 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
22944
22945 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
22946 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
22947
22948 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22949
22950 ;;;***
22951 \f
22952 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (17418
22953 ;;;;;; 3786))
22954 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
22955
22956 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
22957 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
22958 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
22959 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
22960
22961 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
22962
22963 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
22964 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
22965 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
22966 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
22967
22968 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
22969 notation.
22970
22971 STRING
22972 matches string STRING literally.
22973
22974 CHAR
22975 matches character CHAR literally.
22976
22977 `not-newline', `nonl'
22978 matches any character except a newline.
22979 .
22980 `anything'
22981 matches any character
22982
22983 `(any SET ...)'
22984 `(in SET ...)'
22985 `(char SET ...)'
22986 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
22987 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
22988 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
22989
22990 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
22991 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
22992 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
22993 `word', or one of their synonyms.
22994
22995 `(not (any SET ...))'
22996 matches any character not in SET ...
22997
22998 `line-start', `bol'
22999 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23000 in the text being matched
23001
23002 `line-end', `eol'
23003 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23004
23005 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23006 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23007 string being matched against.
23008
23009 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23010 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23011 string being matched against.
23012
23013 `buffer-start'
23014 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23015 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23016
23017 `buffer-end'
23018 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23019 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23020
23021 `point'
23022 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23023
23024 `word-start', `bow'
23025 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23026 word.
23027
23028 `word-end', `eow'
23029 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23030
23031 `word-boundary'
23032 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23033 word.
23034
23035 `(not word-boundary)'
23036 `not-word-boundary'
23037 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23038 word.
23039
23040 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23041 matches 0 through 9.
23042
23043 `control', `cntrl'
23044 matches ASCII control characters.
23045
23046 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23047 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23048
23049 `blank'
23050 matches space and tab only.
23051
23052 `graphic', `graph'
23053 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23054 space, and DEL.
23055
23056 `printing', `print'
23057 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23058 and DEL.
23059
23060 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23061 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23062 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23063
23064 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23065 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23066 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23067
23068 `ascii'
23069 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23070
23071 `nonascii'
23072 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23073
23074 `lower', `lower-case'
23075 matches anything lower-case.
23076
23077 `upper', `upper-case'
23078 matches anything upper-case.
23079
23080 `punctuation', `punct'
23081 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23082 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23083
23084 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23085 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23086
23087 `word', `wordchar'
23088 matches anything that has word syntax.
23089
23090 `not-wordchar'
23091 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23092
23093 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23094 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23095 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23096 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23097
23098 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23099 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23100 `word' (\\sw)
23101 `symbol' (\\s_)
23102 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23103 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23104 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23105 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23106 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23107 `escape' (\\s\\)
23108 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23109 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23110 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23111 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23112 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23113
23114 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23115 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23116
23117 `(category CATEGORY)'
23118 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23119 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23120
23121 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23122 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23123 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23124 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23125 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23126 `symbol' (\\c5)
23127 `digit' (\\c6)
23128 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23129 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23130 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23131 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23132 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23133 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23134 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23135 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23136 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23137 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23138 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23139 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23140 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23141 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23142 `ascii' (\\ca)
23143 `arabic' (\\cb)
23144 `chinese' (\\cc)
23145 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23146 `greek' (\\cg)
23147 `korean' (\\ch)
23148 `indian' (\\ci)
23149 `japanese' (\\cj)
23150 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23151 `latin' (\\cl)
23152 `lao' (\\co)
23153 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23154 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23155 `thai' (\\ct)
23156 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23157 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23158 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23159 `can-break' (\\c|)
23160
23161 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23162 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23163
23164 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23165 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23166 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23167 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23168 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23169
23170 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23171 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23172 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23173 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23174
23175 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23176 another name for `submatch'.
23177
23178 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23179 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23180 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23181 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23182 regular expression.
23183
23184 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23185 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23186 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23187 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23188 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23189
23190 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23191 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23192
23193 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23194 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23195
23196 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23197 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23198 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23199
23200 `(* SEXP ...)'
23201 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23202 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23203
23204 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23205 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23206 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23207
23208 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23209 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23210 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23211
23212 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23213 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23214
23215 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23216 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23217
23218 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23219 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23220 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23221 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23222
23223 `(? SEXP ...)'
23224 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23225
23226 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23227 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23228
23229 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23230 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23231 matches N occurrences.
23232
23233 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23234 matches N or more occurrences.
23235
23236 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23237 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23238 matches N to M occurrences.
23239
23240 `(backref N)'
23241 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23242
23243 `(backref N)'
23244 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23245
23246 `(backref N)'
23247 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23248
23249 `(eval FORM)'
23250 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23251 `regexp-quote' it.
23252
23253 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23254 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23255
23256 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23257
23258 ;;;***
23259 \f
23260 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23261 ;;;;;; (17458 43622))
23262 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23263
23264 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23265 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23266 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23267 interface.")
23268
23269 (custom-autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" nil)
23270
23271 (autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" "\
23272 Toggle savehist-mode.
23273 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23274 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23275 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23276 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23277
23278 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23279 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23280 which is probably undesirable.
23281
23282 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23283
23284 ;;;***
23285 \f
23286 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23287 ;;;;;; (17388 57149))
23288 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23289
23290 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
23291 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23292 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23293
23294 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23295 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23296 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23297 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23298 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23299 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23300 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23301 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23302
23303 Commands:
23304 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23305 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23306 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23307 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23308 if that value is non-nil.
23309
23310 \(fn)" t nil)
23311
23312 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
23313 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23314 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23315
23316 Commands:
23317 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23318 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23319 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23320 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23321 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23322 that variable's value is a string.
23323
23324 \(fn)" t nil)
23325
23326 ;;;***
23327 \f
23328 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23329 ;;;;;; (17382 22970))
23330 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23331
23332 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
23333 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23334 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23335
23336 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23337
23338 \(fn)" t nil)
23339
23340 ;;;***
23341 \f
23342 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23343 ;;;;;; (17383 40521))
23344 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23345
23346 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23347 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23348 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23349 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23350 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23351 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23352
23353 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" nil)
23354
23355 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
23356 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23357 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23358 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23359 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23360
23361 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23362
23363 ;;;***
23364 \f
23365 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23366 ;;;;;; (17383 40521))
23367 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23368
23369 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
23370 Minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23371 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23372 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23373 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23374 during scrolling.
23375
23376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23377
23378 ;;;***
23379 \f
23380 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23381 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23382 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23383 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23384 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23385 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23386 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23387 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23388 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (17660 47811))
23389 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23390
23391 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
23392 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23393
23394 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23395 king@grassland.com
23396 If `parens', they look like:
23397 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23398 If `angles', they look like:
23399 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23400 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23401 derived from the envelope-from address.
23402
23403 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23404 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23405 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23406 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23407
23408 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail" t)
23409
23410 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23411 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23412 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23413 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23414
23415 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23416 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23417 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23418 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23419
23420 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail" t)
23421
23422 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23423 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23424 This is done when the message is initialized,
23425 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23426
23427 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail" t)
23428
23429 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23430 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23431 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23432
23433 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail" t)
23434
23435 (put (quote send-mail-function) (quote standard-value) (quote ((if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)))))
23436
23437 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
23438 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23439 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23440 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23441 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23442 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23443 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23444
23445 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail" t)
23446
23447 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
23448 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23449
23450 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail" t)
23451
23452 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23453 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23454 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
23455
23456 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail" t)
23457
23458 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23459 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23460 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23461 when you first send mail.")
23462
23463 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail" t)
23464
23465 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23466 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23467 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23468 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23469 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23470
23471 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23472
23473 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
23474 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23475 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23476 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23477 This file need not actually exist.")
23478
23479 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23480
23481 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23482 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
23483 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
23484
23485 (custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail" t)
23486
23487 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23488 Alist of mail address aliases,
23489 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23490 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23491 can specify a different file name.)
23492 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23493 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23494
23495 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
23496 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23497 nil means use indentation.")
23498
23499 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail" t)
23500
23501 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23502 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23503 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23504
23505 (custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail" t)
23506
23507 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23508 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23509 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23510 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23511 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23512 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23513 in the cited portion of the message.
23514
23515 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23516 instead of no action.")
23517
23518 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail" t)
23519
23520 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
23521 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23522 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23523 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23524 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23525
23526 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail" t)
23527
23528 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
23529 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23530 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23531 If a string, that string is inserted.
23532 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23533 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23534 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23535 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23536
23537 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail" t)
23538
23539 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
23540 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23541
23542 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail" t)
23543
23544 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
23545 Directory for mail buffers.
23546 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
23547 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
23548
23549 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail" t)
23550
23551 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23552 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23553 It is inserted before you edit the message,
23554 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
23555
23556 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail" t)
23557
23558 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
23559 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
23560 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
23561 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
23562 is non-nil.")
23563
23564 (custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail" t)
23565
23566 (defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
23567 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
23568 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
23569 `query' means ask the user each time.
23570 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
23571 The default is `mime'.
23572 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
23573 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
23574
23575 (custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail" t)
23576
23577 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
23578 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23579 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23580
23581 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23582 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23583
23584 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23585 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
23586 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
23587 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23588 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23589 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23590 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
23591 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23592 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23593 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23594 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
23595 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23596 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23597
23598 \(fn)" t nil)
23599
23600 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23601 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23602
23603 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
23604 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
23605
23606 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail" t)
23607
23608 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
23609 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23610 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
23611 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
23612 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
23613 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23614
23615 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
23616 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23617 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
23618
23619 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
23620 User should not set this variable manually,
23621 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
23622 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
23623 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23624 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
23625
23626 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
23627 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
23628 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
23629 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
23630
23631 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
23632 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
23633
23634 \\<mail-mode-map>
23635 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
23636
23637 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
23638 to move to message header fields:
23639 \\{mail-mode-map}
23640
23641 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
23642 when the message is initialized.
23643
23644 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
23645 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
23646
23647 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
23648 is inserted.
23649
23650 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
23651 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
23652
23653 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
23654 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
23655 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
23656 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
23657 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
23658 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
23659 buffer without erasing the contents.
23660
23661 The second through fifth arguments,
23662 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
23663 the initial contents of those header fields.
23664 These arguments should not have final newlines.
23665 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
23666 original message being replied to, or else an action
23667 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
23668 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
23669 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
23670 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
23671 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
23672 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
23673
23674 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
23675
23676 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
23677 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
23678
23679 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23680
23681 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
23682 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
23683
23684 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23685
23686 ;;;***
23687 \f
23688 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
23689 ;;;;;; (17746 35370))
23690 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
23691
23692 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
23693 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
23694 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
23695 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
23696 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
23697 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
23698
23699 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess.
23700
23701 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
23702
23703 (defvar server-mode nil "\
23704 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
23705 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23706 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23707 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23708 or call the function `server-mode'.")
23709
23710 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server" nil)
23711
23712 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
23713 Toggle Server mode.
23714 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23715 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
23716 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
23717
23718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23719
23720 ;;;***
23721 \f
23722 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17693 43097))
23723 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
23724
23725 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
23726 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
23727 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in the etc data directory) for more info.
23728
23729 Key definitions:
23730 \\{ses-mode-map}
23731 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
23732 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
23733 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
23734 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
23735
23736 \(fn)" t nil)
23737
23738 ;;;***
23739 \f
23740 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
23741 ;;;;;; (17521 50936))
23742 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
23743
23744 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23745 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
23746 Makes > match <.
23747 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
23748 `sgml-quick-keys'.
23749
23750 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
23751 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
23752 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
23753
23754 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
23755 in your `.emacs' file.
23756
23757 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
23758
23759 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23760 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
23761 \\{sgml-mode-map}
23762
23763 \(fn)" t nil)
23764
23765 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
23766
23767 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23768 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
23769 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
23770 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
23771 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
23772 which this is based.
23773
23774 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23775
23776 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
23777 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
23778 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
23779 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
23780
23781 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
23782 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
23783 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
23784
23785 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
23786 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
23787 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
23788 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
23789
23790 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
23791 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
23792 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
23793 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
23794
23795 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
23796
23797 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
23798 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
23799 To work around that, do:
23800 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
23801
23802 \\{html-mode-map}
23803
23804 \(fn)" t nil)
23805
23806 ;;;***
23807 \f
23808 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
23809 ;;;;;; (17710 3081))
23810 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
23811 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
23812
23813 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
23814 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
23815 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
23816 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
23817 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
23818 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
23819
23820 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
23821 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
23822 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
23823 shell-specific features.
23824
23825 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
23826 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
23827 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
23828 \\<sh-mode-map>
23829 \\[sh-case] case statement
23830 \\[sh-for] for loop
23831 \\[sh-function] function definition
23832 \\[sh-if] if statement
23833 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
23834 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
23835 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
23836 \\[sh-select] select loop
23837 \\[sh-until] until loop
23838 \\[sh-while] while loop
23839
23840 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
23841 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
23842 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
23843 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
23844 would indent to the way it currently is.
23845 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
23846 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
23847
23848
23849 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
23850 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
23851 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
23852 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
23853 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
23854 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
23855
23856 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
23857 {, (, [, ', \", `
23858 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
23859
23860 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
23861 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
23862 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
23863
23864 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
23865 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
23866
23867 \(fn)" t nil)
23868
23869 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
23870
23871 ;;;***
23872 \f
23873 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17382 22970))
23874 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
23875
23876 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
23877 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
23878 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
23879 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
23880 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
23881 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
23882
23883 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
23884
23885 ;;;***
23886 \f
23887 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
23888 ;;;;;; (17742 34367))
23889 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
23890
23891 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
23892 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
23893
23894 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
23895 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
23896 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
23897 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
23898 the earlier.
23899
23900 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
23901
23902 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
23903
23904 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
23905 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
23906 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
23907
23908 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
23909 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
23910
23911 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
23912 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
23913 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
23914 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
23915 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
23916 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
23917 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
23918 Emacs version).
23919
23920 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
23921 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
23922 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
23923 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
23924 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
23925
23926 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
23927 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
23928 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
23929
23930 \(fn)" t nil)
23931
23932 ;;;***
23933 \f
23934 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
23935 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17742
23936 ;;;;;; 32321))
23937 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
23938
23939 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
23940 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
23941 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
23942 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
23943 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
23944 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
23945 in the cluster.
23946
23947 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
23948
23949 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
23950 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
23951 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
23952 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
23953 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
23954
23955 \(fn)" t nil)
23956
23957 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
23958 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
23959 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
23960 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
23961 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this function).
23962 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
23963 `shadow-define-cluster').
23964
23965 \(fn)" t nil)
23966
23967 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
23968 Set up file shadowing.
23969
23970 \(fn)" t nil)
23971
23972 ;;;***
23973 \f
23974 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
23975 ;;;;;; (17715 55645))
23976 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
23977
23978 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
23979 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
23980 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
23981 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
23982 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
23983 arguments.")
23984
23985 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" t)
23986
23987 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
23988 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
23989 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
23990 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
23991 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
23992 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
23993 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
23994 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
23995 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
23996 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
23997 discards input when it starts up.)
23998 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
23999 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24000 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24001
24002 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24003 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24004 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24005 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24006 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24007 `default-process-coding-system'.
24008
24009 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24010 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24011 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24012 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24013
24014 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24015
24016 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24017 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24018
24019 ;;;***
24020 \f
24021 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24022 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17382 22970))
24023 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24024
24025 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
24026 Not documented
24027
24028 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24029
24030 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
24031 Not documented
24032
24033 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24034
24035 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
24036 Not documented
24037
24038 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24039
24040 ;;;***
24041 \f
24042 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24043 ;;;;;; (17382 22970))
24044 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24045
24046 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
24047 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24048 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24049 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24050 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24051
24052 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24053
24054 \(fn)" t nil)
24055
24056 ;;;***
24057 \f
24058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (17737 11883))
24059 ;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
24060 (put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
24061
24062 ;;;***
24063 \f
24064 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17388
24065 ;;;;;; 57150))
24066 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24067
24068 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
24069 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24070 \\{simula-mode-map}
24071 Variables controlling indentation style:
24072 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24073 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24074 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24075 `simula-indent-level'
24076 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24077 `simula-substatement-offset'
24078 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24079 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24080 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24081 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24082 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24083 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24084 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24085 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24086 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24087 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24088 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24089 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24090 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24091 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24092 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24093 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24094 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24095 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24096 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24097 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24098 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24099 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24100 or nil if they should not be changed.
24101 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24102 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24103 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24104 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24105
24106 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24107 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24108
24109 \(fn)" t nil)
24110
24111 ;;;***
24112 \f
24113 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24114 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17521 50933))
24115 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24116
24117 (defvar skeleton-filter-function (quote identity) "\
24118 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24119
24120 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
24121 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24122 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24123 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24124
24125 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24126
24127 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
24128 Insert SKELETON.
24129 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24130 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24131 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24132 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24133 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24134
24135 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24136 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24137
24138 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24139
24140 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
24141 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24142
24143 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24144 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24145 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24146 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24147
24148 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24149 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24150 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24151 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24152
24153 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24154 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24155 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24156
24157 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24158 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24159
24160 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24161 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24162
24163 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24164 _ interesting point, interregion here
24165 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24166 interesting point set by _
24167 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24168 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24169 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
24170 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
24171 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24172 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24173 nil skipped
24174
24175 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24176 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24177
24178 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24179 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24180 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24181 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24182 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24183 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24184 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24185 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24186
24187 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24188 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24189 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24190 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24191 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24192 available:
24193
24194 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24195 then: insert previously read string once more
24196 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24197 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24198 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24199
24200 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24201 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24202
24203 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24204
24205 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
24206 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24207
24208 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24209 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24210 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24211 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24212 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24213 such as backslash.
24214
24215 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24216 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24217 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24218
24219 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24220
24221 ;;;***
24222 \f
24223 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24224 ;;;;;; (17493 6878))
24225 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24226
24227 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
24228 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24229 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24230 buffer names.
24231
24232 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24233
24234 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
24235 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24236 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24237
24238 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24239
24240 ;;;***
24241 \f
24242 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24243 ;;;;;; (17440 26399))
24244 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24245
24246 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
24247 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24248 A list of images is returned.
24249
24250 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24251
24252 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
24253 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24254 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24255
24256 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24257
24258 ;;;***
24259 \f
24260 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24261 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (17718 30637))
24262 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24263
24264 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
24265 Not documented
24266
24267 \(fn)" nil nil)
24268
24269 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
24270 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24271
24272 \(fn)" t nil)
24273
24274 ;;;***
24275 \f
24276 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17382 22978))
24277 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24278
24279 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
24280 Play the Snake game.
24281 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24282
24283 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24284
24285 Snake mode keybindings:
24286 \\<snake-mode-map>
24287 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24288 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24289 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24290 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24291 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24292 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24293 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24294
24295 \(fn)" t nil)
24296
24297 ;;;***
24298 \f
24299 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24300 ;;;;;; (17383 40567))
24301 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24302
24303 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24304 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24305 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24306 Tab indents for C code.
24307 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24308 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24309 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24310 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24311 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24312
24313 \(fn)" t nil)
24314
24315 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24316 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24317 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24318 Tab indents for C code.
24319 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24320 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24321 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24322 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24323 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24324
24325 \(fn)" t nil)
24326
24327 ;;;***
24328 \f
24329 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24330 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24331 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17386 21901))
24332 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24333
24334 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
24335 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24336
24337 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24338 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24339 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24340
24341 For example, the form
24342
24343 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24344 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24345
24346 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24347
24348 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar" t)
24349
24350 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24351 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24352
24353 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24354 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24355 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24356 York City.
24357
24358 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24359
24360 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar" t)
24361
24362 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24363 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24364
24365 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24366 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
24367 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
24368 York City.
24369
24370 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24371
24372 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar" t)
24373
24374 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
24375 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
24376 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
24377 pair.
24378
24379 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24380
24381 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar" t)
24382
24383 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
24384 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24385 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
24386
24387 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
24388 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24389
24390 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24391
24392 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24393
24394 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
24395 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
24396 Requires floating point.
24397
24398 \(fn)" nil nil)
24399
24400 ;;;***
24401 \f
24402 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17382
24403 ;;;;;; 22978))
24404 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24405
24406 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
24407 Play Solitaire.
24408
24409 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24410 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24411 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24412 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24413 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24414 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24415 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24416 check after each move or undo)
24417
24418 What is Solitaire?
24419
24420 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24421 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24422 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24423
24424 Le Solitaire
24425 ============
24426
24427 o o o
24428
24429 o o o
24430
24431 o o o o o o o
24432
24433 o o o . o o o
24434
24435 o o o o o o o
24436
24437 o o o
24438
24439 o o o
24440
24441 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24442 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24443 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24444 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24445
24446 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24447 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24448 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24449 this: o o .
24450
24451 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24452 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24453
24454 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24455
24456 o o o
24457
24458 . o o
24459
24460 o o . o o o o
24461
24462 o . o o o o o
24463
24464 o o o o o o o
24465
24466 o o o
24467
24468 o o o
24469
24470 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24471
24472 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24473
24474 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24475
24476 ;;;***
24477 \f
24478 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24479 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24480 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17739 37747))
24481 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24482
24483 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
24484 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24485
24486 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24487 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24488 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24489 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24490 contiguous.
24491
24492 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24493 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24494 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24495 the sort order.
24496
24497 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24498 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24499
24500 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24501 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24502 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24503 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24504 is called.
24505
24506 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24507 It should move point to the end of the record.
24508
24509 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24510 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24511 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24512 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24513 starts at the beginning of the record.
24514
24515 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24516 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24517 same as ENDRECFUN.
24518
24519 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24520 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24521
24522 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24523
24524 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
24525 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24526 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24527 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24528 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24529 the sort order.
24530
24531 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24532
24533 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
24534 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24535 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24536 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24537 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24538 the sort order.
24539
24540 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24541
24542 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
24543 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24544 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24545 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24546 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24547 the sort order.
24548
24549 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24550
24551 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
24552 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24553 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24554 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24555 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24556 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24557 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24558 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24559 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24560
24561 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24562
24563 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
24564 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24565 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24566 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24567 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24568 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24569 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24570 the sort order.
24571
24572 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24573
24574 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
24575 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24576 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24577 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24578 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24579 is to be used for sorting.
24580 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24581 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24582 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24583 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24584 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24585
24586 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
24587
24588 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24589 the sort order.
24590
24591 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24592 starting with the letter \"f\",
24593 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24594
24595 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24596
24597 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
24598 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24599 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
24600 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
24601 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
24602 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
24603 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24604 the sort order.
24605
24606 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
24607 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
24608 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
24609 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
24610 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
24611
24612 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
24613
24614 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
24615 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
24616 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
24617
24618 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24619
24620 ;;;***
24621 \f
24622 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17440
24623 ;;;;;; 26400))
24624 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
24625
24626 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
24627 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
24628
24629 \(fn)" t nil)
24630
24631 ;;;***
24632 \f
24633 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
24634 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
24635 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (17386 21908))
24636 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
24637
24638 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
24639 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
24640
24641 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
24642 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
24643 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
24644
24645 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
24646
24647 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
24648 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
24649 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
24650 server.
24651
24652 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24653
24654 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
24655 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
24656 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
24657
24658 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24659
24660 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
24661 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
24662 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
24663 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
24664 Agent is plugged.
24665
24666 \(fn)" t nil)
24667
24668 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
24669 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
24670 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
24671 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
24672
24673 \(fn)" t nil)
24674
24675 ;;;***
24676 \f
24677 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
24678 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (17739 37747))
24679 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
24680
24681 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
24682
24683 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
24684 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
24685 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
24686 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
24687 supported at a time.
24688 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
24689 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
24690
24691 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24692
24693 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
24694 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
24695 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
24696 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
24697
24698 \(fn)" t nil)
24699
24700 ;;;***
24701 \f
24702 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
24703 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17383 40578))
24704 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
24705
24706 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
24707
24708 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
24709 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
24710 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
24711 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
24712 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
24713 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
24714
24715 \(fn)" t nil)
24716
24717 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
24718 Check spelling of word at or before point.
24719 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
24720 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
24721
24722 \(fn)" t nil)
24723
24724 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
24725 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
24726 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
24727 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
24728 for example, \"word\".
24729
24730 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
24731
24732 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
24733 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
24734
24735 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
24736
24737 ;;;***
24738 \f
24739 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17382
24740 ;;;;;; 22978))
24741 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
24742
24743 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
24744 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
24745
24746 \(fn)" t nil)
24747
24748 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
24749 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
24750
24751 \(fn)" nil nil)
24752
24753 ;;;***
24754 \f
24755 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
24756 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
24757 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
24758 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17388
24759 ;;;;;; 57150))
24760 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
24761
24762 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
24763 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
24764
24765 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
24766 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
24767 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
24768 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
24769 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
24770 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
24771 of the current highlighting list.
24772
24773 For example:
24774
24775 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
24776 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
24777
24778 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
24779 `_t' as data types.
24780
24781 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
24782
24783 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
24784 Show short help for the SQL modes.
24785
24786 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
24787 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
24788
24789 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
24790
24791 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
24792 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
24793 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
24794
24795 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
24796
24797 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
24798 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
24799 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
24800 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
24801 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
24802 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
24803 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
24804 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
24805 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
24806
24807 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
24808
24809 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
24810 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
24811 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
24812 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
24813
24814 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
24815 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
24816 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
24817 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
24818
24819 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
24820 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
24821 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
24822
24823 \(fn)" t nil)
24824
24825 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
24826 Major mode to edit SQL.
24827
24828 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
24829 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
24830 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
24831
24832 \\{sql-mode-map}
24833 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
24834
24835 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
24836 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
24837 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
24838 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
24839 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
24840 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
24841
24842 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
24843 `sql-interactive-mode'.
24844
24845 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
24846 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
24847 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
24848
24849 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
24850 (lambda ()
24851 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
24852
24853 \(fn)" t nil)
24854
24855 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
24856 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
24857
24858 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24859 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24860 `*SQL*'.
24861
24862 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24863
24864 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
24865
24866 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
24867 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
24868
24869 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24870 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24871 `*SQL*'.
24872
24873 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
24874 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
24875 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
24876 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
24877
24878 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24879 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24880
24881 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24882 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24883 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24884 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24885 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24886 `default-process-coding-system'.
24887
24888 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24889
24890 \(fn)" t nil)
24891
24892 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
24893 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
24894
24895 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24896 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24897 `*SQL*'.
24898
24899 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
24900 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
24901 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24902 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
24903
24904 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24905 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24906
24907 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24908 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24909 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24910 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24911 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24912 `default-process-coding-system'.
24913
24914 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24915
24916 \(fn)" t nil)
24917
24918 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
24919 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
24920
24921 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24922 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24923 `*SQL*'.
24924
24925 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
24926 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
24927
24928 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24929 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24930
24931 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24932 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24933 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24934 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24935 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24936 `default-process-coding-system'.
24937
24938 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24939
24940 \(fn)" t nil)
24941
24942 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
24943 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
24944
24945 SQLite is free software.
24946
24947 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24948 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24949 `*SQL*'.
24950
24951 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
24952 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
24953 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24954 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
24955
24956 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24957 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24958
24959 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24960 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24961 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24962 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24963 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24964 `default-process-coding-system'.
24965
24966 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24967
24968 \(fn)" t nil)
24969
24970 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
24971 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
24972
24973 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
24974
24975 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24976 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24977 `*SQL*'.
24978
24979 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
24980 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
24981 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24982 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
24983
24984 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24985 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24986
24987 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24988 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24989 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24990 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24991 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24992 `default-process-coding-system'.
24993
24994 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24995
24996 \(fn)" t nil)
24997
24998 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
24999 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25000
25001 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25002 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25003 `*SQL*'.
25004
25005 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25006 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25007 defaults, if set.
25008
25009 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25010 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25011
25012 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25013 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25014 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25015 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25016 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25017 `default-process-coding-system'.
25018
25019 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25020
25021 \(fn)" t nil)
25022
25023 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
25024 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25025
25026 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25027 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25028 `*SQL*'.
25029
25030 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25031 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25032
25033 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25034 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25035
25036 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25037 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25038 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25039 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25040 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25041 `default-process-coding-system'.
25042
25043 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25044
25045 \(fn)" t nil)
25046
25047 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
25048 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25049
25050 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25051 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25052 `*SQL*'.
25053
25054 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25055 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25056 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25057 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25058
25059 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25060 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25061
25062 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25063 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25064 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25065 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25066 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25067 `default-process-coding-system'.
25068
25069 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25070
25071 \(fn)" t nil)
25072
25073 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
25074 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25075
25076 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25077 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25078 `*SQL*'.
25079
25080 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25081 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25082 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25083 `sql-postgres-options'.
25084
25085 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25086 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25087
25088 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25089 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25090 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25091 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25092 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25093 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25094 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25095 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25096
25097 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25098 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25099
25100 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25101
25102 \(fn)" t nil)
25103
25104 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
25105 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25106
25107 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25108 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25109 `*SQL*'.
25110
25111 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25112 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25113 defaults, if set.
25114
25115 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25116 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25117
25118 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25119 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25120 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25121 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25122 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25123 `default-process-coding-system'.
25124
25125 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25126
25127 \(fn)" t nil)
25128
25129 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
25130 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25131
25132 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25133 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25134 `*SQL*'.
25135
25136 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25137 automatic login.
25138
25139 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25140 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25141
25142 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25143 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25144 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25145 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25146
25147 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25148 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25149 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25150 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25151 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25152 `default-process-coding-system'.
25153
25154 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25155
25156 \(fn)" t nil)
25157
25158 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
25159 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25160
25161 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25162 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25163 `*SQL*'.
25164
25165 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25166 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25167 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25168 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25169 parameters.
25170
25171 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25172 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25173 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25174 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25175 an empty password.
25176
25177 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25178 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25179
25180 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25181
25182 \(fn)" t nil)
25183
25184 ;;;***
25185 \f
25186 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25187 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25188 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25189 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25190 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17704
25191 ;;;;;; 3962))
25192 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25193
25194 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
25195 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25196 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25197 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25198 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25199 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25200
25201 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25202
25203 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25204
25205 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
25206 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25207 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25208 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25209 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25210 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25211 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25212
25213 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25214
25215 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25216 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25217 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25218 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25219 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25220 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25221 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25222
25223 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25224
25225 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
25226 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25227 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25228
25229 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25230
25231 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25232 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25233 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25234
25235 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25236
25237 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
25238 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25239
25240 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25241
25242 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
25243 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25244
25245 \(fn)" t nil)
25246
25247 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
25248 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25249
25250 \(fn)" t nil)
25251
25252 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
25253 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25254 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25255 chronologically by command name.
25256 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25257
25258 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25259
25260 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25261 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25262 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25263 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25264 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25265 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25266
25267 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" nil)
25268
25269 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
25270 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25271 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25272 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25273 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25274 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25275 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25276
25277 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25278 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25279 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25280 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25281
25282 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25283
25284 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25285
25286 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
25287 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25288 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25289 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25290
25291 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25292
25293 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25294 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25295
25296 \(fn)" t nil)
25297
25298 ;;;***
25299 \f
25300 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25301 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (16211 27038))
25302 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25303
25304 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
25305 Studlify-case the region.
25306
25307 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25308
25309 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
25310 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25311
25312 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25313
25314 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
25315 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25316
25317 \(fn)" t nil)
25318
25319 ;;;***
25320 \f
25321 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (17746 11736))
25322 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25323
25324 (autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
25325 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25326 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25327 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25328 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25329 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25330
25331 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25332 is used instead of `load-path'.
25333
25334 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
25335 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25336 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25337
25338 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25339
25340 ;;;***
25341 \f
25342 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25343 ;;;;;; (17383 40560))
25344 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25345
25346 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
25347 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25348 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25349 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25350 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25351 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25352 original message but it does require a few things:
25353
25354 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25355
25356 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25357 reply buffer.
25358
25359 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25360 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25361 original message.
25362
25363 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25364
25365 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25366
25367 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
25368 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
25369 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25370
25371 \(fn)" nil nil)
25372
25373 ;;;***
25374 \f
25375 ;;;### (autoloads (t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (17742 41228))
25376 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25377
25378 (defvar t-mouse-mode nil "\
25379 Non-nil if T-Mouse mode is enabled.
25380 See the command `t-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25381 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25382 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25383 or call the function `t-mouse-mode'.")
25384
25385 (custom-autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" nil)
25386
25387 (autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "\
25388 Toggle t-mouse mode.
25389 With prefix arg, turn t-mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25390
25391 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use t-mouse commands.
25392
25393 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25394
25395 ;;;***
25396 \f
25397 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17606 37926))
25398 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25399
25400 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
25401 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25402 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25403 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25404 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25405
25406 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25407
25408 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
25409 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25410 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25411 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25412 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25413 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25414 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25415
25416 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25417
25418 ;;;***
25419 \f
25420 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25421 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25422 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25423 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25424 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25425 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25426 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25427 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25428 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25429 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25430 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25431 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25432 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (17739 37751))
25433 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25434
25435 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25436 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25437 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25438
25439 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table" t)
25440
25441 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25442 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25443
25444 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table" t)
25445
25446 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25447 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25448
25449 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table" t)
25450
25451 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25452 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25453
25454 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table" t)
25455
25456 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
25457 Insert an editable text table.
25458 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25459 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25460 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25461 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25462 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25463 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25464 delimiting them.
25465
25466 Examples:
25467
25468 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25469
25470 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25471 location of point.
25472
25473 -!-
25474
25475 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25476 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25477 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25478 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25479 first cell.
25480
25481 +-----+-----+-----+
25482 |-!- | | |
25483 +-----+-----+-----+
25484
25485 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25486
25487 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25488 width, which results as
25489
25490 +--------------+-----+-----+
25491 |-!- | | |
25492 +--------------+-----+-----+
25493
25494 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25495 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25496
25497 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25498 | | |-!- |
25499 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25500
25501 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25502 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25503 width information to `table-insert'.
25504
25505 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25506
25507 instead of
25508
25509 Cell width(s): 5
25510
25511 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25512 work all together.
25513
25514 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25515 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25516
25517 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25518 |-!- | | |
25519 | | | |
25520 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25521
25522 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25523
25524 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25525 |-!- | | |
25526 | | | |
25527 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25528 | | | |
25529 | | | |
25530 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25531
25532 Move the point under the table as shown below.
25533
25534 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25535 | | | |
25536 | | | |
25537 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25538 | | | |
25539 | | | |
25540 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25541 -!-
25542
25543 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
25544 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
25545 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
25546
25547 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25548 | | | |
25549 | | | |
25550 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25551 | | | |
25552 | | | |
25553 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25554 |-!- | | |
25555 | | | |
25556 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25557
25558 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
25559 results.
25560
25561 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25562 | | | |
25563 | | | |
25564 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25565 | | |Text editing inside the table |
25566 | | |cell produces reasonably |
25567 | | |expected results.-!- |
25568 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25569 | | | |
25570 | | | |
25571 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25572
25573 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
25574
25575 \\{table-cell-map}
25576
25577 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
25578
25579 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
25580 Insert N table row(s).
25581 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
25582 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
25583 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
25584 are appended at the bottom of the table.
25585
25586 \(fn N)" t nil)
25587
25588 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
25589 Insert N table column(s).
25590 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
25591 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
25592 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
25593 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
25594
25595 \(fn N)" t nil)
25596
25597 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
25598 Insert row(s) or column(s).
25599 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
25600
25601 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
25602
25603 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
25604 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
25605 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
25606 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
25607 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
25608 all the table specific features.
25609
25610 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25611
25612 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
25613 Not documented
25614
25615 \(fn)" t nil)
25616
25617 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
25618 Recognize all tables within region.
25619 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
25620 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
25621 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
25622 specific features.
25623
25624 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25625
25626 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
25627 Not documented
25628
25629 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25630
25631 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
25632 Recognize a table at point.
25633 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
25634 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
25635 the table specific features.
25636
25637 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25638
25639 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
25640 Not documented
25641
25642 \(fn)" t nil)
25643
25644 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
25645 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
25646 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
25647 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
25648 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
25649 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
25650 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
25651
25652 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
25653
25654 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
25655 Not documented
25656
25657 \(fn)" t nil)
25658
25659 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
25660 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
25661 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
25662 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
25663 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
25664 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
25665 specified.
25666
25667 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25668
25669 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
25670 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
25671 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
25672 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
25673 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
25674 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
25675 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
25676 table structure.
25677
25678 \(fn N)" t nil)
25679
25680 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
25681 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
25682 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
25683 table's rectangle structure.
25684
25685 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25686
25687 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
25688 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
25689 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
25690 table's rectangle structure.
25691
25692 \(fn N)" t nil)
25693
25694 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
25695 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
25696 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25697 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
25698 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
25699
25700 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
25701
25702 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
25703 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
25704 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
25705
25706 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
25707 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
25708 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
25709 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
25710 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
25711 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
25712 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
25713
25714 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25715 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
25716 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
25717 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
25718 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
25719 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
25720 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25721
25722 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
25723 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
25724 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
25725 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
25726 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
25727 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
25728 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
25729 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25730
25731 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
25732
25733 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
25734 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
25735 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25736 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
25737
25738 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25739
25740 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
25741 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
25742 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
25743
25744 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
25745
25746 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
25747 Split current cell vertically.
25748 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
25749
25750 \(fn)" t nil)
25751
25752 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
25753 Split current cell horizontally.
25754 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
25755
25756 \(fn)" t nil)
25757
25758 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
25759 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
25760 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
25761
25762 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
25763
25764 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
25765 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
25766 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
25767 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
25768
25769 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25770
25771 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
25772 Justify cell contents.
25773 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
25774 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
25775 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
25776 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
25777
25778 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
25779
25780 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
25781 Justify cells of a row.
25782 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25783 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25784
25785 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25786
25787 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
25788 Justify cells of a column.
25789 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25790 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25791
25792 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25793
25794 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
25795 Toggle fixing width mode.
25796 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
25797 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
25798 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
25799
25800 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25801
25802 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
25803 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
25804 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
25805 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
25806 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
25807 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
25808 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
25809 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
25810 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
25811 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
25812 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
25813
25814 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
25815
25816 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
25817 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
25818 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
25819 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
25820 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
25821 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
25822 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
25823 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
25824 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
25825 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
25826 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
25827 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
25828 untouched.
25829
25830 References used for this implementation:
25831
25832 HTML:
25833 http://www.w3.org
25834
25835 LaTeX:
25836 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
25837
25838 CALS (DocBook DTD):
25839 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
25840 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
25841
25842 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
25843
25844 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
25845 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
25846 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
25847 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
25848 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
25849 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
25850 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
25851 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
25852 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
25853 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
25854 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
25855 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
25856 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
25857 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
25858 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
25859 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
25860 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
25861
25862 Example:
25863
25864 (progn
25865 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
25866 (table-forward-cell 15)
25867 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
25868 (table-forward-cell 16)
25869 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
25870 (table-forward-cell 1)
25871 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
25872
25873 (progn
25874 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
25875 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
25876 (table-forward-cell 1)
25877 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
25878
25879 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25880
25881 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
25882 Delete N row(s) of cells.
25883 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
25884 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
25885 consists from cells of same height.
25886
25887 \(fn N)" t nil)
25888
25889 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
25890 Delete N column(s) of cells.
25891 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
25892 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
25893 column must consists from cells of same width.
25894
25895 \(fn N)" t nil)
25896
25897 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
25898 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
25899 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
25900 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
25901 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
25902 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
25903 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
25904 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
25905 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
25906 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
25907 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
25908 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
25909 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
25910 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
25911 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
25912
25913
25914 Example 1:
25915
25916 1, 2, 3, 4
25917 5, 6, 7, 8
25918 , 9, 10
25919
25920 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
25921 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
25922 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
25923 specified as 5.
25924
25925 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25926 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
25927 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25928 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
25929 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25930 | | 9 | 10 | |
25931 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25932
25933 Note:
25934
25935 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
25936 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
25937 of each row is optional.
25938
25939
25940 Example 2:
25941
25942 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
25943 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
25944 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
25945 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
25946 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
25947
25948 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
25949 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
25950
25951 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
25952 expression and raw delimiter regular
25953 expression, it parses the specified text
25954 area and extracts cell items from
25955 non-table text and then forms a table out
25956 of them.
25957
25958 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
25959 creates a single cell table. The text in
25960 the specified region is placed in that
25961 cell.-*-
25962
25963 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
25964 like this.
25965
25966 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25967 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
25968 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
25969 | |
25970 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
25971 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
25972 | expression, it parses the specified text |
25973 | area and extracts cell items from |
25974 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
25975 | of them. |
25976 | |
25977 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
25978 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
25979 | the specified region is placed in that |
25980 | cell. |
25981 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25982
25983 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
25984 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
25985 independently.
25986
25987 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25988 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
25989 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
25990 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
25991 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
25992 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
25993 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
25994 | |area and extracts cell items from |
25995 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
25996 | |of them. |
25997 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
25998 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
25999 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26000 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26001 | |cell. |
26002 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26003
26004 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26005 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26006 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26007
26008 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26009
26010 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
26011 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26012 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26013 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26014 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26015
26016 \(fn)" t nil)
26017
26018 ;;;***
26019 \f
26020 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17383 40523))
26021 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26022
26023 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
26024 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26025
26026 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26027
26028 ;;;***
26029 \f
26030 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (17526 41990))
26031 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26032
26033 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
26034 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26035 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26036 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26037 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26038 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26039 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26040
26041 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26042 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26043 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26044 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26045
26046 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26047 \\{tar-mode-map}
26048
26049 \(fn)" t nil)
26050
26051 ;;;***
26052 \f
26053 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26054 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (17478 35187))
26055 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26056
26057 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
26058 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26059 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26060 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26061 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26062 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26063
26064 Variables controlling indentation style:
26065 `tcl-indent-level'
26066 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26067 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26068 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26069
26070 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26071 documentation for details):
26072 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26073 Controls action of TAB key.
26074 `tcl-auto-newline'
26075 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26076 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26077 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26078 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26079 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26080
26081 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26082 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26083 already exist.
26084
26085 Commands:
26086 \\{tcl-mode-map}
26087
26088 \(fn)" t nil)
26089
26090 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
26091 Run inferior Tcl process.
26092 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26093 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26094
26095 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26096
26097 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
26098 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26099 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26100
26101 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26102
26103 ;;;***
26104 \f
26105 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17383 40567))
26106 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26107 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26108
26109 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
26110 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26111 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26112 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26113
26114 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26115 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26116 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26117 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26118 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26119
26120 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26121 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26122
26123 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
26124 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26125 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26126 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26127
26128 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26129
26130 ;;;***
26131 \f
26132 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17565
26133 ;;;;;; 13037))
26134 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26135
26136 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
26137 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26138 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26139 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26140 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26141 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26142
26143 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26144
26145 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
26146 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26147 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26148 commands to use in that buffer.
26149
26150 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26151
26152 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26153
26154 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
26155 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26156
26157 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26158
26159 ;;;***
26160 \f
26161 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17742
26162 ;;;;;; 30303))
26163 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26164
26165 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
26166 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26167 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26168 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26169 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26170 program as keyboard input.
26171
26172 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26173 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26174 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26175 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26176
26177 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26178 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26179 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26180 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26181 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26182
26183 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26184
26185 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26186 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26187 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26188 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26189
26190 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26191 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26192 subprocess started.
26193
26194 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26195
26196 ;;;***
26197 \f
26198 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26199 ;;;;;; (17383 40543))
26200 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26201
26202 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
26203 Start coverage on function under point.
26204
26205 \(fn)" t nil)
26206
26207 ;;;***
26208 \f
26209 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17382 22978))
26210 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26211
26212 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
26213 Play the Tetris game.
26214 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26215 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26216 as to form complete rows.
26217
26218 tetris-mode keybindings:
26219 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26220 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26221 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26222 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26223 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26224 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26225 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26226 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26227 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26228
26229 \(fn)" t nil)
26230
26231 ;;;***
26232 \f
26233 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26234 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26235 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26236 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26237 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26238 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26239 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26240 ;;;;;; (17557 12734))
26241 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26242
26243 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26244 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26245
26246 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" t)
26247
26248 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26249 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26250 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26251 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26252 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26253
26254 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode" t)
26255
26256 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26257 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26258 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26259 if it matches the first line of the file,
26260 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26261
26262 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode" t)
26263
26264 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26265 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26266 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26267 if the variable is non-nil.")
26268
26269 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode" t)
26270
26271 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26272 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26273
26274 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode" t)
26275
26276 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26277 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26278 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26279 See the documentation of that variable.")
26280
26281 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26282
26283 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26284 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26285 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26286 See the documentation of that variable.")
26287
26288 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26289
26290 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26291 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26292 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26293 See the documentation of that variable.")
26294
26295 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26296
26297 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26298 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26299 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26300 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26301 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26302
26303 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode" t)
26304
26305 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26306 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26307 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26308 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26309
26310 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode" t)
26311
26312 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26313 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26314 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26315
26316 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode" t)
26317
26318 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26319 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26320 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26321 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26322
26323 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode" t)
26324
26325 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26326 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26327 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26328 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26329
26330 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26331
26332 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26333 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26334 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26335 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26336
26337 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26338 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26339 for example,
26340
26341 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26342 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26343
26344 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26345 use.")
26346
26347 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26348
26349 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26350 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26351 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26352 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26353 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26354
26355 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26356
26357 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode" t)
26358
26359 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26360 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26361 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26362
26363 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode" t)
26364
26365 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
26366 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26367 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26368 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26369 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26370
26371 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode" t)
26372
26373 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26374 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26375
26376 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26377
26378 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26379 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26380
26381 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26382
26383 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26384 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26385 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26386 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26387 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26388 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26389 says which mode to use.
26390
26391 \(fn)" t nil)
26392
26393 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
26394
26395 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
26396
26397 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
26398
26399 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26400 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26401 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26402 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26403 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26404
26405 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26406 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26407 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26408 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26409 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26410 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26411 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26412
26413 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26414 mismatched $'s or braces.
26415
26416 Special commands:
26417 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26418
26419 Mode variables:
26420 tex-run-command
26421 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26422 tex-directory
26423 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26424 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26425 tex-dvi-print-command
26426 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26427 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26428 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26429 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26430 tex-dvi-view-command
26431 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26432 tex-show-queue-command
26433 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26434 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26435
26436 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26437 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26438 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26439
26440 \(fn)" t nil)
26441
26442 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26443 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26444 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26445 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26446 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26447
26448 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26449 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26450 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26451 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26452 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26453 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26454 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26455
26456 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26457 mismatched $'s or braces.
26458
26459 Special commands:
26460 \\{latex-mode-map}
26461
26462 Mode variables:
26463 latex-run-command
26464 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26465 tex-directory
26466 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26467 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26468 tex-dvi-print-command
26469 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26470 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26471 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26472 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26473 tex-dvi-view-command
26474 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26475 tex-show-queue-command
26476 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26477 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26478
26479 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26480 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26481 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26482
26483 \(fn)" t nil)
26484
26485 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26486 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26487 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26488 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26489 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26490
26491 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26492 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26493 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26494 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26495 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26496 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26497 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26498
26499 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26500 mismatched $'s or braces.
26501
26502 Special commands:
26503 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26504
26505 Mode variables:
26506 slitex-run-command
26507 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26508 tex-directory
26509 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26510 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26511 tex-dvi-print-command
26512 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26513 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26514 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26515 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26516 tex-dvi-view-command
26517 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26518 tex-show-queue-command
26519 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26520 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26521
26522 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26523 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
26524 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
26525 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26526
26527 \(fn)" t nil)
26528
26529 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
26530 Not documented
26531
26532 \(fn)" nil nil)
26533
26534 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26535 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
26536
26537 \(fn)" t nil)
26538
26539 ;;;***
26540 \f
26541 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
26542 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17742 39766))
26543 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
26544
26545 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
26546 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
26547 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26548 name specified in the @setfilename command.
26549
26550 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
26551 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
26552 Info-split to do these manually.
26553
26554 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26555
26556 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
26557 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
26558 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
26559 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
26560 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
26561
26562 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
26563
26564 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
26565 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
26566 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26567 names specified in the @setfilename command.
26568
26569 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
26570 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
26571 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
26572 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
26573
26574 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
26575 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
26576
26577 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26578
26579 ;;;***
26580 \f
26581 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
26582 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17383 40579))
26583 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
26584
26585 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
26586 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26587
26588 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo" t)
26589
26590 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
26591 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26592
26593 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo" t)
26594
26595 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
26596 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
26597
26598 It has these extra commands:
26599 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
26600
26601 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
26602 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
26603 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
26604 modified version of TeX input format.
26605
26606 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
26607 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
26608 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
26609 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
26610
26611 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
26612 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
26613 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
26614 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
26615 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
26616 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
26617 in the Texinfo file.
26618
26619 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
26620 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
26621 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
26622 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
26623 move forward past the closing brace.
26624
26625 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
26626 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
26627
26628 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
26629 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
26630 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
26631
26632 Here are the functions:
26633
26634 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
26635 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
26636 texinfo-sequential-node-update
26637
26638 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
26639 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
26640 texinfo-master-menu
26641
26642 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
26643
26644 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
26645 which menu descriptions are indented.
26646
26647 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
26648 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
26649 in the region.
26650
26651 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
26652 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
26653 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
26654 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
26655
26656 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
26657 be the first node in the file.
26658
26659 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
26660 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
26661
26662 \(fn)" t nil)
26663
26664 ;;;***
26665 \f
26666 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
26667 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
26668 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
26669 ;;;;;; (17184 28284))
26670 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
26671
26672 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
26673 Compose Thai characters in the region.
26674 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
26675 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
26676
26677 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26678
26679 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
26680 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
26681
26682 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
26683
26684 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
26685 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
26686
26687 \(fn)" t nil)
26688
26689 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
26690 Not documented
26691
26692 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26693
26694 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
26695 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
26696 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
26697 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
26698 to compose.
26699
26700 The return value is number of composed characters.
26701
26702 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26703
26704 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
26705 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
26706
26707 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26708
26709 ;;;***
26710 \f
26711 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
26712 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
26713 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17672 28071))
26714 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
26715
26716 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
26717 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
26718
26719 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
26720
26721 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26722 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
26723 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26724 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26725 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26726
26727 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26728 a symbol as a valid THING.
26729
26730 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
26731 of the textual entity that was found.
26732
26733 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26734
26735 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26736 Return the THING at point.
26737 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26738 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26739 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26740
26741 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26742 a symbol as a valid THING.
26743
26744 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26745
26746 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26747 Not documented
26748
26749 \(fn)" nil nil)
26750
26751 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26752 Not documented
26753
26754 \(fn)" nil nil)
26755
26756 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26757 Not documented
26758
26759 \(fn)" nil nil)
26760
26761 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26762 Not documented
26763
26764 \(fn)" nil nil)
26765
26766 ;;;***
26767 \f
26768 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
26769 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
26770 ;;;;;; (17591 28068))
26771 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
26772
26773 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
26774 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
26775
26776 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
26777
26778 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
26779 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
26780 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
26781 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
26782
26783 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
26784
26785 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
26786 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
26787
26788 \(fn)" t nil)
26789
26790 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show) "thumbs" "\
26791 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
26792
26793 \(fn)" t nil)
26794
26795 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-from-dir))
26796
26797 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
26798 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
26799
26800 \(fn)" t nil)
26801
26802 ;;;***
26803 \f
26804 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
26805 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
26806 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
26807 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
26808 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
26809 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (17113 1832))
26810 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
26811
26812 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
26813 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
26814 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
26815
26816 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
26817
26818 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
26819 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
26820
26821 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26822
26823 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
26824 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
26825 The returned string has no composition information.
26826
26827 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26828
26829 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26830 Compose Tibetan string STR.
26831
26832 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26833
26834 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26835 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
26836
26837 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26838
26839 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26840 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
26841 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
26842 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26843
26844 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
26845
26846 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26847 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
26848 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
26849 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26850
26851 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26852
26853 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
26854 Not documented
26855
26856 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26857
26858 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
26859 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
26860 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
26861
26862 \(fn)" t nil)
26863
26864 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
26865 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
26866 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
26867
26868 \(fn)" t nil)
26869
26870 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
26871 Not documented
26872
26873 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26874
26875 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
26876 Not documented
26877
26878 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
26879
26880 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
26881 Not documented
26882
26883 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
26884
26885 ;;;***
26886 \f
26887 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
26888 ;;;;;; (17383 40580))
26889 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
26890
26891 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
26892 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
26893 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
26894 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
26895 parameters.
26896 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
26897
26898 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26899
26900 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
26901 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
26902 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
26903 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
26904 parameters.
26905 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
26906
26907 \(fn)" t nil)
26908
26909 ;;;***
26910 \f
26911 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
26912 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (17673 64787))
26913 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
26914
26915 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
26916 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
26917
26918 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time" t)
26919
26920 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
26921 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
26922 This display updates automatically every minute.
26923 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
26924 are displayed as well.
26925 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
26926
26927 \(fn)" t nil)
26928
26929 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
26930 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
26931 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
26932 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26933 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26934 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
26935
26936 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" nil)
26937
26938 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
26939 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
26940 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
26941
26942 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
26943 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
26944 are displayed as well.
26945 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
26946
26947 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26948
26949 ;;;***
26950 \f
26951 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
26952 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
26953 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
26954 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17386
26955 ;;;;;; 21901))
26956 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
26957
26958 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
26959 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
26960
26961 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
26962
26963 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
26964 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
26965 You can use `float-time' instead.
26966
26967 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26968
26969 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
26970 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
26971
26972 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
26973
26974 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
26975 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
26976
26977 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
26978
26979 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
26980 Convert DAYS into a time value.
26981
26982 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
26983
26984 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
26985 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
26986 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
26987
26988 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26989
26990 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
26991
26992 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
26993 Subtract two time values.
26994 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
26995
26996 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
26997
26998 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
26999 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
27000
27001 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27002
27003 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
27004 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27005 DATE should be a date-time string.
27006
27007 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27008
27009 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
27010 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27011 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27012
27013 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27014
27015 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
27016 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27017
27018 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27019
27020 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
27021 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27022
27023 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27024
27025 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
27026 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27027 TIME should be a time value.
27028 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27029
27030 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27031
27032 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27033 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27034 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27035
27036 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27037
27038 ;;;***
27039 \f
27040 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27041 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (17487 50901))
27042 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27043 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27044 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27045 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27046 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27047 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27048 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27049 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27050
27051 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
27052 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27053 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27054 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27055 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27056 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27057 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27058 look like one of the following:
27059 Time-stamp: <>
27060 Time-stamp: \" \"
27061 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27062 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27063 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27064 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27065 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27066 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27067 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27068 the template.
27069
27070 \(fn)" t nil)
27071
27072 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
27073 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27074 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27075
27076 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27077
27078 ;;;***
27079 \f
27080 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27081 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27082 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27083 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27084 ;;;;;; (17628 62478))
27085 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27086
27087 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
27088 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27089 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27090 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27091 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27092 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27093 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27094 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27095 display (non-nil means on).
27096
27097 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27098
27099 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
27100 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27101 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27102 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
27103 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27104 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27105 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27106 this function is called within a day.
27107
27108 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27109 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27110 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27111 discover the name of the project.
27112
27113 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27114
27115 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
27116 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27117 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27118 begun during the last time segment.
27119
27120 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27121 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27122 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27123 discover the reason.
27124
27125 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27126
27127 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
27128 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27129 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27130 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27131 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27132
27133 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27134
27135 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
27136 Change to working on a different project.
27137 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27138 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27139 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27140 working on.
27141
27142 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27143
27144 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
27145 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27146 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27147
27148 \(fn)" nil nil)
27149
27150 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
27151 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27152 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27153
27154 \(fn)" t nil)
27155
27156 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
27157 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27158 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27159 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27160 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27161 \"relative to today\".
27162
27163 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27164
27165 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
27166 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27167 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27168 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27169
27170 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27171
27172 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
27173 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27174 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27175 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27176 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27177 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27178
27179 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27180
27181 ;;;***
27182 \f
27183 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
27184 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
27185 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17687 3226))
27186 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
27187
27188 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
27189
27190 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
27191 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
27192
27193 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
27194
27195 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
27196 Cancel all timers which would run FUNCTION.
27197 This affects ordinary timers such as are scheduled by `run-at-time',
27198 and idle timers such as are scheduled by `run-with-idle-timer'.
27199
27200 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
27201
27202 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
27203 Perform an action at time TIME.
27204 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27205 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
27206 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
27207 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
27208 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
27209 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27210
27211 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27212
27213 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27214
27215 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
27216 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
27217 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27218 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
27219 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27220
27221 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27222
27223 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27224
27225 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
27226 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
27227 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
27228 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
27229
27230 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
27231
27232 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
27233 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27234 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27235 SECS may be an integer, a floating point number, or the internal
27236 time format (HIGH LOW USECS) returned by, e.g., `current-idle-time'.
27237 If Emacs is currently idle, and has been idle for N seconds (N < SECS),
27238 then it will call FUNCTION in SECS - N seconds from now.
27239
27240 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
27241 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
27242
27243 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27244
27245 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27246 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
27247
27248 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
27249 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
27250 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27251 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27252 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27253 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27254 be detected.
27255
27256 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27257
27258 ;;;***
27259 \f
27260 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27261 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17113 1822))
27262 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27263
27264 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27265 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27266 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27267 the generated Quail package is saved.
27268
27269 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27270
27271 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27272 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27273 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27274 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27275 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27276 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27277 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27278
27279 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27280
27281 ;;;***
27282 \f
27283 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27284 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17113
27285 ;;;;;; 1833))
27286 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27287
27288 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
27289 Not documented
27290
27291 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27292
27293 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
27294 Not documented
27295
27296 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27297
27298 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
27299 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
27300 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
27301 PATTERN regexp.
27302
27303 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27304
27305 ;;;***
27306 \f
27307 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27308 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (17383 40524))
27309 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27310 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27311 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
27312 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27313
27314 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
27315 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27316 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27317 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27318 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27319
27320 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27321
27322 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
27323 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27324 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27325 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27326 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27327
27328 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27329
27330 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
27331 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27332 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27333 in the menu in two ways:
27334 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27335 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27336 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27337
27338 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27339 keymap or an alist of alists.
27340 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27341 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27342
27343 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27344
27345 ;;;***
27346 \f
27347 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27348 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27349 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17386 21902))
27350 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27351
27352 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
27353 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27354
27355 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
27356
27357 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
27358 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27359
27360 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27361
27362 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
27363 Insert new TODO list entry.
27364 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27365 category.
27366
27367 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27368
27369 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
27370 List top priorities for each category.
27371
27372 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27373 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27374
27375 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27376 between each category.
27377
27378 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27379
27380 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
27381 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27382 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27383 between each category.
27384
27385 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27386
27387 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27388
27389 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
27390 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27391
27392 \\{todo-mode-map}
27393
27394 \(fn)" t nil)
27395
27396 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
27397 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27398
27399 \(fn)" nil nil)
27400
27401 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
27402 Show TODO list.
27403
27404 \(fn)" t nil)
27405
27406 ;;;***
27407 \f
27408 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27409 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el"
27410 ;;;;;; (17494 35363))
27411 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27412
27413 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
27414
27415 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
27416 Add an item to the tool bar.
27417 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27418 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27419 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27420 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27421
27422 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27423 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27424 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27425 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27426
27427 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27428 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27429
27430 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27431
27432 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
27433 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27434 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27435 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27436 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27437 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27438
27439 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27440 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27441 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27442 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27443
27444 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27445
27446 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27447 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27448 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27449 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27450 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27451 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27452 properties to add to the binding.
27453
27454 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27455
27456 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27457 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27458
27459 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27460
27461 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27462 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27463 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27464 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27465 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27466 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27467 properties to add to the binding.
27468
27469 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27470 holds a keymap.
27471
27472 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27473
27474 ;;;***
27475 \f
27476 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27477 ;;;;;; (17742 40702))
27478 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27479
27480 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27481 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27482 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27483 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27484 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27485 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27486
27487 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" nil)
27488
27489 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
27490 TPU/edt emulation.
27491
27492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27493
27494 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
27495
27496 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
27497 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27498
27499 \(fn)" t nil)
27500
27501 ;;;***
27502 \f
27503 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
27504 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17383 40547))
27505 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
27506
27507 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
27508 Set scroll margins.
27509
27510 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
27511
27512 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
27513 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
27514
27515 \(fn)" t nil)
27516
27517 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
27518 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
27519
27520 \(fn)" t nil)
27521
27522 ;;;***
27523 \f
27524 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17649 42991))
27525 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27526
27527 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
27528 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27529 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27530 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27531 to a tcp server on another machine.
27532
27533 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27534
27535 ;;;***
27536 \f
27537 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27538 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17656 34194))
27539 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27540
27541 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
27542 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27543
27544 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace" t)
27545
27546 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
27547 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27548 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27549 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27550 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27551 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27552 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27553 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27554
27555 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27556
27557 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
27558 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27559 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
27560 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
27561 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
27562 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
27563 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
27564 the window or buffer configuration.
27565
27566 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
27567
27568 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27569
27570 ;;;***
27571 \f
27572 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
27573 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
27574 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-regexp
27575 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17744 57989))
27576 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
27577
27578 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
27579 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
27580 Nil means to use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
27581
27582 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
27583 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27584 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27585 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27586
27587 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
27588 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27589 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27590 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27591
27592 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27593 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
27594 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
27595 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
27596 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
27597 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
27598 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
27599 files which are not really tramp files.
27600
27601 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27602 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27603 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27604 updated after changing this variable.
27605
27606 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27607
27608 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27609
27610 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
27611 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27612 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27613 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27614
27615 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
27616 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27617 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27618 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27619
27620 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27621 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
27622 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
27623
27624 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27625 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27626 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27627 updated after changing this variable.
27628
27629 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27630
27631 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27632
27633 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist (quote ((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion))) "\
27634 Alist of completion handler functions.
27635 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
27636 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
27637 normal Emacs functions.")
27638
27639 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27640 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
27641 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27642 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27643
27644 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27645 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
27646 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27647 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27648
27649 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
27650 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
27651 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
27652
27653 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27654
27655 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
27656 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
27657 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
27658
27659 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
27660 Add tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
27661 (add-hook
27662 'after-init-hook
27663 '(lambda () (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)))
27664
27665 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-file-name-handlers) "tramp" "\
27666 Not documented
27667
27668 \(fn)" nil nil)
27669
27670 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) "tramp" "\
27671 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial tramp files.
27672
27673 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
27674
27675 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion) "tramp" "\
27676 Like `file-name-completion' for tramp files.
27677
27678 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
27679
27680 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-tramp) "tramp" "\
27681 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
27682
27683 \(fn)" t nil)
27684
27685 ;;;***
27686 \f
27687 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
27688 ;;;;;; (17364 5006))
27689 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
27690
27691 (autoload (quote tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "\
27692 Not documented
27693
27694 \(fn)" nil nil)
27695
27696 ;;;***
27697 \f
27698 ;;;### (autoloads (tumme-dired-edit-comment-and-tags tumme-mark-tagged-files
27699 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-comment-files tumme-dired-display-image tumme-dired-display-external
27700 ;;;;;; tumme-display-thumb tumme-display-thumbs-append tumme-setup-dired-keybindings
27701 ;;;;;; tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer tumme-delete-tag tumme-tag-files
27702 ;;;;;; tumme-show-all-from-dir tumme-display-thumbs tumme-dired-with-window-configuration
27703 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "tumme.el" (17647
27704 ;;;;;; 30168))
27705 ;;; Generated autoloads from tumme.el
27706
27707 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "\
27708 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
27709
27710 \(fn)" t nil)
27711
27712 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-with-window-configuration) "tumme" "\
27713 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
27714
27715 Convenience command that:
27716
27717 - Opens dired in folder DIR
27718 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
27719 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
27720
27721 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
27722 image files in dired and type
27723 \\[tumme-display-thumbs] (`tumme-display-thumbs').
27724
27725 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
27726
27727 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
27728 calling `tumme-restore-window-configuration'.
27729
27730 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
27731
27732 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs) "tumme" "\
27733 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
27734 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
27735 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
27736 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
27737 another one).
27738
27739 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
27740 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
27741 `tumme-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
27742
27743 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
27744 instead of erasing it first.
27745
27746 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
27747 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
27748 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
27749 `tumme-next-line-and-display' and
27750 `tumme-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
27751 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
27752
27753 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
27754
27755 (autoload (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir) "tumme" "\
27756 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
27757 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
27758 exceeds `tumme-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
27759 displayed.
27760
27761 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
27762
27763 (defalias (quote tumme) (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir))
27764
27765 (autoload (quote tumme-tag-files) "tumme" "\
27766 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
27767
27768 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27769
27770 (autoload (quote tumme-delete-tag) "tumme" "\
27771 Remove tag for selected file(s).
27772 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
27773
27774 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27775
27776 (autoload (quote tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer) "tumme" "\
27777 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
27778
27779 \(fn)" t nil)
27780
27781 (autoload (quote tumme-setup-dired-keybindings) "tumme" "\
27782 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
27783 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
27784 `tumme-dired-x-line'.
27785
27786 \(fn)" t nil)
27787
27788 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs-append) "tumme" "\
27789 Append thumbnails to `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
27790
27791 \(fn)" t nil)
27792
27793 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumb) "tumme" "\
27794 Shorthard for `tumme-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
27795
27796 \(fn)" t nil)
27797
27798 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-external) "tumme" "\
27799 Display file at point using an external viewer.
27800
27801 \(fn)" t nil)
27802
27803 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-image) "tumme" "\
27804 Display current image file.
27805 See documentation for `tumme-display-image' for more information.
27806 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
27807
27808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27809
27810 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-comment-files) "tumme" "\
27811 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
27812
27813 \(fn)" t nil)
27814
27815 (autoload (quote tumme-mark-tagged-files) "tumme" "\
27816 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
27817 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
27818 image file and stored in tumme's database file. This command
27819 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
27820 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
27821 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
27822
27823 \(fn)" t nil)
27824
27825 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-edit-comment-and-tags) "tumme" "\
27826 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
27827 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
27828 easy-to-use form.
27829
27830 \(fn)" t nil)
27831
27832 ;;;***
27833 \f
27834 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (17735
27835 ;;;;;; 57938))
27836 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
27837
27838 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "\
27839 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
27840 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
27841 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
27842 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
27843 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
27844 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
27845 any question when restarting the tutorial.
27846
27847 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
27848 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
27849 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
27850
27851 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
27852 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
27853 resumed later.
27854
27855 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
27856
27857 ;;;***
27858 \f
27859 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
27860 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (17706 47956))
27861 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
27862 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
27863 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
27864 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
27865
27866 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
27867 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
27868 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
27869 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
27870 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
27871 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
27872 first and the associated buffer to its right.
27873
27874 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27875
27876 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
27877 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
27878 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
27879 accepting the proposed default buffer.
27880
27881 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
27882
27883 \(fn)" t nil)
27884
27885 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
27886 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
27887 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
27888 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
27889 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
27890 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
27891 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
27892
27893 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
27894 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
27895
27896 First column's text sSs Second column's text
27897 \\___/\\
27898 / \\
27899 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
27900
27901 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
27902
27903 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27904
27905 ;;;***
27906 \f
27907 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
27908 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
27909 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
27910 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
27911 ;;;;;; (17383 40525))
27912 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
27913
27914 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
27915 Toggle typing break mode.
27916 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
27917 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27918 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
27919
27920 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" nil)
27921
27922 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
27923 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
27924
27925 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break" t)
27926
27927 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
27928 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
27929
27930 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
27931 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
27932 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
27933
27934 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
27935 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
27936
27937 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break" t)
27938
27939 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
27940 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
27941
27942 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
27943 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
27944 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
27945 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
27946
27947 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break" t)
27948
27949 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
27950 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
27951 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
27952
27953 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
27954 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
27955 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
27956 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
27957 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
27958 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
27959
27960 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
27961 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
27962 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
27963 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
27964
27965 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
27966 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
27967
27968 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
27969 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
27970
27971 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" t)
27972
27973 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
27974 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
27975 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
27976
27977 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
27978 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
27979 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
27980 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
27981 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
27982 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
27983 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
27984
27985 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
27986 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
27987
27988 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
27989 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
27990 reset the keystroke counter.
27991
27992 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
27993 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
27994 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
27995 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
27996
27997 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
27998 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
27999 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28000 `type-break-schedule' command.
28001
28002 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28003 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28004 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28005 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28006 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28007 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28008 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28009 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28010 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28011
28012 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28013 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28014 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28015 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28016 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28017
28018 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28019 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28020 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28021 approximate good values for this.
28022
28023 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28024 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28025
28026 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28027 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28028 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28029 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28030 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28031 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28032
28033 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28034 a typing break occur. They include:
28035
28036 `type-break-query-mode'
28037 `type-break-query-function'
28038 `type-break-query-interval'
28039
28040 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28041
28042 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28043 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28044 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28045 problems.
28046
28047 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28048
28049 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
28050 Take a typing break.
28051
28052 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28053 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28054
28055 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28056 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28057
28058 \(fn)" t nil)
28059
28060 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
28061 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28062 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28063 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28064
28065 \(fn)" t nil)
28066
28067 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
28068 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28069
28070 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28071 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28072 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28073 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28074 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28075 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28076 average typing speed.)
28077
28078 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28079 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28080 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28081 the computed maximum threshold.
28082
28083 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28084 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28085 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28086 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28087 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28088
28089 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28090
28091 ;;;***
28092 \f
28093 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28094 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (17383 40580))
28095 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28096
28097 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
28098 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28099 Works by overstriking underscores.
28100 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28101 which specify the range to operate on.
28102
28103 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28104
28105 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
28106 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28107 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28108 which specify the range to operate on.
28109
28110 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28111
28112 ;;;***
28113 \f
28114 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28115 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17383 40561))
28116 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28117
28118 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28119 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28120 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28121
28122 \(fn)" t nil)
28123
28124 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28125 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28126 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28127 following the containing message.
28128
28129 \(fn)" t nil)
28130
28131 ;;;***
28132 \f
28133 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28134 ;;;;;; (17383 40561))
28135 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28136
28137 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28138 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28139 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28140 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28141 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28142 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28143
28144 \(fn)" nil nil)
28145
28146 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28147 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28148
28149 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28150
28151 ;;;***
28152 \f
28153 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17403
28154 ;;;;;; 38313))
28155 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28156
28157 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
28158 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
28159 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
28160 of symbols with local bindings.
28161
28162 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28163
28164 ;;;***
28165 \f
28166 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28167 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (17745 9518))
28168 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28169
28170 (autoload (quote url-retrieve) "url" "\
28171 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28172 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28173
28174 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28175 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28176 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28177 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28178 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28179 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28180
28181 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28182 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28183 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28184
28185 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28186 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28187 the callback is not called).
28188
28189 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28190 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28191 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28192 take effect.
28193
28194 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28195
28196 (autoload (quote url-retrieve-synchronously) "url" "\
28197 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28198 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28199 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28200 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28201
28202 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28203
28204 ;;;***
28205 \f
28206 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28207 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17382 38218))
28208 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28209
28210 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
28211 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28212 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28213
28214 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28215 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28216 `url-generic-parse-url'
28217 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28218 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28219 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28220 realm
28221 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28222 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28223 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28224 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28225 wrong, its no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28226 what type of auth to use
28227 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28228 if one cannot be found in the cache
28229
28230 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28231
28232 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
28233 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28234
28235 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
28236 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28237 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28238 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
28239 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28240 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28241 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28242 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28243
28244 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28245
28246 ;;;***
28247 \f
28248 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28249 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17338
28250 ;;;;;; 64015))
28251 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28252
28253 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
28254 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28255
28256 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28257
28258 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
28259 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28260
28261 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28262
28263 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
28264 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28265
28266 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28267
28268 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
28269 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
28270
28271 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28272
28273 ;;;***
28274 \f
28275 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17382 38218))
28276 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28277
28278 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
28279 Not documented
28280
28281 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28282
28283 ;;;***
28284 \f
28285 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28286 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (17681 41545))
28287 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28288
28289 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
28290 Not documented
28291
28292 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28293
28294 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
28295 Not documented
28296
28297 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28298
28299 ;;;***
28300 \f
28301 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17382
28302 ;;;;;; 38218))
28303 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28304
28305 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
28306 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28307
28308 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28309
28310 ;;;***
28311 \f
28312 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28313 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (17733 35975))
28314 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28315
28316 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
28317 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28318
28319 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28320
28321 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
28322 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28323 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28324 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28325 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28326
28327 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28328
28329 ;;;***
28330 \f
28331 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28332 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17647
28333 ;;;;;; 30170))
28334 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28335
28336 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28337 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28338 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
28339 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28340 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28341 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28342
28343 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" nil)
28344
28345 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
28346 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28347
28348 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28349
28350 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
28351 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28352 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28353 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28354 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28355 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28356 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28357 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28358 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28359
28360 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28361
28362 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
28363 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28364 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28365 accessible.
28366
28367 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28368
28369 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
28370 Not documented
28371
28372 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28373
28374 ;;;***
28375 \f
28376 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28377 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17746 28954))
28378 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28379
28380 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
28381 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28382 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28383 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28384 CBARGS as the arguments.
28385
28386 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28387
28388 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
28389 Not documented
28390
28391 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28392
28393 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
28394
28395 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
28396 Not documented
28397
28398 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28399
28400 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
28401 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28402 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28403
28404 Property list members:
28405
28406 methods
28407 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28408 supports.
28409
28410 dav
28411 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28412 supported.
28413
28414 dasl
28415 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28416
28417 ranges
28418 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28419
28420 p3p
28421 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28422 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28423 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28424 Emacs/W3.
28425
28426 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28427
28428 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28429 Default HTTPS port.")
28430
28431 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28432 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28433
28434 (defalias (quote url-https-expand-file-name) (quote url-http-expand-file-name))
28435 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28436 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28437 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28438 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28439
28440 ;;;***
28441 \f
28442 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17591 28073))
28443 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28444
28445 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
28446 Not documented
28447
28448 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28449
28450 ;;;***
28451 \f
28452 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17382
28453 ;;;;;; 38220))
28454 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28455
28456 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
28457 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28458 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28459 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28460 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28461
28462 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28463
28464 ;;;***
28465 \f
28466 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28467 ;;;;;; (17382 38220))
28468 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28469
28470 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
28471 Not documented
28472
28473 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28474
28475 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
28476 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28477
28478 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28479
28480 ;;;***
28481 \f
28482 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28483 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17382 38220))
28484 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28485
28486 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
28487 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28488
28489 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28490
28491 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
28492 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28493
28494 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28495
28496 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
28497 Not documented
28498
28499 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28500
28501 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28502
28503 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28504
28505 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28506
28507 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
28508 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28509
28510 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28511
28512 ;;;***
28513 \f
28514 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28515 ;;;;;; (17358 52599))
28516 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28517
28518 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
28519 Not documented
28520
28521 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28522
28523 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
28524 Not documented
28525
28526 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28527
28528 ;;;***
28529 \f
28530 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28531 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28532 ;;;;;; (17382 38220))
28533 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28534
28535 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
28536 Not documented
28537
28538 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28539
28540 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
28541 Not documented
28542
28543 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28544
28545 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
28546 Not documented
28547
28548 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28549
28550 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
28551 Not documented
28552
28553 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28554
28555 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
28556 Not documented
28557
28558 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28559
28560 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
28561 Not documented
28562
28563 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28564
28565 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
28566 Not documented
28567
28568 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28569
28570 ;;;***
28571 \f
28572 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28573 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (17706 47957))
28574 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28575
28576 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
28577 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28578
28579 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28580
28581 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
28582 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
28583 Format is:
28584 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
28585
28586 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28587
28588 ;;;***
28589 \f
28590 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28591 ;;;;;; (17348 52411))
28592 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28593
28594 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
28595 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28596
28597 \(fn)" t nil)
28598
28599 ;;;***
28600 \f
28601 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28602 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
28603 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
28604 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
28605 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
28606 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
28607 ;;;;;; (17615 40606))
28608 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28609
28610 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28611 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28612 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28613
28614 If t, all messages will be logged.
28615 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28616 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28617
28618 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" t)
28619
28620 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
28621 Not documented
28622
28623 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28624
28625 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
28626 Not documented
28627
28628 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28629
28630 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
28631 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28632 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28633 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
28634 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
28635 & ==> &amp;
28636 < ==> &lt;
28637 > ==> &gt;
28638 \" ==> &quot;
28639
28640 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28641
28642 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
28643 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28644 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28645
28646 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28647
28648 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
28649 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
28650 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
28651
28652 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28653
28654 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
28655 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
28656
28657 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
28658
28659 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
28660 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
28661
28662 \(fn X)" nil nil)
28663
28664 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
28665 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
28666
28667 \(fn X)" nil nil)
28668
28669 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
28670 Not documented
28671
28672 \(fn N)" nil nil)
28673
28674 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
28675 Not documented
28676
28677 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28678
28679 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
28680 Not documented
28681
28682 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
28683
28684 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
28685 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
28686
28687 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
28688
28689 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
28690 Not documented
28691
28692 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28693
28694 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
28695 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
28696 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
28697 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
28698 forbidden in URL encoding.
28699
28700 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28701
28702 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
28703 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
28704 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
28705 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
28706 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
28707 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
28708
28709 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28710
28711 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
28712 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
28713 If optional variable X is t,
28714 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
28715
28716 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
28717
28718 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
28719 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
28720 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
28721
28722 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
28723
28724 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
28725 View the current document's URL.
28726 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
28727 the minibuffer.
28728
28729 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
28730
28731 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
28732
28733 ;;;***
28734 \f
28735 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
28736 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (17383 40526))
28737 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
28738
28739 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
28740 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
28741 This function has a choice of three things to do:
28742 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
28743 to refrain from editing the file
28744 return t (grab the lock on the file)
28745 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
28746 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
28747 in any way you like.
28748
28749 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
28750
28751 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
28752 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
28753 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
28754 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
28755 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
28756
28757 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
28758 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
28759
28760 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
28761
28762 ;;;***
28763 \f
28764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (17273 4272))
28765 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
28766 (autoload-coding-system 'utf-7 '(require 'utf-7))
28767
28768 ;;;***
28769 \f
28770 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
28771 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
28772 ;;;;;; (17544 39651))
28773 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
28774
28775 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
28776 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
28777 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
28778 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
28779
28780 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28781
28782 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
28783 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
28784 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28785
28786 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28787
28788 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
28789 Uudecode region between START and END.
28790 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28791
28792 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
28793
28794 ;;;***
28795 \f
28796 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
28797 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
28798 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
28799 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
28800 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
28801 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
28802 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17721 3805))
28803 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
28804
28805 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
28806 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
28807 See `run-hooks'.")
28808
28809 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc" t)
28810
28811 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
28812 Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
28813 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
28814
28815 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
28816
28817 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
28818 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
28819 See `run-hooks'.")
28820
28821 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
28822
28823 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
28824 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
28825
28826 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28827
28828 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
28829 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
28830
28831 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28832
28833 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
28834 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
28835 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
28836 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
28837 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
28838 somebody else, signal error.
28839
28840 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28841
28842 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
28843 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
28844 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
28845 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
28846 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
28847
28848 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28849
28850 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
28851 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
28852 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
28853 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
28854 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
28855 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
28856 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
28857 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
28858 ignore all execution errors). FILE is the
28859 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
28860 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
28861 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
28862
28863 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
28864
28865 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
28866 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
28867
28868 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
28869 it will operate on the file in the current line.
28870
28871 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
28872 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
28873 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
28874 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
28875 lock steals will raise an error.
28876
28877 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
28878
28879 For RCS and SCCS files:
28880 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
28881 control.
28882 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
28883 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
28884 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
28885 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
28886 it performs a revert.
28887 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
28888 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
28889 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
28890 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
28891 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
28892 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
28893 the option to steal the lock.
28894
28895 For CVS files:
28896 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
28897 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
28898 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
28899 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
28900 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
28901 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
28902 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
28903 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
28904 merge in the changes into your working copy.
28905
28906 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
28907
28908 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
28909 Register the current file into a version control system.
28910 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
28911 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
28912
28913 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
28914 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
28915 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
28916 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
28917 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
28918 first backend that could register the file is used.
28919
28920 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
28921
28922 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
28923 Display diffs between file versions.
28924 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
28925 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
28926 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
28927 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
28928 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
28929 saving the buffer.
28930
28931 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
28932
28933 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
28934 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
28935 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
28936 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
28937
28938 \(fn REV)" t nil)
28939
28940 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
28941 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
28942 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
28943 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
28944
28945 \(fn)" t nil)
28946
28947 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
28948 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
28949 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
28950 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
28951 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
28952 from the current branch.
28953
28954 See Info node `Merging'.
28955
28956 \(fn)" t nil)
28957
28958 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
28959
28960 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
28961 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
28962
28963 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
28964
28965 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
28966 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
28967
28968 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
28969
28970 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
28971 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
28972 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
28973 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
28974 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
28975 are checked out in that new branch.
28976
28977 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
28978
28979 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
28980 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
28981 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
28982 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
28983 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
28984 allowed and simply skipped).
28985
28986 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
28987
28988 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
28989 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
28990 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
28991
28992 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
28993
28994 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
28995 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
28996 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
28997 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
28998 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
28999
29000 \(fn)" t nil)
29001
29002 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
29003 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
29004 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
29005 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
29006 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
29007 the current branch are merged into the working file.
29008
29009 \(fn)" t nil)
29010
29011 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
29012 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
29013 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
29014
29015 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
29016
29017 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
29018 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29019 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29020 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29021 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29022 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29023 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29024
29025 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29026
29027 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
29028 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29029 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29030 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29031 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
29032 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29033 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29034 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29035 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29036
29037 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29038
29039 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
29040 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29041
29042 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29043
29044 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
29045 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29046 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29047 directory.
29048
29049 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29050
29051 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29052 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29053 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29054
29055 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29056 log entries should be gathered.
29057
29058 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29059
29060 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
29061 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29062
29063 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29064 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29065 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29066 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29067 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29068 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29069
29070 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29071 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
29072 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
29073 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29074 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29075 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29076 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29077 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29078
29079 Customization variables:
29080
29081 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29082 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29083 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
29084 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29085
29086 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
29087
29088 ;;;***
29089 \f
29090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17383 40526))
29091 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29092 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29093 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29094 (progn
29095 (load "vc-arch")
29096 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29097
29098 ;;;***
29099 \f
29100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17383 40526))
29101 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29102 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29103 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29104 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29105 (load "vc-cvs")
29106 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29107
29108 ;;;***
29109 \f
29110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17383 40526))
29111 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29112 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29113 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29114 (progn
29115 (load "vc-mcvs")
29116 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29117
29118 ;;;***
29119 \f
29120 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29121 ;;;;;; (17383 40526))
29122 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29123
29124 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29125 *Where to look for RCS master files.
29126 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29127
29128 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" t)
29129 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29130
29131 ;;;***
29132 \f
29133 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29134 ;;;;;; (17383 40527))
29135 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29136
29137 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29138 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
29139 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29140
29141 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" t)
29142 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29143
29144 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29145 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29146 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29147 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29148
29149 ;;;***
29150 \f
29151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17721 3805))
29152 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29153 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29154 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29155 ".svn/entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29156 (load "vc-svn")
29157 (vc-svn-registered f)))
29158
29159 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
29160
29161 ;;;***
29162 \f
29163 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29164 ;;;;;; (17615 40604))
29165 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29166
29167 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
29168 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29169
29170 Usage:
29171 ------
29172
29173 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29174 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29175 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29176 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29177 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29178 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29179 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29180 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29181 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29182
29183 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29184 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29185 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29186 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29187
29188 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29189 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29190 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29191 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29192 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29193
29194 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29195 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29196
29197
29198 HEADER INSERTION:
29199 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29200 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29201 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29202
29203
29204 STUTTERING:
29205 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29206 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29207 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29208 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29209
29210 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29211 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29212 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29213 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29214 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29215
29216
29217 WORD COMPLETION:
29218 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29219 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29220 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29221 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29222
29223 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29224 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29225 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29226 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29227 beginning with \"std\").
29228
29229 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29230 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29231 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29232 stop.
29233
29234
29235 COMMENTS:
29236 `--' puts a single comment.
29237 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29238 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29239 with a comment in between.
29240 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29241 out following lines.
29242 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29243 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29244
29245 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29246 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29247 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29248 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29249 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29250 non-nil.
29251
29252 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29253 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29254 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29255 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29256 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29257 multi-line comments.
29258
29259
29260 INDENTATION:
29261 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29262 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29263 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29264 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29265
29266 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29267 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29268 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29269 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29270
29271 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29272 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29273 and vice versa.
29274
29275 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29276 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29277
29278
29279 ALIGNMENT:
29280 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29281 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29282 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29283 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29284 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29285 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29286 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29287 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29288
29289 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29290 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29291 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29292 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29293 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29294 is non-nil.
29295
29296 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29297 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29298 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29299
29300 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29301 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29302
29303
29304 CODE FILLING:
29305 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29306 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29307 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29308 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29309 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29310 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29311
29312
29313 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29314 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29315 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29316 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29317 command:
29318
29319 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29320
29321
29322 PORT TRANSLATION:
29323 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29324 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29325 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29326 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29327 internal signal initializations (menu).
29328
29329 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29330 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29331 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29332
29333 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29334 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29335 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29336 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29337 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29338 in subsequent paste operations.)
29339
29340 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29341 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29342 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29343
29344
29345 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29346 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29347 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29348 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29349 association list with formals).
29350
29351
29352 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29353 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29354 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29355 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29356 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29357 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29358 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29359 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29360 `vhdl-testbench'.
29361
29362
29363 KEY BINDINGS:
29364 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29365
29366
29367 VHDL MENU:
29368 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29369
29370
29371 FILE BROWSER:
29372 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29373 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29374 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29375
29376 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
29377 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
29378
29379
29380 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
29381 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
29382 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
29383 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
29384
29385 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
29386 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
29387 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
29388
29389 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
29390 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
29391 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
29392 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
29393
29394 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
29395 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
29396 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
29397 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
29398 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
29399
29400 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
29401 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
29402 required by secondary units.
29403
29404
29405 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
29406 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
29407 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
29408 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
29409 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
29410 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
29411 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
29412 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
29413 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
29414 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
29415 inputs to this component -> input port created
29416 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
29417 outputs from this component -> output port created
29418 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
29419 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
29420
29421 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
29422 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
29423 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
29424 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
29425 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
29426
29427 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
29428 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
29429
29430 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
29431 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
29432 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
29433 component instantiation is also supported (option
29434 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
29435
29436 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
29437 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
29438 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
29439 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
29440 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
29441 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
29442 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
29443 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
29444 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
29445 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
29446 | generating the configuration.
29447 |
29448 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
29449 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
29450 | configurations in speedbar.
29451
29452 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
29453
29454
29455 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
29456 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
29457 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
29458 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
29459 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
29460 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
29461 information. New compilers can be added.
29462
29463 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
29464 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
29465
29466
29467 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
29468 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
29469 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
29470 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
29471 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29472
29473 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
29474 command:
29475
29476 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
29477 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
29478 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
29479
29480 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
29481 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
29482 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
29483 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
29484 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
29485 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
29486 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
29487
29488 Limitations:
29489 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
29490 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
29491 not (yet) supported.
29492 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
29493 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
29494 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
29495
29496
29497 PROJECTS:
29498 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
29499 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
29500 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
29501 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
29502 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
29503 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
29504 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
29505 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29506
29507 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
29508 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
29509 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
29510 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
29511 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
29512 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
29513 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
29514 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
29515 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
29516 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
29517 `vhdl-project-alist'.
29518
29519
29520 SPECIAL MENUES:
29521 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
29522 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
29523 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
29524 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
29525 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
29526 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
29527 current directory for VHDL source files.
29528
29529
29530 VHDL STANDARDS:
29531 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
29532 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
29533
29534
29535 KEYWORD CASE:
29536 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
29537 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
29538 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
29539 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
29540 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
29541 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
29542 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
29543 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
29544
29545
29546 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
29547 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
29548 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
29549 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
29550 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
29551 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
29552 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
29553
29554 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
29555 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
29556 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
29557 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
29558 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
29559 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
29560
29561 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
29562 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
29563 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
29564 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
29565 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
29566 visually.
29567
29568 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
29569 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
29570 highlighted if written in lower case.
29571
29572 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
29573 highlighted using a different background color if option
29574 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
29575
29576 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
29577 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
29578 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
29579 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
29580 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
29581
29582
29583 USER MODELS:
29584 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
29585 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
29586 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
29587
29588
29589 HIDE/SHOW:
29590 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
29591 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
29592 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
29593 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
29594 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
29595
29596
29597 CODE UPDATING:
29598 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
29599 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
29600 Limitations:
29601 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
29602 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
29603 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
29604 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
29605 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
29606 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
29607 (used to obtain the port names).
29608
29609
29610 CODE FIXING:
29611 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
29612 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
29613
29614
29615 PRINTING:
29616 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
29617 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
29618 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
29619 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
29620 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
29621 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
29622 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
29623 printers.
29624
29625
29626 OPTIONS:
29627 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
29628 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
29629 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
29630 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
29631 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
29632
29633 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
29634 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
29635 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
29636 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
29637 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
29638 INSTALL file).
29639
29640 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
29641 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
29642
29643
29644 FILE EXTENSIONS:
29645 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
29646 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
29647 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
29648
29649 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
29650
29651
29652 HINTS:
29653 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
29654 a VHDL file first, use the command:
29655
29656 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
29657
29658 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
29659
29660 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
29661
29662
29663 RELEASE NOTES:
29664 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
29665
29666
29667 Maintenance:
29668 ------------
29669
29670 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
29671 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29672
29673 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
29674
29675 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
29676 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
29677 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
29678 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
29679
29680 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
29681 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
29682 where the latest version can be found.
29683
29684
29685 Known problems:
29686 ---------------
29687
29688 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
29689 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
29690 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
29691
29692
29693 The VHDL Mode Authors
29694 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
29695
29696 Key bindings:
29697 -------------
29698
29699 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
29700
29701 \(fn)" t nil)
29702
29703 ;;;***
29704 \f
29705 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17113 1767))
29706 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
29707
29708 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
29709 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
29710 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
29711 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
29712
29713 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
29714 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
29715 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
29716 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
29717 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
29718
29719 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
29720 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
29721
29722 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
29723
29724 * Limitations and unsupported features
29725 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
29726 not supported.
29727 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
29728 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
29729
29730 * Modifications
29731 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
29732 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
29733 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
29734 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
29735 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
29736 for undoing a repeated change command.
29737 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
29738 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
29739 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
29740
29741 * Extensions
29742 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
29743 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
29744 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
29745 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
29746 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
29747 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
29748 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
29749 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
29750
29751 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
29752
29753 \(fn)" t nil)
29754
29755 ;;;***
29756 \f
29757 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
29758 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
29759 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
29760 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (17113 1833))
29761 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
29762
29763 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
29764 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
29765
29766 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
29767
29768 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29769 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
29770 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29771 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29772
29773 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29774
29775 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29776 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
29777
29778 \(fn)" t nil)
29779
29780 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29781 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29782 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29783 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29784
29785 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29786
29787 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29788 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29789
29790 \(fn)" t nil)
29791
29792 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29793 Not documented
29794
29795 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29796
29797 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29798 Not documented
29799
29800 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29801
29802 ;;;***
29803 \f
29804 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
29805 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
29806 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (17383
29807 ;;;;;; 40527))
29808 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
29809
29810 (defvar view-mode nil "\
29811 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
29812 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
29813 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
29814
29815 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
29816
29817 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
29818 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29819 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29820 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29821 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29822 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29823 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29824
29825 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29826
29827 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29828
29829 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
29830 View FILE in View mode in another window.
29831 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
29832 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29833 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29834 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29835 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29836 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29837
29838 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29839
29840 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29841
29842 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
29843 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
29844 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
29845 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29846 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29847 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29848 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29849 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29850
29851 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29852
29853 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29854
29855 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
29856 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29857 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29858 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29859 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29860 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29861 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29862
29863 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29864
29865 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29866 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29867 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29868
29869 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29870
29871 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
29872 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
29873 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
29874 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29875 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29876 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29877 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29878 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29879
29880 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29881
29882 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29883 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29884 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29885
29886 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29887
29888 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
29889 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
29890 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
29891 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29892 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29893 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29894 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29895 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29896
29897 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29898
29899 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29900 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29901 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29902
29903 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29904
29905 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
29906 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
29907 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
29908
29909 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
29910 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
29911 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
29912 read-only.
29913 \\<view-mode-map>
29914 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
29915 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
29916 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
29917 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
29918 commands default to a repeat count of one.
29919
29920 H, h, ? This message.
29921 Digits provide prefix arguments.
29922 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
29923 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
29924 > move to the end of buffer.
29925 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
29926 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
29927 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
29928 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
29929 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
29930 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
29931 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
29932 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
29933 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
29934 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
29935 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
29936 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
29937 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
29938 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
29939 Use this to view a changing file.
29940 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
29941 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
29942 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
29943 . set the mark.
29944 x exchanges point and mark.
29945 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
29946 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
29947 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
29948 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
29949 ' go to position saved in character register.
29950 s do forward incremental search.
29951 r do reverse incremental search.
29952 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
29953 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
29954 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
29955 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
29956 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
29957 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
29958 p searches backward for last regular expression.
29959 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
29960 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
29961 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
29962 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
29963 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
29964 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
29965 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
29966 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
29967 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
29968 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
29969
29970 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
29971 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
29972 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
29973 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
29974 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
29975 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
29976 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
29977 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
29978 then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
29979
29980 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29981
29982 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29983
29984 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
29985 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
29986 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
29987 `view-return-to-alist'.
29988 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
29989 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
29990 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
29991
29992 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
29993 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
29994 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
29995 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
29996 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
29997 1) nil Do nothing.
29998 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
29999 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30000 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30001 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30002
30003 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30004
30005 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30006
30007 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30008
30009 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
30010 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30011
30012 \(fn)" t nil)
30013
30014 ;;;***
30015 \f
30016 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17742
30017 ;;;;;; 34814))
30018 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30019
30020 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
30021 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30022
30023 \(fn)" nil nil)
30024
30025 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
30026 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30027
30028 \(fn)" t nil)
30029
30030 ;;;***
30031 \f
30032 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30033 ;;;;;; (17742 35192))
30034 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30035
30036 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
30037 Toggle Viper on/off.
30038 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30039
30040 \(fn)" t nil)
30041
30042 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
30043 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Viper'.
30044
30045 \(fn)" t nil)
30046
30047 ;;;***
30048 \f
30049 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30050 ;;;;;; (17494 35363))
30051 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30052
30053 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30054 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30055 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30056 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30057 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30058 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30059 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30060 the beginning of the warning.")
30061
30062 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30063 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30064 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30065 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30066 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30067 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30068 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30069 also call that function before the next warning.")
30070
30071 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30072 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30073
30074 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
30075 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30076 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30077 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30078
30079 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
30080 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30081 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30082 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30083 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30084 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30085
30086 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30087 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30088 Default is :warning.
30089
30090 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30091 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30092 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30093 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30094 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30095 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30096
30097 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
30098 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
30099
30100 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30101
30102 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30103 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30104
30105 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30106
30107 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
30108 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30109 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30110 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30111
30112 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30113 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30114 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30115 can be whatever you like.)
30116
30117 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30118 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30119
30120 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30121 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30122 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30123 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30124 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30125
30126 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30127
30128 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
30129 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30130 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30131 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30132 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30133
30134 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30135
30136 ;;;***
30137 \f
30138 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30139 ;;;;;; (17611 25726))
30140 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30141
30142 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
30143 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30144 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30145 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30146 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30147 in disk.
30148
30149 See `wdired-mode'.
30150
30151 \(fn)" t nil)
30152
30153 ;;;***
30154 \f
30155 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17383 40568))
30156 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30157
30158 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
30159 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30160
30161 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30162 hotlist.
30163
30164 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30165 <nwv@acm.org>.
30166
30167 \(fn)" t nil)
30168
30169 ;;;***
30170 \f
30171 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30172 ;;;;;; (17611 25727))
30173 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30174 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30175 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30176
30177 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
30178
30179 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30180 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30181 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30182 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30183 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30184 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30185
30186 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" nil)
30187
30188 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
30189 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30190 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30191 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30192
30193 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
30194 and off otherwise.
30195
30196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30197
30198 ;;;***
30199 \f
30200 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
30201 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
30202 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
30203 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
30204 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
30205 ;;;;;; (17744 57989))
30206 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30207
30208 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
30209 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
30210
30211 \(fn)" t nil)
30212
30213 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
30214 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
30215
30216 \(fn)" t nil)
30217
30218 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
30219 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
30220
30221 \(fn)" t nil)
30222
30223 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
30224 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
30225
30226 \(fn)" t nil)
30227
30228 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
30229 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
30230
30231 \(fn)" t nil)
30232
30233 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
30234 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
30235 These are:
30236 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
30237 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
30238 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
30239 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
30240 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
30241
30242 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
30243 and:
30244 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
30245 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
30246
30247 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
30248
30249 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
30250 Check the region for whitespace errors.
30251
30252 \(fn S E)" t nil)
30253
30254 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
30255 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
30256 It normally applies to the whole buffer, but in Transient Mark mode
30257 when the mark is active it applies to the region.
30258 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
30259
30260 \(fn)" t nil)
30261
30262 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
30263 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
30264
30265 \(fn S E)" t nil)
30266
30267 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
30268
30269 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
30270 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
30271 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30272 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30273 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30274 or call the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
30275
30276 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" nil)
30277
30278 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
30279 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
30280 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
30281
30282 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
30283 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
30284
30285 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30286
30287 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
30288 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
30289 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
30290
30291 \(fn)" t nil)
30292
30293 ;;;***
30294 \f
30295 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
30296 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17383 40529))
30297 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
30298
30299 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
30300 Browse the widget under point.
30301
30302 \(fn POS)" t nil)
30303
30304 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
30305 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
30306
30307 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
30308
30309 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
30310 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
30311
30312 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
30313
30314 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
30315 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
30316 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30317
30318 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30319
30320 ;;;***
30321 \f
30322 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
30323 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17739
30324 ;;;;;; 37747))
30325 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
30326
30327 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
30328 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
30329
30330 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30331
30332 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
30333 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
30334 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
30335
30336 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
30337
30338 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
30339 Create widget of TYPE.
30340 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
30341
30342 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30343
30344 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
30345 Delete WIDGET.
30346
30347 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30348
30349 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
30350 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
30351
30352 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30353
30354 (defalias (quote advertised-widget-backward) (quote widget-backward))
30355
30356 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map "\e " (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote advertised-widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
30357 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
30358 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
30359
30360 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
30361 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
30362
30363 \(fn)" nil nil)
30364
30365 ;;;***
30366 \f
30367 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
30368 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17383
30369 ;;;;;; 40531))
30370 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
30371
30372 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
30373 Select the window to the left of the current one.
30374 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30375 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30376 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
30377 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30378 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30379
30380 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30381
30382 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
30383 Select the window above the current one.
30384 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
30385 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
30386 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
30387 negative ARG) of the current window.
30388 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30389
30390 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30391
30392 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
30393 Select the window to the right of the current one.
30394 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30395 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
30396 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
30397 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
30398 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30399
30400 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30401
30402 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
30403 Select the window below the current one.
30404 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30405 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30406 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
30407 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30408 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30409
30410 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30411
30412 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
30413 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
30414 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
30415 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
30416
30417 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
30418
30419 ;;;***
30420 \f
30421 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
30422 ;;;;;; (17383 40532))
30423 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30424
30425 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30426 Toggle Winner mode.
30427 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30428 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30429
30430 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" nil)
30431
30432 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30433 Toggle Winner mode.
30434 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30435
30436 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30437
30438 ;;;***
30439 \f
30440 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
30441 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (17715 55645))
30442 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
30443
30444 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
30445 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
30446 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
30447 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
30448 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
30449 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
30450 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
30451 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
30452
30453 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
30454 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
30455
30456 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
30457
30458 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
30459 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
30460
30461 \(fn)" t nil)
30462
30463 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
30464 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
30465 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
30466 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
30467 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
30468 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
30469 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
30470 `woman' command for further details.
30471
30472 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
30473
30474 ;;;***
30475 \f
30476 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
30477 ;;;;;; (17383 40549))
30478 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
30479
30480 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
30481 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
30482
30483 BUGS:
30484 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
30485 are not implemented
30486 - Options for search and replace
30487 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
30488 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
30489
30490 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
30491 Emacs-like.
30492
30493 The key bindings are:
30494
30495 C-a backward-word
30496 C-b fill-paragraph
30497 C-c scroll-up-line
30498 C-d forward-char
30499 C-e previous-line
30500 C-f forward-word
30501 C-g delete-char
30502 C-h backward-char
30503 C-i indent-for-tab-command
30504 C-j help-for-help
30505 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
30506 C-l ws-repeat-search
30507 C-n open-line
30508 C-p quoted-insert
30509 C-r scroll-down-line
30510 C-s backward-char
30511 C-t kill-word
30512 C-u keyboard-quit
30513 C-v overwrite-mode
30514 C-w scroll-down
30515 C-x next-line
30516 C-y kill-complete-line
30517 C-z scroll-up
30518
30519 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
30520 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
30521 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
30522 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
30523 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
30524 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
30525 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
30526 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
30527 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
30528 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
30529 C-k b ws-begin-block
30530 C-k c ws-copy-block
30531 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
30532 C-k f find-file
30533 C-k h ws-show-markers
30534 C-k i ws-indent-block
30535 C-k k ws-end-block
30536 C-k p ws-print-block
30537 C-k q kill-emacs
30538 C-k r insert-file
30539 C-k s save-some-buffers
30540 C-k t ws-mark-word
30541 C-k u ws-exdent-block
30542 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
30543 C-k v ws-move-block
30544 C-k w ws-write-block
30545 C-k x kill-emacs
30546 C-k y ws-delete-block
30547
30548 C-o c wordstar-center-line
30549 C-o b switch-to-buffer
30550 C-o j justify-current-line
30551 C-o k kill-buffer
30552 C-o l list-buffers
30553 C-o m auto-fill-mode
30554 C-o r set-fill-column
30555 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
30556 C-o wd delete-other-windows
30557 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
30558 C-o wo other-window
30559 C-o wv split-window-vertically
30560
30561 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
30562 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
30563 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
30564 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
30565 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
30566 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
30567 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
30568 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
30569 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
30570 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
30571 C-q a ws-query-replace
30572 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
30573 C-q c end-of-buffer
30574 C-q d end-of-line
30575 C-q f ws-search
30576 C-q k ws-to-block-end
30577 C-q l ws-undo
30578 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
30579 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
30580 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
30581 C-q w ws-last-error
30582 C-q y ws-kill-eol
30583 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
30584
30585 \(fn)" t nil)
30586
30587 ;;;***
30588 \f
30589 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
30590 ;;;;;; (17605 17812))
30591 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
30592
30593 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
30594 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
30595 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
30596 Returns the top node with all its children.
30597 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
30598 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30599
30600 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30601
30602 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
30603 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
30604 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
30605 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
30606 is not well-formed XML.
30607 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
30608 and returned as the first element of the list.
30609 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30610
30611 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30612
30613 ;;;***
30614 \f
30615 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (17383
30616 ;;;;;; 40532))
30617 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
30618
30619 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
30620 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
30621 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30622 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30623 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30624 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
30625
30626 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" nil)
30627
30628 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
30629 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
30630 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
30631
30632 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
30633 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
30634 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
30635 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
30636 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
30637 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
30638
30639 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30640
30641 ;;;***
30642 \f
30643 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
30644 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (17382 22972))
30645 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
30646
30647 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
30648 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
30649
30650 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30651
30652 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
30653 Extract file name from an yenc header.
30654
30655 \(fn)" nil nil)
30656
30657 ;;;***
30658 \f
30659 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
30660 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17382 22979))
30661 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
30662
30663 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
30664 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
30665
30666 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
30667
30668 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
30669 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
30670
30671 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
30672
30673 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
30674 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
30675 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
30676
30677 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
30678
30679 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
30680 Zippy goes to the analyst.
30681
30682 \(fn)" t nil)
30683
30684 ;;;***
30685 \f
30686 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17382 22979))
30687 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
30688
30689 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
30690 Zone out, completely.
30691
30692 \(fn)" t nil)
30693
30694 ;;;***
30695 \f
30696 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
30697 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
30698 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
30699 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
30700 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
30701 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
30702 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
30703 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
30704 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
30705 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
30706 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
30707 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
30708 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
30709 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
30710 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
30711 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
30712 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
30713 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
30714 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el"
30715 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
30716 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
30717 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
30718 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
30719 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
30720 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
30721 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
30722 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
30723 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
30724 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el"
30725 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
30726 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
30727 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
30728 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
30729 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
30730 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
30731 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
30732 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
30733 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "erc/erc-menu.el"
30734 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-nicklist.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
30735 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
30736 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
30737 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
30738 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
30739 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
30740 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
30741 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
30742 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
30743 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el"
30744 ;;;;;; "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el"
30745 ;;;;;; "forms-pass.el" "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
30746 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
30747 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
30748 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
30749 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
30750 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
30751 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
30752 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
30753 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
30754 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
30755 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
30756 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
30757 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
30758 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
30759 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
30760 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
30761 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
30762 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
30763 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
30764 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
30765 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
30766 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
30767 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
30768 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
30769 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
30770 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
30771 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
30772 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
30773 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
30774 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
30775 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
30776 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
30777 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
30778 ;;;;;; "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
30779 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
30780 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
30781 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
30782 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
30783 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
30784 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
30785 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
30786 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
30787 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
30788 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
30789 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
30790 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
30791 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
30792 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
30793 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
30794 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
30795 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
30796 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
30797 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
30798 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
30799 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
30800 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
30801 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el"
30802 ;;;;;; "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el"
30803 ;;;;;; "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
30804 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
30805 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
30806 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
30807 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
30808 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
30809 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
30810 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
30811 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
30812 ;;;;;; "register.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el"
30813 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
30814 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el"
30815 ;;;;;; "term/apollo.el" "term/bobcat.el" "term/cygwin.el" "term/internal.el"
30816 ;;;;;; "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el" "term/mac-win.el"
30817 ;;;;;; "term/news.el" "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el" "term/sun-mouse.el"
30818 ;;;;;; "term/sun.el" "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el" "term/tvi970.el"
30819 ;;;;;; "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el"
30820 ;;;;;; "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el"
30821 ;;;;;; "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el" "term/w32-win.el"
30822 ;;;;;; "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el" "term/xterm.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
30823 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el"
30824 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
30825 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
30826 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el"
30827 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el"
30828 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
30829 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
30830 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
30831 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el"
30832 ;;;;;; "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el"
30833 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el"
30834 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (17746 35402 500000))
30835
30836 ;;;***
30837 \f
30838 ;; Local Variables:
30839 ;; version-control: never
30840 ;; no-byte-compile: t
30841 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
30842 ;; End:
30843 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here